Home

Primary Clarifier No.1 Rehabilitation (WW15-004)

1. SECTION TITLE 00 00 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 01 01 Project Title Page 00 01 07 Seals Page 00 01 10 Table of Contents 00 10 00 SOLICITATION 00 11 13 Advertisement for Bids 00 20 00 INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROCUREMENT 00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 00 40 00 PROCUREMENT FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 41 00 Bid Form 00 43 13 Bid Bond 00 45 13 Bidder s Qualifications 00 45 46 01 Vendor Compliance to State Law 00 45 46 02 Contractor Compliance to Texas Sales Tax Code 00 50 00 CONTRACTING FORM AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 51 00 Notice of Award 00 52 13 Contract Agreement Form 00 55 00 Notice to Proceed 00 60 00 PROJECT FORMS 00 61 13 13 Performance Bond 00 61 13 16 Payment Bond 00 62 11 Submittal Transmittal Form 00 62 76 Application for Payment Form 00 63 36 Field Order Form 00 63 49 Work Change Directive Form 00 63 63 Change Order Form 00 65 16 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00 65 19 13 Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims and Release of Liens Form 00 65 19 19 Consent of Surety to Final Payment Form 00 70 00 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00 72 00 Standard General Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 00 90 00 REVISIONS CLARIFICATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 000110 1 SECTION TITLE 01 00 00
2. CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 H Sys Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Abrasive Blast or Centrifugal Wheel Blast SP 10 High Temperature Coat ing Per coating manufacturer s instructions tem No 5 Buried Metal General Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Abrasive Blast or Centrifugal Wheel Blast SP 10 Standard Hot Coal Tar Enamel OR Coal Tar Epoxy OR Tape Coat System AWWA C203 AWWA C210 AWWA C214 For Acidic Soil Brackish Water High Bacteria Hot Coal Tar Double Felt AWWA C203 App A Sec Al 5 For Highly Abrasive Soil Brackish Water Hot Coal Tar Fibrous Glass OR Tape Coat System AWWA C203 App A Sec A1 5 AWWA C214 with Double Outer Wrap System No 10 Galvanized Metal Conditioning Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Solvent Clean SP 1 followed by Hand Tool SP 2 or Power Tool SP 3 Wash Primer or Coating Manufacturer s Recommendation 1 coat 2 MDFT Remaining coats as re quired for exposure System No 11 Galvanized Metal Repair Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Solvent Clean SP 1 followed by Hand Tool SP 2 Power Tool SP 3 or Brush off Blast SP 7 Organic Zinc Rich Primer 1 coat 3 MDFT Remaining coats as re quired for exposure
3. CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 13 J M System No 12 Skid Resistant Aluminum and FRP Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Brush off Blast SP 7 or Plastic Surface Preparation Epoxy Primer 1 coat 2 MDFT minimum Remaining coats as re quired for exposure Epoxy Nonskid Aggregated 2 coats minimum 18 MDFT System No 14 Exposed PVC Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Scarify Polyamide High Build Epoxy 1 coat 3 MDFT Poly Urethane Enamel 1 coat 3 MDFT System No 15 Aluminum an d Dissimilar Metal Insulation Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Solvent Clean SP 1 Wash Primer 1 coat 1 MDFT Polyamide High Build Epoxy 1 coat 10 MDFT System No 16 Existing Concrete CMU Repair Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover SP 13 Mortar Repair or Ce ment Lining or Epoxy Filler As required to form a smooth surface profile or as shown on drawings Polyamide High Build Epoxy 2 coats minimum 125 MDFT CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 14 N System No 17 New Concrete CMU Exterior as required by application schedule Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover SP 13 Surface Repair Mortar or Epoxy Filler As required to form a smooth surface profile or as
4. c cccccccccssssssssseceescesssssseaeeceecessesssussnseeeeeesessusseeseecseneesesssneaees 6 ARTIELE TI Basis Of Bid un ee ee ene tate 7 ARTICLE 15 gt SUD nal tea OU Bid aii a 7 ARTICLE 16 Modification and Withdrawal of Bid 2uu0224400ssnnnennnnensnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnennnnnnn 7 ARTICLE 17 Opening of BIAS arera niaaa era e aa A A Lana En aa ari daaa 7 ARTICLE 18 Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance cccsssccccccecessssssseeeeceeceesesssaeeeeeseesesssssaees 8 ARTICLE 19 Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract 0 00 ceeeceeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeneeecesaeeeesaeeeenaeeee 8 ARTICLE 20 Bonds and INS UPA nennen neh 8 ARTICLE 21 Signing of AgreeMentioooooooocnnnnnccnononononnnnnncnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnonos 8 ARTICLE 22 Sales and Use Taxes sea inner 9 This is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Pagei ARTICLE 1 DEFINED TERMS 1 01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions Additional terms used in these Instructi
5. SC 3 02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A CITY OF KILGORE Add a new Paragraph 3 02 B as follows B Comply with applicable construction industry standards as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents regardless of lack of reference in the Contract Documents Apply provisions of the Contract Documents where Contract Documents include more stringent requirements than these referenced standards 1 Standards referenced directly in the Contract Documents take precedence over standards that are not referenced but recognized in the construction industry as applicable 2 Comply with standards not referenced but recognized in the construction industry as applicable for performance of the Work except as otherwise limited by the Contract Documents The Engineer determines whether code or standard is applicable or which of several are applicable 3 Make copies of reference standards available as requested by Engineer or Owner WW15 004 00 73 00 3 SC 3 03 SC 3 05 ARTICLE 4 SC 4 05 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES A Delete Paragraph 3 03 A 3 entirely and insert the following in its place 3 Inthe event of a conflict in the Drawings Specifications or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the Bidding of the Contract the Contractor shall be deemed to have included the most expensive item system procedure etc in his Bid REUSE OF DOCUMENTS A Delete th
6. Delete Paragraph 16 02 G entirely SC 16 04 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE A Add a new Paragraph 16 04 C as follows C This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the previous written consent of the Owner ARTICLE 17 FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES SC 17 02 METHODS AND PROCEDURES A CITY OF KILGORE Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 17 01 17 02 Arbitration A All matters subject to final resolution under this Article will be decided by arbitration in accordance with Construction Industry Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association subject to the conditions and limitations of this paragraph This agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction The demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the selected arbitrator or arbitration provider and a copy will be sent to Engineer for information The demand for arbitration will be made within the specific time required in this Article or if no specified time is applicable within a reasonable time after the matter in question has arisen and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such matter in question woul
7. those prevailing in the locality of the Project shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13 01 C and shall include only the following items and insert the following in its place those paid for the Work included in the Contract Price shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13 01 C Contractor shall provide certified payroll records listing personnel classifications and salaries for all individuals involved in additional Work Salaries for those not included in the certified payroll will be considered as being compensated under Paragraph 13 01 C and shall include only the following items B Amend Paragraph 13 01 B 1 by deleting the following words in the second sentence without limitation superintendents foreman and inserting the following in its place one foreman unless agreed upon prior to beginning Work C Amend Paragraph 13 01 B 1 by deleting the following words in the last sentence be included in the above and inserting the following in its place not exceed 1 5 times regular pay and shall be included in the above D Amend Paragraph 13 01 C 1 by adding superintendents to the list of excluded personnel in the first sentence E Amend Paragraph 13 01 E by inserting and at intervals in the last sentence as shown below CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 73 00 13 ee and submit in a form and at intervals acc
8. 1 4 A B C SUMMARY This Section includes the following Identification for conductors and communication and control cable Warning labels and signs Instruction signs Equipment identification labels Miscellaneous identification products am SUBMITTALS Product Data For each electrical identification product indicated Identification Schedule An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with ANSI A13 1 and ANSI C2 Comply with NFPA 70 Comply with NFPA 70E Comply with 29 CFR 1910 145 COORDINATION Coordinate identification names abbreviations colors and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents Shop Drawings manufacturer s wiring diagrams and the Operation and Maintenance Manual and with those required by codes standards and 29 CFR 1910 145 Use consistent designations throughout Project Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS Color Coding Conductor Tape Colored self adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 53 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
9. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections Type SO hard service cord with stainless steel wire mesh strain relief device at terminations to suit application Class 1 Control Circuits Type THHN THWN in raceway Class 2 Control Circuits Type THHN THWN in raceway INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Conceal cables in finished walls ceilings and floors unless otherwise indicated Use manufacturer approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation Do not exceed manufacturer s recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values Use pulling means including fish tape cable rope and basket weave wire cable grips that will not damage cables or raceway Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members and follow surface contours where possible Support cables according to Division 26 Section Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Identify and color code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section Identification for Electrical Systems CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 26 05 19 3 3 4 3 5 CONNECTIONS Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer s published torque tightening values If manufacturer s torque values are not indicated use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that pos
10. Surety and Contractor intending to be legally bound hereby subject to the terms set forth below do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer agent or representative CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY seal seal Contractor s Name and Corporate Seal Surety s Name and Corporate Seal By By Signature Signature attach power of attorney Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest Attest Signature Signature Title Title Notes 1 Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties such as joint venturers 2 Any singular reference to Contractor Surety Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable EJCDC C 615 Payment Bond Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved 1 of 3 The Contractor and Surety jointly and severally bind themselves their heirs executors administrators successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract which is incorporated herein by reference subject to the following terms If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants and defends indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims demands liens or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor materials
11. 1 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Conditions of the Contract B Section 01 11 10 Summary of Work C Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures D Section 01 74 00 Cleaning and Waste Management 1 03 REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIAL A Except as specifically indicated or specified materials and equipment removed from the existing structure if any shall not be used in the completed Work B For material and equipment specifically indicated or specified to be reused in the Work 1 Use special care in removal handling storage and reinstallation to assure proper function in the completed Work 2 Arrange for transportation storage and handling of products that require off site storage restoration or renovation Pay all costs for such work 1 04 MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS A When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer s printed instructions obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation including two copies to Engineer 1 Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion B Handle install connect clean condition and adjust products in strict accord with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements 1 Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer s instructions consult with Engineer for further instructions CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 016000 1 2 Do
12. A B C Preparation for Shop Priming Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications 1 Exteriors SSPC Zone 1B and Items Indicated to Receive Zinc Rich primer SP 6 NACE No 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning 2 Interiors SSPC Zone 1A SSPC SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning Shop Priming Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete sprayed on fireproofing or masonry unless otherwise indicated Comply with SSPC PA 1 Paint Application Specification No 1 Shop Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel for shop painting 1 Stripe paint corners crevices bolts welds and sharp edges STAINLESS STEEL FINISHES Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform directionally textured polished finish indicated free of cross scratches Run grain with long dimension of each piece Bright Directional Satin Finish No 4 Dull Satin Finish No 6 When polishing is completed passivate and rinse surfaces Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean ALUMINUM FINISHES Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum
13. A Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge the acceptability of the Work pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations Change Proposals and acceptance of the Work In rendering such decisions and judgments Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable to Owner Contractor or others in connection with any proceedings interpretations decisions or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith 10 08 Limitations on Engineer s Authority and Responsibilities A Neither Engineer s authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other provision of the Contract nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create impose or give rise to any duty in contract tort or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor any Subcontractor any Supplier any other individual or entity or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them Engineer will not supervise direct control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor s means methods techniques sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable
14. A Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations B Service clean and maintain facilities and enclosures C Existing facilities may NOT be used during the construction period 3 00 EXECUTION 3 01 GENERAL A Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service B Modify and extend systems as work progress requires 3 02 REMOVAL A Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required B Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities C Restore existing facilities if any used for temporary services to specified or original conditions D Restore permanent facilities if any used for temporary services to specified condition 1 Prior to final inspection remove temporary lamps and install new lamps END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015100 2 01 54 00 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Furnish install and maintain required construction aids remove on completion of Work 1 02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work 2 00 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIAL GENERAL A Materials may be new or used if suitable for the intended purpose but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards 2 02 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel and to facilitate execution of the Work scaffolds staging ladders stairs ramps run
15. J agree that the submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents ARTICLE 6 PRE BID CONFERENCE 6 01 A mandatory pre bid conference will be held on September 22 4 2015 at 10 AM at the Issuing Office ARTICLE 7 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 7 01 7 02 7 03 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to Engineer in writing Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded as having received the Bidding Documents Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect Addenda may be issued to clarify correct supplement or change the Bidding Documents In the event of a conflict between the plans and specifications the specifications shall govern ARTICLE 8 BID SECURITY 8 01 8 02 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of 5 percent of Bidder s maximum Bid price determined by adding the base bid and all alternates an
16. 1 Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls 2 Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 01 78 39 1 3 Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction Make reference to permanent structure on the surface Include the following equipment 4 Piping 5 Ductwork 6 Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair 7 Valves unions traps and tanks 8 Services entrance 9 Feeders 10 Outlets changes of dimension and detail 11 Changes made by Field Order and Change Order 12 Details not on the original Contract Drawings Include field verified dimensions and clarifications interpretations and additional information issued in response to RFI s D Mark specifications and addenda to identify products provided E Record manufacturer name trade name catalog number and each supplier with address and phone number of each product and item of equipment actually installed F Record changes made by Field Order and Change Order 1 06 SUBMITTAL A Submit record documents to Engineer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to final completion of the project 1 Provide one one set of marked up drawings 2 Provide one set of specifications B Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate
17. 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 3 of 6 4 coercive practice means harming or threatening to harm directly or indirectly persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the e execution of the Contract ARTICLE 5 BASIS OF BID 5 01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price s Base Bid Bid Description Bidder to write Bid Price in words Bid Price Item No Qty 1 1 All Work as defined in the Contract Documents including LS bonds and mobilization for the lump sum of Total Base Bid Price Total of Lump Sum Bid Total Base Bid Price Bidder to write price in figures and words 5 5 02 Bidder acknowledges that 1 each lump sum price includes an amount considered by Bidder to be adequate to cover Contractor s overhead and profit for each separately identified item and 2 estimated quantities are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids 5 03 Bidder accepts the Measurement and Basis of Payment provisions of Paragraph 1 08 of Section 01 29 00 Payment Procedures ARTICLE 6 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 01 B
18. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR Primary Clarifier No 1 Rehabilitation Project Number WW15 004 VOLUME 1 OF 2 CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 01 01 1 00 01 07 SEALS PAGE This document was prepared under the direction of and is released for bidding purposes under the authority of AN hgn 94646 27 Digitally Signed 09 04 2015 Clayton R Evers P E City Engineer 815 N Kilgore St Kilgore TX 75662 Clay Evers cityofkilgore com 903 988 4118 ofc 903 988 4132 fax Responsible for Division 00 and Division 01 Lance P Klement P E Project Manager 3010 Gaylord Parkway Suite 190 Frisco TX 75034 LPKlement GarverUSA com 972 377 7480 ofc 972 377 8380 fax Responsible for Divisions 02 09 22 40 and 44 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 00 01 07 1 SA SOF ME COSA N S S 0000009 E De ON aeS Digitally Signed 09 04 2015 Kipp Martin P E Structural Engineer 3010 Gaylord Parkway Suite 190 Frisco TX 75034 972 377 7480 ofc 972 377 8380 fax Responsible for Division 03 and Division 05 Nix LICENSED OY Zig IC ENSE 2 x 0000009 wt Digitally Signed 09 04 2015 CITY OF KILGORE Scott Zotti P E Electrical Engineer 3010 Gaylord Parkway Suite 190 Frisco TX 75034 972 377 7480 ofc 972 377 8380 fax Responsible for Division 26 WW15 004 00 01 07 2 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS
19. OWNER S RESPONSIBILITIES 9 01 Communications to Contractor A Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 35 of 58 9 02 9 03 9 04 9 05 9 06 9 07 9 08 9 09 9 10 9 11 9 12 Replacement of Engineer A Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer The replacement engineer s status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer Furnish Data A Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents Pay When Due A Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the Agreement Lands and Easements Reports Tests and Drawings A Owners duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5 01 B Owner s duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraph 4 03 C Article 5 refers to Owner s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site and drawings
20. and Division 01 apply to each and all specification sections unless specifically noted otherwise B Organization of Contract Documents is not intended to control or to lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing work among subcontractors or to establish the extent of work to be performed by any trade subcontractor or vendor Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each specification or drawing Items shown in the contract documents are applicable regardless of location in the Contract Documents C Capitalizing words in the text does not mean that these words convey special or unique meanings or have precedence over other parts of the Contract Documents Specification text governs over titling and it is understood that the specification is to be interpreted as a whole CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 014216 2 D Drawings and specifications do not indicate or describe all of the work required to complete the project Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Engineer Provide any work materials or equipment required for a complete and functional system even if they are not detailed or specified 1 04 INTERPRETATIONS OF DOCUMENTS A Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two 2 or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum qu
21. and shall include bottom drain holes 2 EDI diameter As indicated on data sheets ACCESS WALKWAY Access Walkway Support System 1 All welded rolled wide flange beam type bridge or truss construction supported rigidly at one end on clarifier wall with thermal expansion compensating anchorage Field verify and coordinate access walkway to the extent of the clarifier outer wall Diagonally cross brace and space beams as necessary to carry loads and produce required clear walkway width Bridge Design 1 3 4 Maximum Vertical Deflection 1 360 of span under uniform 50 pound per square foot of walkway surface live load plus dead load Camber for 1 3 live load plus dead load Maximum Horizontal Deflection 1 360 of span under uniform horizontal loading of 50 pounds per linear foot Walkway Surface Elements Do not utilize to reduce calculated bridge deflections Designed to support mechanism Walkway Surface 1 1 2 inch minimum thickness aluminum grating and extend in width to at least guardrail handrail supports Walkway Width 36 inches minimum clear between guardrails handrails Guardrails Handrails 1 Extend all along both sides of bridge and all around center platform 2 Anodized Aluminum In accordance with Division 05 METALS 3 Truss type bridge members shall not be used as guardrail handrail Attach top and intermediate rails specified to bridge elements using standard premanufactured wall bracket units
22. fillers APPLICATION SCHEDULE Unless otherwise shown or specified paint surfaces in accordance with the following application schedule In the event of discrepancies or omissions request clarification from Engineer before starting work in question System No 1 Submerged Metal General 1 Metal surfaces new and existing below a plane 1 foot above maximum liquid surface metal surfaces above maximum liquid surface that are part of immersed equipment concrete embedded surfaces of metallic items such as wall pipes pipes pipe sleeves access manholes gate guides and thimbles and structural steel 2 Pumps motors equipment items and accessories identified in the technical specifications to be coated with this system 3 Exterior of submerged piping and valves other than stainless steel or PVC piping 4 Submerged pipe supports and hangers 5 Submerged stem guides System No 2 Submerged Metal Domestic Sewage Use on the following items or areas 1 Metal surfaces new and existing below a plane 1 foot above maximum liquid surface metal surfaces above maximum liquid surface that are a part of immersed equipment concrete embedded surfaces of metallic items such as wall pipes pipes pipe sleeves access manholes gate guides and thimbles and structural steel 2 Pumps motors equipment items and accessories identified in the technical specifications to be coated with this system 3 All submerged metal surfaces are to
23. s printed operating instructions and procedures to include start up break in routine and normal operating instructions regulation control stopping shutdown and emergency instructions summer and winter operating instructions and all programming and equipment settings 3 Maintenance manual Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting disassembly repair and reassembly aligning and adjusting instructions 4 Service manual Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules including the names and telephone numbers of personnel to contact for both routine periodic and warranty service for equipment and materials provided under this Division 5 Final approved equipment shop drawings clearly labeled 6 Final test reports clearly labeled including motor certification tests 7 Final certified calibration sheets for all equipment and instruments C After approval of the O amp M Manuals the Contractor shall provide one 1 electronic copy of all documentation in Adobe PDF file format using a storage media device of the Owner and Engineer s choosing along with 2 hard copies 1 20 GUARANTEE A The Contractor shall guarantee the work and materials for a period of one 1 year from the date of completion If there are failures due to faulty material or workmanship the Contractor shall correct the failure at no cost to the Owner B Refer to the General and Supplementary Conditions f
24. s written authorization in a Field Order or Change Order E Failure on the part of the Owner or Engineer to perform or test products or constructed works in no way relieves the Contractor of the obligation to perform work and furnish materials conforming to the Contract Documents F All materials and products are subject to the Owner s quality assurance observations or testing at any time during preparation or use Material or products which have been tested or observed or approved by owner at a supply source or staging area may be re observed or re tested by owner before or during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if they do not comply with the Contract Documents 1 03 SUBMITTALS A Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and shall include CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 40 00 2 1 04 1 05 1 06 1 07 1 Test reports per Paragraph 1 07 of this specification Reports are to certify that products or constructed Works are in full compliance with the Contract Documents or indicate that they are not in compliance and describe how they are not in compliance 2 Provide Certified Test Reports on materials or products to be incorporated into the Project Reports are to indicate that material or products are in full compliance with the Contract Documents or indicate that they are not in compliance and describe how they are not in compliance STANDARDS A Testing laboratories shall comply with the ACIL A
25. 10 01 Owners Representation Ri tess dee eae 37 10 02 VISS tO SME a een ain A E E E 37 10 03 Project REPresentative cccccccccccccsssssesscececccccsceeeeceeeeesessneneneneeeeceeeeeeeceeeeessesssenenanenseseeesesseseeeneneess 37 10 04 Rejecting Defective Work ccccnonooooononcnnnonnoonnnnnnncnnnnnanonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnns 37 10 05 Shop Drawings Change Orders and PayMenttS ccccssssssccccccsesssseceecceeeesessenseeeeeecessssesaeeeeeeeeseees 37 10 06 Determinations for Unit Price Work oooonoccnnnccnnncccnoncnonannnnonnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnn crac n rana na nn cn rana n anna na narcos 37 10 07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 38 10 08 Limitations on Engineer s Authority and Responsibilities oooooooocncccnnonononnnocononnnnnrnnnnnnnnccnnno 38 10 09 Compliance with Safety PrograM oooccccccccnnonoooonnnnnnnonanonnnonnnnnconnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonennnnnnnnnnnns 38 ARTICLE 11 Amending the Contract Documents Changes in the Work ccccnncooooooccnnnnnnnnnonananonononos 38 11 01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 0oooooccncnnnccnanonanannnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 38 11 02 Owner Authorized Changes in the Work ooooooooocnccncccnonooooancnnnnnnanonnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 39 11 03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ccccnnncooooonnnnnnnnnooonnnnnnncncnnn
26. Administrative Requirements O Submit Photographic Documentation PD in accordance with Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation P Submit Process Performance Bonds PPB in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions and the detailed equipment specifications 1 07 REQUESTS FOR DEVIATION A Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents B Include the amount of cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost C A Change Order or Field Order will be issues by the Engineer for deviations approved by the Owner Deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Change order or Field Order 1 08 SUBMITTALS FOR EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A The products of the listed suppliers are to be furnished where detailed specifications list sever manufacturers but do not specifically list or equal or or approved equal products Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution and must be approved per Paragraph 1 09 B Contractor may submit other manufacturers products that are in full compliance with the specification where detailed specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase or equal or or approved equa 1 Submit Shop Drawings of adequate detail to documents that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product C
27. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a lump sum basis as set forth in the Bid Form ARTICLE 15 SUBMITTAL OF BID 15 01 15 02 15 03 With each copy of the Bidding Documents a Bidder is furnished one separate unbound copy of the Bid Form and if required the Bid Bond Form The unbound copy of the Bid Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid security and the other documents required to be submitted under the terms of Article 7 of the Bid Form A Bid shall be received no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and shall be enclosed in a plainly marked package with the Project title and if applicable the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted the name and address of Bidder and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation BID ENCLOSED A mailed Bid shall be addressed to City of Kilgore Attn Deborah Dane City Clerk 815 N Kilgore Street Kilgore Texas 75662 Bids received after the date and time prescribed for the opening of bids or not submitted at the correct location or in the designated manner will not be accepted and will be returned to the Bidder unopened ARTICLE 16 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16 01 16
28. Change Order See General Conditions B Field Order A written directive to make immediate changes that may or may not result ina change order C Work Change Directive A written order instructions or interpretations signed by Engineer making minor changes in the Work not involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A Owner or Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Contract Modification PCM to Contractor Request will include 1 Detailed description of the Change Products and location of the change in the Project 2 Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications 3 The projected time span for making the change and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized 4 A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid 5 Such request is for information only and is not an instruction to execute the changes or to stop Work in progress Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a Contract Modification Request CMR to Engineer containing 1 Description of the proposed changes 2 Statement of the reason for making the changes CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 012600 1 C D 3 Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time Statement of the effect of the work of separate contractors 5 Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time as appropriate All proposal
29. Charges security interests or encumbrances upon Contract related funds real property or personal property Milestone A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work Notice of Award The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner s acceptance of the Bid Notice to Proceed A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 2 of 58 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Owner The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the Work and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work pursuant to the terms of the Contract Progress Schedule A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times Project The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers contractors and others inclu
30. Contractor s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction or 4 Contractor s repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16 02 A occurs then after giving Contractor and any surety ten days written notice that Owner is considering a declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the contract Owner may proceed to 1 declare Contractor to be in default and give Contractor and any surety notice that the Contract is terminated and 2 enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable performance bond if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site take possession of the Work incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 55 of 58 Contractor but which are stored elsewhere and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16 02 B if Contractor within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to correct its failure to perfo
31. Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 4 of 58 Day 1 The word day means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight Defective 1 The word defective when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory faulty or deficient in that it a does not conform to the Contract Documents or b does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection reference standard test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents or c has been damaged prior to Engineer s recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15 03 or 15 04 Furnish Install Perform Provide 1 The word furnish when used in connection with services materials or equipment shall mean to supply and deliver said services materials or equipment to the Site or some other specified location ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition 2 The word install when used in connection with services materials or equipment shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services materials or equipment complete and ready for intended use 3 The words perform or provide when used in connection wit
32. If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work then Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or both with respect to the replacement and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30 days of Owner s requirement of replacement No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity whether initially or as a replacement shall constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents On a monthly basis Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor and of all other Subcontractors and Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors Suppliers and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor s own acts and omissions Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors Suppliers and all other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors Suppliers and such other individuals or entities performing or fu
33. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor s interests The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract Contractor s Insurance A Workers Compensation Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers compensation and employer s liability insurance for 1 claims under workers compensation disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts 2 United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage if applicable 3 claims for damages because of bodily injury occupational sickness or disease or death of Contractor s employees by stop gap endorsement in monopolist worker s compensation states 4 Foreign voluntary worker compensation if applicable EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 18 of 58 Commercial General Liability Claims Covered Contractor shall purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor on an occurrence basis
34. Request for approval of deviations or substitutions and obtain approval by Field Order or Change Order prior to submitting record data 3 Provide the same information required for Short Drawings 4 Record data will be received by the Engineer logged and provided to Owner for the Project record a Record data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended Inadequate drawings may be returned as unacceptable b Record data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate D Provide Samples for comparison with products delivered to the Site for use on the Project 1 Samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product with integrally related parts and attachment devices 2 Indicate the full range of color texture and patterns 3 Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is requested by the Engineer At owner s option Samples will become the property of the Owner E Construct mock ups for comparison with the Work being performed 1 Construct mock ups of the size or area indicated in the detailed Specifications 2 Construct mock ups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product 3 Protect mock ups unti
35. Safety Programs A While at the Site Owner s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor s safety programs of which Owner has been informed B Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 36 of 58 ARTICLE 10 ENGINEER S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10 01 Owner s Representative A Engineer will be Owner s representative during the construction period The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract 10 02 Visits to Site A Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor s executed Work Based on information obtained during such visits and observations Engineer for the benefit of Owner will determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspec
36. Ultimate Torque Rating Not less than 200 percent of Design Running Torque B Motor Primary and Final Speed Reducers Separately and independently mounted at center gear head drive platform C Electric Drive Motor In accordance with Division 26 ELECTRICAL and Scraper Drive Data Sheet located in Supplements following END OF SECTION D Speed Reducer Unit Option A 1 Cycloidal helical or planetary speed reducers directly connected to a motor and keyed to the pinion Cyclodial drives shall be made of high carbon chromium bearing steel and be fixed to the drive casing An eccentric bearing on the high speed shaft shall roll cycloidal discs of the same material around the internal circumference of this main ring gear The lobes of the cycloid disc shall engage successively with the pins in the fixed ring gear The movement of the cycloid discs shall be transmitted then by the pins to the low speed shaft Speed reducer efficiency shall be a minimum of 90 per reduction stage The reducers shall be fitted with radial and thrust bearings of proper size for all mechanism loads and be grease lubricated E Low Speed Final Reduction Unit Option A CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 6 1 The drive unit shall consist of a solid internal main spur gear bearing turntable pinion secondary speed reducer support base and drive unit bearing Unit shall be oil lubricated a The drive bearing shall include a forged steel pre
37. Vbc Vbn Ib Vca Ven Ic 7 Motor Nameplate FLA Running Amps P F 8 Comments Signature Required CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 15 7 Company Date CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 15 8 SECTION 26 05 19 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 1 4 1 5 SUMMARY This Section includes the following 1 Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less 2 Connectors splices and terminations rated 600 V and less 3 Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables Related Sections include the following 1 Division 26 Sections DEFINITIONS EPDM Ethylene propylene diene monomer rubber NBR Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of product indicated Qualification Data For testing agency Field quality control test reports QUALITY ASSURANCE Testing Agency Qualifications An independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association NETA or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910 7 and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction 1 Testing Agency s Field Supervisor Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on site testing specified in Part 3 Ele
38. and for any associated costs and for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 15 of 58 If Contractor encounters uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition then Contractor shall immediately 1 secure or otherwise isolate such condition 2 stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7 15 and 3 notify Owner and Engineer and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action if any Promptly after consulting with Engineer Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5 06 F If Contractor or anyone for whom Contr
39. and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection Contractor shall notify Owner the owners of adjacent property Underground Facilities and other utilities and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them and shall cooperate with them in the protection removal relocation and replacement of their property or work in progress Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner s safety programs if any The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner s safety programs that are applicable to the Work Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor s safety program with which Owner s and Engineer s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site All damage injury or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7 12 A 2 or 7 12 A 3 caused directly or indirectly in whole or in part by Contractor any Subcontractor Supplier or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable shall be remedied by Contractor at its expense except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable and not attributable directly or i
40. and other construction areas and to direct drainage to proper runoff B Provide operate and maintain hydraulic equipment of adequate capacity to control surface and ground water CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015700 1 1 06 1 07 1 08 1 09 C Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding erosion or other damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas DEBRIS CONTROL A Maintain all areas under Contractor s control free of extraneous debris B Initiate and maintain a specific program to prevent accumulation of debris at construction site storage and parking areas and along access roads and haul routes 1 Provide containers for deposit of debris as specified in Section 01 74 00 Cleaning and Waste Management 2 Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillage on access and haul routes a Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce requirements C Schedule periodic collection and disposal of debris as specified in Section 01 74 00 Cleaning and Waste Management 1 Provide additional collections and disposal of debris whenever the periodic schedule is inadequate to prevent accumulation POLLUTION CONTROL A Provide methods means and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil water or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations Provide equipment and personnel perform emergency measures required to contain any spillages and to remove cont
41. or revision in the Work 1 02 Terminology A The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents have the indicated meaning Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1 The Contract Documents include the terms as allowed as approved as ordered as directed or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer In addition the adjectives reasonable suitable acceptable proper satisfactory or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment action or determination will be solely to evaluate in general the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract
42. protect Owner s interest therein all of which must be satisfactory to Owner 2 Beginning with the second Application for Payment each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment 3 The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement Review of Applications 1 Engineer will within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment including each resubmittal either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer s reasons for refusing to recommend payment In the latter case Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application 2 Engineer s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner based on Engineer s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on Engineer s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules that to the best of Engineer s knowledge information and belief a the Work has progressed to the point indicated b the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the
43. s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14 07 or c agreed to by the parties subject to the need for Engineer s recommendation if the change in the Work involves the design as set forth in the Drawings Specifications or otherwise or other engineering or technical matters and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times or other changes which embody the substance of any final and binding results under Paragraph 11 06 or Article 12 If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11 07 it shall be deemed to be of full force and effect as if fully executed 11 08 Notification to Surety A If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents including but not limited to Contract Price or Contract Times the giving of any such notice will be Contractor s EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 41 of 58 responsibility The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change ARTICLE 12 CLAIMS 12 01 Claims A Claims Process The following disputes between Owner and Contractor
44. shown on drawings Polyamide High Build Epoxy 1 coat 10 MDFT Polyurethane Enamel 1 coat 3 MDFT O System No 18 New Concrete CMU Interior or Immersion Mildly Corrosive Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover SP 13 Surface Repair Mortar or Epoxy Filler As required to form a smooth surface profile or as shown on drawings Cycloaliphatic Amine High Build Epoxy 2 coats minimum 20 MDFT P System No 19 New Concrete CMU Immersion Highly Corrosive Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover SP 13 Surface Repair Mortar or Epoxy Filler As required to form a smooth surface profile or as shown on drawings Modified Polyamine High Build Epoxy 3 coats minimum 125 MDFT Q System No 20 New Concrete CMU Below Grade as required by application schedule Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover SP 13 Surface Repair Mortar or Epoxy Filler As required to form a smooth surface profile or as shown on drawings Polyamide High Build Coal Tar Epoxy 15 MDFT minimum CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 15 3 10 3 11 CHEMICAL RESISTANT COATING Chemical Resistant Coating Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Primer and one trowel SP 13 applied coat of novolac Finished system thickness epoxy resin with silica 250 mils minimum
45. 004 015700 2 2 00 2 01 3 00 3 01 3 02 3 03 D Pay all costs associated with complying with the provisions of the General Storm Water Permit Assume solely responsible for implementing updating and modifying the General Storm Water Permit per regulatory requirements the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Best Management Practices Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or preconstruction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles spoil areas Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work Assume sole responsibility for the means methods techniques sequences and procedures for furnishing installing and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the General Storm Water Permit Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment Retain copies of reports required by the General Storm Water Permit for 3 years from date of final completion PRODUCTS MATERIALS GENERAL A Materials may be new or used if suitable for the intended purpose
46. 02 16 03 A Bid may be withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids Upon receipt of such notice the unopened Bid will be returned to the Bidder If a Bidder wishes to modify its Bid prior to Bid opening Bidder must withdraw its initial Bid in the manner specified in Paragraph 16 01 and submit a new Bid prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids If within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned Thereafter if the Work is rebid that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work ARTICLE 17 OPENING OF BIDS 17 01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and unless obviously non responsive read aloud publicly An abstract of the amounts of the This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on
47. 30 inches below grade Conductor Terminations and Connections 1 Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations Bolted connectors 2 Underground Connections Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated 3 Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells Bolted connectors 4 Connections to Structural Steel Bolted connectors GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS Comply with ANSI IEEE C2 grounding requirements Grounding Manholes and Handholes Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor close to wall and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor If necessary install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No 1 0 AWG bare tinned CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 26 2 3 3 3 4 copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure sensitive insulating tape or heat shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete Seal floor opening with waterproof nonshrink grout Grounding Connections to Manhole and Handhole Components Bond exposed metal parts such as inserts cable racks pulling irons ladders and cable shields within each manhole or handhole to ground rod or grounding conductor Make connections with No 4 AWG minimum stranded hard drawn copper bonding conductor Train conductors level or plumb ar
48. 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES submit the following additional specific information CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 3 1 Shop Drawings a b 2 O Equipment Assembly Make model weight and horsepower of each Manufacturer s Catalog Product information descriptive literature dimensional layouts specifications standard and specialized equipment assembly cuts and identification of materials of construction Detailed Drawings 1 Structural Mechanical and Electrical Show equipment fabrications and interface with other items including dimensions size and locations of connections to other work and weights of associated equipment 2 Structural and Mechanical Details of walkway bridge rotating rake arm trusswork Design Details 1 Running Alarm Cutout and Ultimate Torque ratings of drive unit as sembly 2 Ultimate Torque load capabilities of drive unit assembly torque cage ro tating rake arm trusswork Hydraulic calculations and performance verification data Certification of Structural Calculations Letter of certification for structural design of mechanism shall be signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer Designer in the state where the Project is located Copies of detailed structural design calculations shall not be submitted for review If submitted calculations will be returned without review Structural Loads Static dynamic and torque reaction loads to be transferred i
49. A When Contractor considers the Work substantially complete he shall submit to Engineer 1 Awritten notice that the Work or designated portion therefore is substantially complete 2 Alist of items to be completed or corrected B Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice Engineer will make an inspection to determine the status of completion C Should Engineer determine that the Work is not substantially complete 1 Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore 2 Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Engineer 3 Engineer will reinspect the Work D When the Engineer finds that the Work is substantially complete he will 1 Prepare and deliver to Owner a tentative Certificate of Substantial Completion with a tentative list of items to be completed before final payment 2 After consideration of any objections made by the Owner as provided in Conditions of the Contract and when Engineer considers the Work substantially complete he will execute and deliver to the Owner and the Contractor a definite Certificate of Substantial Completion with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected FINAL INSPECTION A When Contractor considers the work complete he shall submit written certification that 1 Contract Documents have been reviewed 2 Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract
50. Contractor shall be responsible for field locating protecting and rerouting of any existing electrical or communication conduits and cables during construction as may be needed for workable installation The use of temporary connections during construction will be allowed as needed but all final services shall be properly installed prior to the completion of the project E The Contractor shall be responsible for immediately repairing any existing electrical or communication conduits that may be damaged during construction Any items that are damaged by the Contractor will be brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer and work shall commence immediately to repair the damaged items The Contractor shall provide continuous support services with no interruptions until the repair is completed All repairs completed in this fashion will be considered temporary and provisions for a permanent replacement will be required All wiring damaged during construction will be required to be removed and replaced from point of origin to the destination point CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 6 1 15 1 16 1 17 1 18 LAYOUT The Contractor shall coordinate and establish all benchmarks and control lines The Contractor shall lay out all work The lay out shall be reviewed by the Engineer and Owner prior to starting any work RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Mechanical Equipment The Contractor shall rough in for and make final electrical conn
51. Documents 3 Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents 4 Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner s representative and are operational 5 Workis completed and ready for final inspection Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification Should Engineer consider that the Work is incomplete or defective CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 7700 1 1 Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing listing the incomplete or defective work 2 Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to Engineer that the Work is complete 3 Engineer will reinspect the Work D When the Engineer finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents the Engineer shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals 1 05 REINSPECTION FEES A Should Engineer perform reinspection due to failure of the Work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor 1 Owner will compensate Engineer for such additional service 2 Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment to the Contractor 1 06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ENGINEER A Record drawings per Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents Keys and keying schedule Warranties and bonds Evidence of payment or release of liens as required by the Gen
52. Documents c Check to assure that all materials and or equipment have been tested submitted and approved CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 014000 4 Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents Examine required materials equipment and sample work to assure that they are on hand conform to submittals and are properly stored Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the work Documents construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates submittal comments Discuss results of planning with the Owner and Engineer Conduct a meeting attended by quality control personnel as applicable and the foreman responsible for the Work task Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the quality control manager and attached to the quality control report Do not move to the next phase unless results of the investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met 2 Work Phase Complete this phase after the Planning Phase a o JT Notify the Owner and Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of
53. Documents and hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda Addendum No Addendum Date B Bidder has visited the Site conducted a thorough alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas and become familiar with and satisfied itself as to the general local and Site conditions that may affect cost progress and performance of the Work C Bidder is familiar with and has satisfied itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost progress and performance of the Work D Bidder has carefully studied all reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions if any at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions E Bidder has considered the information known to Bidder itself information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site information and This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 410 Bid Form for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 2 of 6 observations obtained from visits to the Site the Bidding Documents and any Site related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents with respect to the effect of s
54. Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer Cash Allowances Contractor agrees that 1 the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor less any applicable trade discounts of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site and all applicable taxes and 2 Contractor s costs for unloading and handling on the Site labor installation overhead profit and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid Contingency Allowance Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance if any is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs Prior to final payment an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted 13 03 Unit Price Work A Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement The es
55. EIR Equipment Installation Report Contractor FO Field Order Engineer NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor 08M Operation Maintenance Manuals Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SAM Sample Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2 Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of submittal 3 Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original submittal followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same submittal has been sent to the Engineer for processing For example SD 025 A represents shop drawing number 25 and the letter A designates this is the second time this submittal has been sent for review 4 Clearly note the submittal number on each page or sheet of the submittal 5 Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different submittal types are processed in different ways B Submit documents with uniform markings 1 Mark submittals to a b Highlight Contractor s corrections in green Highlight items pertinent to the products being furnished in yellow and delete items that are not when the Supplier s standard drawings or information sheets are provided Cloud items and highlight in yellow where selections by the Engineer or Owner are required Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to in
56. Electrostatic fluidized bed or flocking Coat units or surfaces to be bolted together or joined closely to structures or to one another prior to assembly or installation Where more than one coat of a material is applied within a given system alternate color to provide a visual reference that the required number of coats have been applied B Galvanized Metal 1 Concealed galvanized surfaces behind building panels or walls do not required painting unless specifically indicated herein CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 9 2 3 Prepare surface and apply wash primer or coating Manufacturer s recommended coating This primer will replace the required paint system s indicated primer Apply coating system appropriate for the exposure intermediate finish coats C Shop Primed and Factory Finished Surfaces 1 En Schedule inspection with Engineer before shop priming or top coating factory finished items delivered to site Prepare surfaces and spot prime using specified primer Apply mist coat of primer 1 mil dry film thickness After welding prepare and prime holdback areas as required for paint system Apply primer in accordance with Manufacturer s instructions D Manufacturer Applied Paint Systems 1 2 3 Repair abraded areas on factory finished items as recommended by Manufacturer Carefully blend repaired areas into original finish Fusion Bonded Coatings Provide appropriate liquid repair kits for
57. Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted or 3 Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due then Contractor may upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16 03 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 56 of 58 In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due Contractor may seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor including interest thereon The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor s stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph ARTICLE 17 FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPU
58. OF SITE OWNER S SAFETY PROGRAM OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 4 01 Site and Other Areas A The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents By definition the Site includes rights of way easements and other lands furnished by Owner for the use of the Contractor Any additional lands required for temporary construction facilities construction equipment or storage of materials and equipment and any access needed for such additional lands are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor 4 02 Existing Site Conditions A Subsurface and Physical Conditions Hazardous Environmental Conditions 1 The Supplementary Conditions identify a those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site b those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site except Underground Facilities c reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site d Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings 2 Owner will make copies of reports and drawings referenced above available to any Bidder on request These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents but the Technical Data contained therein upon whose accuracy Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in the General Conditions has been identified and established in the Supplementar
59. Paragraph 10 08 If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer s consultant agent or employee the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions Rejecting Defective Work A Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14 Shop Drawings Change Orders and Payments A C D Engineer s authority and limitations thereof as to Shop Drawings and Samples are set forth in Paragraph 7 16 Engineer s authority and limitations thereof as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services if any are set forth in Paragraph 7 19 Engineer s authority as to Change Orders is set forth in Article 11 Engineer s authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15 Determinations for Unit Price Work A Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13 03 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 37 of 58 10 07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
60. Primer g Tnemec Company Inc Tneme Zinc 90 97 E Galvanizing Repair Paint High zinc dust content paint for re galvanizing welds in steel complying with SSPC Paint 20 F Bituminous Paint Cold applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187 G Non shrink Nonmetallic Grout Factory packaged non staining non corrosive nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107 Provide grout specifically recommended by Manufacturer for interior and exterior applications and complying with Section 03 60 00 GROUT H Concrete Materials and Properties Comply with requirements in Section 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE for normal weight air entrained ready mix concrete with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3000 psi unless otherwise indicated 2 7 FABRICATION GENERAL A Shop Assembly Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation B Cut drill and punch metals cleanly and accurately Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1 32 unless otherwise indicated Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces C Form bent metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work D Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces
61. Proper size and location of foundations pads and anchor bolts shall be determined under this Division Provide anchors and bases for electrical equipment to withstand lateral forces and accommodate displacements NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL The electrical system as installed shall be free of objectionable noise or vibration The Contractor shall isolate motors starters transformers equipment ballasts etc as directed or required as to ensure acceptable noise level free from objectionable vibration in all systems TESTS On completion of work installation shall be completely operational and entirely free from ground short circuits and open circuits Perform a thorough operational test in presence of the Owner and Engineer Furnish all labor materials and instruments for above tests Furnish the Engineer as part of closing file a copy of such tests including identification of each circuit and readings recorded Test information to be furnished to the Engineer includes ampere readings of all panels and major circuit breakers isolation resistance reading of motors and transformers CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 12 C Prior to final observation and acceptance test all electrical systems and equipment including but not limited to the following shall be in satisfactory operating condition Electrical power and distribution system Lighting systems Transformers Electric motors for all equipment Telecommunication sys
62. The title Warranties Bonds and Services Agreements the project name and the name of the Contractor are to be typed and affixed to the cover Submit warranties bonds and services agreements 1 At the time of final completion and before final payment 2 Within 10 days after inspection and acceptance for equipment or components placed in service during the progress of construction E E CLAIMS AND DISPUTES A Claims and disputes must be resolved prior to recommendations of final payment acceptance and final payment by the Contractor will indicate that any outstanding claims or disputed issues have been resolved to the fullest satisfaction of the Contractor PRODUCTS NOT USED EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 77 00 3 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 1 3 1 4 SUMMARY Summary includes detailed information for the preparation submission and Engineer s review of Operations and Maintenance O amp M Data as required by individual Specification sections Related sections 1 Section 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures DEFINITIONS Preliminary Data Initial and subsequent submissions for Engineer s review Final Data Engineer accepted data submitted as specified herein Maintenance Operation As used on Maintenance Summary Form is defined to mean any routine operation required to ensure satisfactory performance and longe
63. Unacceptable placing procedure Following procedures will not be accepted 1 Grouting by circular sectors or pie sections 2 Grouting from center outward WW15 004 03 60 01 3 g Use finishing workers to control area immediately in front of screed boards in manner so that 1 Grout is installed to specified thickness 2 No low areas occur 3 No excessive amount of grout accumulates 4 Grout surface has uniform wood trowel finish without ridges gouges or other defect Coordinate grout placement rate and number of finishing workers with travel speed of arms of equipment mechanism Last grout area to be grouted in center may be finished by worker operating from 1 of the arms 3 Following grout placement a b After completion of slab grouting allow mechanism to run continuously until there is no more danger that grout sloughing may occur Prevent dry clumps of grout or rocks from being caught under screed board and gouging finish surface of grout 4 Corrections a Before grout has set 1 Where sloughing has occurred remove grout from sloughed areas and place grout in low areas 2 Repair gouges in grouted surface 5 Curing a After grout has set water cure grout for 14 days b Keep grout surface continuously wet for duration of curing period B Tolerances 1 For grouting basin bottom slabs a Tolerance in elevation of finished grout surface Plus or minus 1 8 inch 1 Specified toleran
64. and straight edges E Weld comers and seams continuously to comply with the following 1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals 2 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap Remove welding flux immediately 4 At exposed connections finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface w F Form exposed connections with hairline joints flush and smooth using concealed fasteners where possible Where exposed fasteners are required use Phillips flat head countersunk screws or bolts unless otherwise indicated Locate joints where least conspicuous G Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water Provide weep holes where water may accumulate CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 6 2 8 2 9 2 10 C Cut reinforce drill and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware screws and similar items Provide for anchorage of type indicated coordinate with supporting structure and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads 1 Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors 1 8 x 1 1 2 with a minimum 6 embedment and 2 hook not less th
65. applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect 11 The term Bid as used herein includes a Bid offer or proposal as applicable EJCDC C 430 Bid Bond Penal Sum Form Published 2013 Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee Page 2 of 2 004513 BIDDER S QUALIFICATIONS THE INFORMATION SUPPLIED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS 1 SUBMITTED BY Official Name of Firm Address 2 SUBMITTED TO 3 SUBMITTED FOR Owner Project Name TYPE OF WORK 4 CONTRACTOR S CONTACT INFORMATION Contact Person Title Phone Email 5 AFFILIATED COMPANIES Name Address EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 1 of 8 6 TYPE OF ORGANIZATION _ SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Name of Owner Doing Business As Date of Organization _ PARTNERSHIP Date of Organization Type of Partnership Name of General Partner s _ CORPORATION State of Organizati
66. are required until these are approved by the Engineer 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Submit legible accurate complete documents presented in a clear easily understood manner Submittals not meeting these criteria will be returned without review B Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents including Drawings and Specifications as modifies by Addenda Field Orders and Change orders C Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the submittal 1 05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Transmit all submittals with a properly completed Submittal Transmittal Form Electronic submittals in PDF format are preferred 1 Use a separate transmittal form for each specific product class of material and equipment system 2 Submit items specified in different sections of the Specifications separately unless they are part of an integrated system B Assign a submittal number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the submittal during the review process 1 Assign the number consisting of a prefix a sequence number and a letter suffix Prefixes shall be as follows Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor co Change Order Engineer CMR Contract Modification Request Contractor CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 33 00 2 CTR Certified Test Report Contractor
67. b Subcontractor Supplier installer or maintenance contractor s name address and telephone number as appropriate 1 Identify area of responsibility of each 2 Provide name and telephone number of local source of supply for parts and replacement 5 Table of Contents paps a Neatly typewritten and arranged in systematic order with consecutive page numbers b Identify each product by product name and other identifying numbers or symbols as set forth in Contract Documents 6 Paper 20 pound minimum white for typed pages Text Manufacturer s printed data or neatly typewritten 8 Three hole punched data for binding and composition arrange printing so that punched holes do not obliterate data 9 Material shall be suitable for reproduction with quality equal to original Photocopying of material will be acceptable except for material containing photographs z C Electronic Media Format 1 Portable Document Format PDF a After all preliminary data has been found to be acceptable to Engineer submit Operation and Maintenance data in PDF format on CD b Files to be exact duplicates of Engineer accepted preliminary data Arrange by specification number and name c Files to be fully functional and viewable in most recent version of Adobe Acrobat 1 5 SUBMITTALS A Procedures of Submittal 1 Contractor shall a Submit all preliminary submittals electronically b Submit all required final hard copies and require
68. baseplates impellers spare parts and anchorage materials shall be separately crated clearly marked as to the contents and shipped on the same shipment as the drives For shipment exposed surfaces subject to rust such as mounting flange faces etc shall be covered with a rust preventive compound such as Kendall No 5 or equal PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Comply with Section 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Delivery of Materials Products shall be delivered in original unbroken packages containers or bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer Storage Products shall be carefully stored in a manner that will prevent damage and in an area that is protected from the elements Protection of Equipment Equipment shall be boxed crated or otherwise protected from damage and moisture during shipment handling and storage Equipment shall be protected from exposure to corrosive fumes and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times Mechanisms motors drives electrical equipment and other equipment with anti friction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in weathertight and heated storage facilities prior to installation For extended storage periods plastic equipment wrappers shall not be used to prevent accumulation of condensate in gears and bearings INSTALLATION Installation shall be by the Contractor with coordination from Manufacturer Anchor Bolts Provide templates and specify bolts for furnishing by Contractor Ma
69. be new unused material Applicable UL standards shall include UL 6 Standard for Safety Rigid Metal Conduit UL514B Standard for Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes C The PVC coated galvanized rigid conduit shall be Electrical Testing Laboratory ETL Verified to the Intertek ETL SEMKO High Temperature H20 PVC Coating Adhesion Test Procedure for 200 hours The PVC coated galvanized rigid conduit shall bear the ETL Verified PVC 001 label to signify compliance to the adhesion performance standard D The conduit shall be hot dip galvanized inside and out with hot galvanized threads E A PVC sleeve extending one pipe diameter or two inches whichever is less shall be formed at every female fitting opening except unions The inside sleeve diameter shall be matched to the outside diameter of the conduit F The PVC coating on the outside of conduit couplings shall have a series of longitudinal ribs 40 mils in thickness to protect the coating from tool damage during installation G Form 8 Condulets 1 2 through 2 diameters shall have a v seal tongue in groove gasket to effectively seal against the elements The design shall be equipped with a positive placement feature to ease and assure proper installation Certified results confirming seal performance at 15 psig positive and 25 in of mercury vacuum for 72 hours shall be available Form 8 Condulets shall be supplied with plastic encapsulated stainless steel cover screws
70. but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards B Provide materials that meet regulatory requirements EXECUTION PROJECT REVIEW A Prior to the preconstruction conference the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer and go over in detail the expected problem areas in regard to erosion control work Different solutions should be discussed so that the best method might be determined It is the responsibility of the Contractor to develop an erosion control plan acceptable to the Engineer PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A At the preconstruction conference the Contractor shall submit for acceptance his schedule for accomplishing temporary and permanent erosion control work as is applicable for clearing and grubbing grading bridges and other structures at watercourses construction and paving He also shall submit for acceptance his proposed method for erosion control on haul roads and borrow pits and his plan for disposal of waste materials No work shall be started until the erosion control schedules are submitted and the Engineer has accepted methods of operations CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A The Engineer has the authority to limit the surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing the surface of erodible earth material exposed by excavation and borrow and fill operations and to direct the Contractor to provide immediate permanent or CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015700 3 temporary po
71. by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the project that is the subject of the EJCDC C 615 Payment Bond Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved 2 of 3 13 14 15 16 Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date 1 on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5 1 2 or 5 2 or 2 on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract whichever of 1 or 2 first occurs If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable Notice and Claims to the Surety the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears Actual receipt of notice or Claims however accomplished shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom a
72. caps or plugs to prevent foreign material from entering during construction Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in concrete and other structural components as they are constructed Sequence coordinate and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for maintaining the required operation of the facility Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of electrical equipment and materials Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned install electrical services and overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 10 3 4 3 5 Install electrical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment components As much as practical connect equipment for ease of disconnecting with minimum of interference with other installations Coordinate the installation of electrical materials and equipment above ceilings with suspension system mechanical equipment and systems and structural components Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services Comply with requirements of governing regulations franchised service companies and controlling agencies Provide required connection for each service Coor
73. damages compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity under workers compensation acts disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 7 18 A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer s officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors arising out of 1 the preparation or approval of or the failure to prepare or approve maps Drawings opinions reports surveys Change Orders designs or Specifications or 2 giving directions or instructions or failing to give them if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage 7 19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor s responsibilities for construction means methods techniques sequences and procedures Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents Owner and Engineer will specify all performance
74. directed to compatibility of primers and finish coats 3 Thinners Cleaners Driers and other additives As recommended by Manufacturer of coating material B Products Product Definition Tar Stop Coating designed to prevent bleeding of black asphaltic varnish through finish paint Shellac is a suitable alternate not applicable for white and pastel colors Anticorrosive Polyamide Polyamide anticorrosive converted epoxy primer containing rust Epoxy Primer inhibitive pigments Coal Tar Epoxy Amine or phenolic epoxy type 70 volume solids minimum suit able for immersion service Organic Zinc Rich Primer Converted epoxy epoxy phenolic or urethane type minimum 10 pounds metallic zinc content per gallon Rust Inhibitive Primer Single Package steel primers with anticorrosive pigment loading Wash Primer Vinyl butyral acid Epoxy Nonskid Aggregat Polyamide or amine converted epoxies aggregated aggregate may ed be packaged separately Epoxy Filler Surfacer 100 solids epoxy trowel grade filler and nonshrinking surfacer CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 4 Product Definition suitable for application to concrete and masonry Approved for potable water contact and conforming to NSF 61 where required High Build Epoxy Polyamide or polyamidoamine epoxy minimum 69 volume sol ids capability of 4 to 8 MDFT per coat High temperature coating 150 to 350 degrees Fahrenhei
75. disrupting or interfering event EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 10 of 58 ARTICLE 5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5 01 5 02 Availability of Lands A Owner shall furnish the Site Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work Upon reasonable written request Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements are to be made and Owner s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment Use of Site and Other Areas A Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1 Contractor shall confine construction equipment temporary construction facilities the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Site adjac
76. does in general conform to the Contract Documents c Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified so as to advise the Owner that it appears that the product will meet the designed performance criteria d Review required certifications guarantees warranties and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents 2 Certify on the Contractor s stamp that the Contractor has reviewed the Shop Drawings and made all necessary corrections as such that the products when installed will be in full compliance with the Contract Documents Shop Drawings submitted without this certification will be returned without review 3 Submit Shop Drawings for a Products indicated in the submittal schedule following this section b When a substitution or equal product is proposed in accordance with paragraph 1 08 of this Section CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013300 4 4 Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished Information is to include a Type dimensions size arrangement model number and operational parameters of the components b Weights gauges materials of construction external connections anchors and supports required c Performance characteristics capacities engineering data motor curves and other information necessary to allow a complete evaluation of mechanical components d All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers
77. essence as stated in Paragraph 4 01 above and that Owner will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is not completed and Milestones not achieved within the times specified in Paragraph 4 02 above plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract The parties also recognize the delays expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time Accordingly instead of requiring any such proof Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay but not as a penalty 1 Substantial Completion Contractor shall pay Owner Three Hundred Dollars and No Cents 300 00 for each day that expires after the time as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract specified in Paragraph 4 02 A above for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete 2 Completion of Remaining Work After Substantial Completion if Contractor shall neglect refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract for completion and readiness for final payment Contractor shall pay Owner Three Hundred Dollars and No Cents 300 00 for each day that expires after such time until the Work is completed and ready for final payment 3 Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and final completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently Ho
78. excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 7 base Bids and major alternates if any will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids ARTICLE 18 BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18 01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form but Owner may in its sole discretion release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period ARTICLE 19 EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT 19 01 19 02 19 03 19 04 19 05 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids including without limitation nonconforming nonresponsive unbalanced or conditional Bids Owner will reject the Bid of any Bidder that Owner finds after reasonable inquiry and evaluation to not be responsible If Bidder purports to add terms or conditions to its Bid takes exception to any provision of the Bidding Documents or attempts to alter the contents of the Contract Documents for purposes of the Bid then the Owner will reject the Bid as nonresponsive provided that Owner also reserves the right to waive all minor informalities not involving price time or changes in the Work If Owner awards the contract for the Work such award shall be to the responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive Bid Evaluation of Bids A In evaluating Bids Owner will consider whether or
79. field use E Film Thickness 1 Number of Coats Minimum required without regard to coating thickness Additional coats may be required to obtain minimum required paint thickness depending on method of application differences in Manufacturers products and atmospheric conditions 2 Maximum film build per coat shall not exceed coating Manufacturer s recommendations 3 Film Thickness Measurements and Electrical Inspection of Coated Surfaces a Perform with properly calibrated instruments b Recoat and repair as necessary for compliance with the Specifications c All coats are subject to inspection by Engineer and coating manufacturer s representative 4 Visually inspect concrete nonferrous metal plastic and wood surfaces to ensure proper and complete coverage has been attained 5 Give particular attention to edges angles flanges and other similar areas where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to be present and ensure proper millage in these areas 6 Thickness Testing a After repaired and recoated areas have dried sufficiently final tests will be conducted by the Engineer b Measure coating thickness specified in mils with a magnetic type dry film thickness gauge C Test finish coat except zinc primer galvanizing and elastomeric coatings in excess of 25 mils dry for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector d Holiday detect coatings in excess of 25 mils dry with high voltage
80. finish consisting of aluminum oxide silicon carbide or a combination of both Fabricate units in sizes and configurations indicated and in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions 1 Manufacturers a American Safety Tread Co Inc b Baleo Inc C Barry Pattern amp Foundry Co Inc d Granite State Casting Co e Safe T Metal Co f Wooster Products Inc 2 Nosing Cross hatched units 4 wide with 1 4 lip for casting into concrete steps Nosing Cross hatched units 1 1 2 x 1 1 2 for casting into concrete curbs 4 Treads Cross hatched units full depth of tread with 3 4 x 3 4 nosing for application over bent plate treads or existing stairs as CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 10 2 17 2 18 Extruded Units Aluminum with abrasive filler consisting of aluminum oxide silicon carbide or a combination of both in an epoxy resin binder Fabricate units in sizes and configurations indicated and in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions 1 Available Manufacturers ACL Industries Inc American Safety Tread Co Inc Amstep Products Armstrong Products Inc Baleo Inc Granite State Casting Co g Wooster Products Inc 2 Provide ribbed units with abrasive filler strips projecting 1 16 above aluminum extrusion 3 Provide solid abrasive type units without ribs 4 Nosing Square back units 3 wide for casting into concrete steps 5 Nos
81. finishes As Fabricated Finish AA M10 Mechanical Finish as fabricated unspecified Class 1 Clear Anodic Finish AA M12C22A41 Mechanical Finish non specular as fabricated Chemical Finish etched medium matte Anodic Coating Architectural Class 1 clear coating 0 018 mm or thicker complying with AAMA 611 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A INSTALLATION GENERAL Cutting Fitting and Placement Perform cutting drilling and fitting required for installing metal fabrications Set metal fabrications accurately in location alignment and elevation with edges and surfaces level plumb true and free of rack and measured from established lines and levels CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 12 3 2 3 3 Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations Do not weld cut or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections Field Welding Comply with the following requirements 1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals 2 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap Remove welding flux immediately 4 At exposed connections finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of we
82. fittings unless otherwise indicated PVC Externally Coated Rigid Steel Conduits Use only fittings listed for use with that material CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 4 3 2 EMT Use approved fittings INSTALLATION Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Arrange stub ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab Install no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits for which fewer bends are allowed Raceways Embedded in Slabs 1 Run conduit larger than 1 inch trade size parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement Where at right angles to reinforcement place conduit close to slab support 2 Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings 3 Do not install conduits in such a manner as to compromise the structural integrity of walls roofs ceilings or floor Where necessary provide additional supporting members to support conduit runs B
83. for the purpose stated in Paragraph 7 16 D 1 Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by Owner or Engineer ARTICLE 8 OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8 01 Other Work A In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents the Owner may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site Such other work may be performed by Owner s employees or through contracts between the Owner and third parties Owner may also arrange to have third party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner s employees or through contracts for such other work then Owner shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work If Owner has advance information regarding the start of any utility work at or adjacent to the Site Owner shall provide such information to Contractor Contractor shall afford each other contractor that performs such other work each utility owner performing other work and Owner if Owner is performing other work with Owner s employees proper and safe access to the Site and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work Contractor shall do all cutting fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its s
84. in O amp M manuals Unit is the unit of measure for ordering the part c Quantity is the number of units recommended d Unit Cost isthe current purchase price 1 7 DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A Content for Architectural Products Applied Materials and Finishes 1 Manufacturer s data giving full information on products a Catalog number size and composition b Color and texture designations c Information required for reordering special manufactured products 2 Instructions for Care and Maintenance a Manufacturer s recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods b Cautions against cleaning agents and methods that are detrimental to product c Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 3 Content for Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products 4 Manufacturer s data giving full information on products a Applicable standards b Chemical composition c Details of installation 5 Instructions for inspection maintenance and repair PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 78 23 5 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 04 1 05 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of 1 Drawings Specifications Addenda Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract Engineer Field Orders or written instruct
85. in the state of the work C Samples for Owner s Selection For products involving selection of color texture or design D Samples for Verification For each type of exposed finish required 1 Sections of each distinctly different linear railing member including handrails top rails posts and balusters 2 Fittings and brackets 3 Assembled Sample of railing system made from full size components including top rail post handrail and infill Sample need not be full height a Show method of finishing and connecting members at intersections E Mill Certificates Signed by manufacturer certifying that products furnished comply with requirements F Welding certificates G Qualification Data For testing agency H Product Test Reports Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Source Limitations Obtain each type of railing through one source from a single Manufacturer B Welding Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following 1 AWS D1 1 Structural Welding Code Steel 2 AWS D1 2 Structural Welding Code Aluminum 3 AWS D1 6 Structural Welding Code Stainless Steel 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Field Measurements Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with railings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings
86. insureds shall be primary insurance and all other insurance carried by the additional insureds shall be excess insurance and 7 With respect to workers compensation and employer s liability comprehensive automobile liability commercial general liability and umbrella liability insurance Contractor shall require Contractor s insurance carriers to waive all rights of subrogation against Owner Engineer Engineer s Consultants and their respective officers directors partners employees and agents B Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6 03 J K The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 6 03 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations 1 Workers Compensation and related coverages under Paragraphs 6 03 A 1 and A 2 of the General Conditions CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 73 00 6 Workers Compensation etc State Statutory Applicable Federal e g Longshore Statutory Employers Liability Bodily Injury by Accident 500 000 Bodily Injury by Disease Each Employee 500 000 Bodily Injury by Disease Policy Limit 500 000 Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Additional Insured identified in these Supplementary Conditions 2 Contractor s Commercial General Liability under Paragraphs 6 03 B and 6 03C of
87. is substantially complete then Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Substantial Completion with a revised punch list of items to be completed or corrected reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner At the time of receipt of the preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion Owner and Contractor will confer regarding Owner s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion review the builder s risk insurance policy with respect to the end of the builder s risk coverage and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing Owner shall bear responsibility for security operation protection of the Work property insurance maintenance heat and utilities upon Owner s use or occupancy of the Work After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment In appropriate cases Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items following the progress payment procedures set forth above Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access t
88. lines distribution and branch electrical circuitry fuse and circuit breaker size and arrangements support and hanger details Change Orders concealed control system devices 2 The Contractor shall locate all underground and concealed work identifying all equipment conduit circuit numbers motors feeders breakers switches and starters The Contractor will certify accuracy by endorsement Record drawings shall be correct in every detail such that the Owner can properly operate maintain and repair exposed and concealed work 3 The Contractor shall store the Record drawings on the site Drawings shall not be rolled Make corrections additions etc with pencil with date and authorization of change CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 7 4 Mark specifications to indicate approved substitutions Change Orders actual equipment and materials used 1 19 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Refer to the General and Supplementary Conditions for procedures and requirements for preparation and submittal of maintenance manuals B In addition to the information required by the General and Supplementary Conditions include the following information 1 Installation manual Description of function installation and calibration manuals normal operating characteristics and limitations performance curves engineering data and tests and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of all replaceable parts 2 Operations manual Manufacturer
89. merit of the proposed item is upon Bidder Engineer s decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final If Engineer approves any such proposed item such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all prospective Bidders Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner 11 02 All prices that Bidder sets forth in its Bid shall be based on the presumption that the Contractor will furnish the materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents as supplemented by Addenda Any assumptions regarding the possibility of post Bid approvals of or equal or substitution requests are made at Bidder s sole risk ARTICLE 12 SUBCONTRACTORS SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 12 01 A Bidder shall be prepared to retain specific Subcontractors Suppliers or other individuals or entities for the performance of the Work if required by the Bidding Documents most commonly in the Specifications to do so If a prospective Bidder objects to retaining any such Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity and the concern is not relieved by an Addendum then the prospective Bidder should refrain from submitting a Bid 12 02 Subsequent to the submittal of the Bid Owner may not require the Successful Bidder or Contractor to retain any Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity against which Contractor has reasonable objection This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Sugg
90. named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds and give notice to such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress Any other insured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days after notice of such claim Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to multiple insureds or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as fiduciary for other insureds subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the builder s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6 05 shall distribute such proceeds in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach or as otherwise required under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced the money so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by Change Order if needed ARTICLE 7 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES 7 01 Supervision and Superintendence A Contractor shall supervise inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents Contractor shall be so
91. not proceed with work without clear instructions C Perform work in accord with manufacturer s instructions Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents 1 05 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A Arrange Product deliveries in accord with construction schedules and coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site 1 Deliver Products in undamaged condition in manufacturer s original containers or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible Note A Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS is required for chemical products Immediately on delivery inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals and that Products are properly protected and undamaged B Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods that prevent soiling or damage to Products or packaging 1 06 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A Store Products in accord with manufacturer s instructions with seals and labels intact and legible Note A Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS is required for chemical products 1 Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather tight enclosures 2 Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer s instructions B Exterior Storage 1 Store fabricated products above the ground or on blocking or skids to prevent soiling or staining Cover products that are subj
92. of bearing plate before packing with grout 1 Use non shrink grout nonmetallic in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture use non shrink nonmetallic grout in exposed locations unless otherwise indicated 2 Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 13 3 4 3 5 3 6 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS Anchor bollards in concrete as indicated Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings Center and align bollards in holes 3 above bottom of excavation Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured Fill bollards solidly with concrete mounding top surface to shed water 1 Donot fill removable bollards with concrete INSTALLING NOSINGS TREADS AND THRESHOLDS Center nosing on tread widths For nosing embedded in concrete steps or curbs align nosing flush with riser faces and level with tread surfaces Seal thresholds exposed to exterior with elastomeric sealant complying with Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS to provide a watertight installation ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Touchup Painting Immediately after erection clean field welds bolted connections and abraded areas Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC PA 1 for touching up shop painted surfaces 1 Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2 0
93. of construction C Allow no other signs to be displayed 1 02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Section 01 11 10 Summary of Work B Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities C Section 01 55 26 Traffic Control 1 03 INFORMATIONAL SIGNS A Painted signs with painted lettering or standard products 1 Size of signs and lettering as required by regulatory agencies or as appropriate to usage 2 Colors as required by regulatory agencies otherwise of uniform colors throughout Project B Erect at appropriate locations to provide required information 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Sign Painter Professional experience in type of work required B Finishes Painting Adequate to resist weathering and fading for scheduled construction period 2 00 PRODUCTS 2 01 SIGN MATERIALS A Structure and Framing May be new or used wood or metal in sound condition and structurally adequate to work and suitable for specified finish B Sign Surface Exterior softwood plywood with medium density overlay standard large sizes to minimize joints 1 Thickness As required by standards to span framing members to provide even smooth surface without waves or buckles C Rough Hardware Galvanized D Paint Exterior quality 1 Use Bulletin colors for graphics 2 Colors for structure framing sign surfaces and graphics as selected by Engineer 3 00 EXECUTION 3 01 INFORMATIONAL SIGNS A Paint exposed surfaces with one coat of primer and one coat of exterior
94. of electrical systems and items to which they connect Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation 2 Emergency Operating Instructions Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3 8 inch high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 53 3 3 2 Equipment Identification Labels On each unit of equipment install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams schedules and Operation and Maintenance Manual Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment central or master units control panels control stations terminal cabinets and racks of each system Systems include power lighting control communication signal monitoring and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification 1 Labeling Instructions a Indoor Equipment Engraved laminated acrylic or melamine label Unless otherwise indicated provide a single line of text with inch high letters on 1 1 2 inch high label where 2 lines of text are required use labels 2 inches high b Outdoor Equipment Engraved laminated acrylic or melamine label 2 Equipment to Be Labeled Panelboards electrical cabinets and enclosures Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items Electrical switchgear and switchboards Transformers Motor control centers Di
95. of the Contractor 8 Ifthe Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5 1 5 3 or 5 4 the Surety s liability is limited to the amount of this Bond 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any EJCDC C 610 Performance Bond Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved 2 of 3 person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs executors administrators successors and assigns 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change including changes of time to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts purchase orders and other obligations 11 Any proceeding legal or equitable under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond whichever occurs first If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law the minimu
96. of the amount due 5 Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from the Bid due date without Surety s written consent 6 No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after the Bid due date 7 Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located 8 Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond Such notices may be sent by personal delivery commercial courier or by United States Registered or Certified Mail return receipt requested postage pre paid and shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party concerned 9 Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer agent or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute seal and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby 10 This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements Any
97. of the following locations and provide type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location a Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight 125 deg F temperature change b Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight 155 deg F temperature change C Indoor Spaces connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation 125 deg F temperature change d Attics 135 deg F temperature change 2 Install fitting s that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0 00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change 3 Install each expansion joint fitting with position mounting and piston setting selected according to manufacturer s written instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation Flexible conduit connections Use maximum of 36 inches of flexible conduit for equipment subject to vibration noise transmission or movement and for transformers and motors 1 Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage 2 Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls Saw cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block and install box flush with surface of wall SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS Coordinate sleeve selection and application Engineer Concrete Slabs and Walls Install sleeves for penetrations unless core drilled holes or formed
98. openings are used Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening Fire Rated Assemblies Install sleeves for penetrations of fire rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls Size pipe sleeves to provide inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway unless sleeve seal is to be installed Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 6 3 4 3 5 3 6 Interior Penetrations of Non Fire Rated Walls and Floors Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway using joint sealant appropriate for size depth and location of joint Fire Rated Assembly Penetrations Maintain indicated fire rating of walls partitions ceilings and floors at raceway penetrations Install sleeves and seal with fire stop materials Roof Penetration Sleeves Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible boot type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals Select sleeve size to allow for 1 inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals Underground Exterior Wall Penet
99. other equipment to be incorporated into the Work and 5 for acceptance of materials mix designs or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work Such inspections and tests shall be performed by independent inspectors testing laboratories or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and Engineer If the Contract Documents require the Work or part thereof to be approved by Owner Engineer or another designated individual or entity then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals If any Work or the work of others that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer Contractor shall if requested by Engineer uncover such Work for observation Such uncovering shall be at Contractor s expense unless Contractor had given Engineer timely notice of Contractor s intention to cover the same and Engineer had not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice 14 03 Defective Work A B Contractor s Obligation lt is Contractor s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective Engineer s Authority Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective and to reject defective Work Notice of Defects Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor Correcti
100. other means without further cutting or fitting 2 Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1 16 in 3 3 Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1 4 in 12 Corrosion Protection Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion caused from direct contact with concrete and dissimilar metals by coating metal surfaces in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and Division 9 Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints Fastening to In Place Construction Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in place construction Mount handrails only on completed walls Do not support handrails temporarily by means not satisfying structural performance requirements RAILING CONNECTIONS Set rails horizontal or parallel to slope of steps Install posts and rails in the same plane Remove projects or irregularities and provide smooth surface for sliding hand continuously along top rail Use offset rail for use on stairs and platforms if post is attached to web of stringers or structural platform supports Expansion Joints Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement maximum interval of 54 feet on center and at structural joints Provide slip joint
101. recommendation of any payment including final payment will impose responsibility on Engineer a to supervise direct or control the Work or b for the means methods techniques sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto or c for Contractor s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor s performance of the Work or d to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the money paid on account of the Contract Price or e to determine that title to any of the Work materials or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if in Engineer s opinion it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 15 01 C 2 Engineer will recommend reductions in payment set offs necessary in Engineer s opinion to protect Owner from loss because a the Work is defective requiring correction or replacement b the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders c Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14 07 or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14 04 d Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible or e Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that w
102. refer to Substantial Completion thereof Successful Bidder The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts and to which the Owner makes an award of contract subject to stated conditions EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 3 of 58 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract that amends or supplements these General Conditions Supplier A manufacturer fabricator supplier distributor materialman or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor Technical Data Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either a subsurface conditions at the Site or physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site except Underground Facilities or b Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site then the data contained in boring logs recorded measurements of subsurface water levels laboratory test results and other factual objective information regarding conditions at the
103. rely on the accuracy of the Technical Data as defined in Article 1 contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor Except for such reliance on Technical Data Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers directors members partners employees agents consultants or subcontractors with respect to 1 the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor s purposes including but not limited to any aspects of the means methods techniques sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto or 2 other data interpretations opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings or 3 any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data interpretations opinions or information C Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered uncovered or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work D Contractor shall be responsible for controlling containing and duly removing all Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor Subcontractors Suppliers or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible
104. s capital expenses including interest on Contractor s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments 4 Costs due to the negligence of Contractor any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable including but not limited to the correction of defective Work disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property 5 Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13 01 B Contractor s Fee When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost plus Contractor s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order Change Proposal Claim set off or other adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work Contractor s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 11 04 C Documentation Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 13 Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data 13 02 Allowances A It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract
105. s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and warranties The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose ARTICLE 16 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16 01 Owner May Suspend Work A At any time and without cause Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Contractor and Engineer Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times or both directly attributable to any such suspension Any Change Proposal seeking such adjustments shall be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work 16 02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by Contractor and justify termination for cause 1 Contractor s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents including but not limited to failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule 2 Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract Documents 3
106. shapes and bars F Mounting Anchoring and Attachment Components Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following 1 Powder Actuated Fasteners Threaded 304 stainless steel stud for use in hardened Portland cement concrete steel or wood with tension shear and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used a Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include but are not limited to the following 1 Hilti Inc 2 ITW Ramset Red Head a division of Illinois tool works Inc 3 MKT Fastening LLC 4 Simpson Strong Tie Co Inc Masterset Fastening Systems Unit 2 Mechanical Expansion Anchors Insert wedge type stainless steel for use in hardened Portland cement concrete with tension shear and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 29 2 2 2 A a Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include but are not limited to the following 1 Cooper B Line Inc a division of Cooper Industries 2 Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co Inc 3 Hilti Inc 4 ITW Ramset Red head a division of Illinois tool works Inc 5 MKT Fastening LLC 3 Concrete Inserts Stainless steel
107. slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18 complying with MFMA 4 or MSS SP 58 4 Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements MSS SP 58 type suitable for attached structural element Through Bolts Structural type hex head and high strength Comply with ASTM A 325 Toggle bolts All steel springhead type Hanger Rods Threaded 304 stainless steel Nuts Match threaded rod or bolt double nut vertical hanger rods 00 gUn FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES Description bolted structural steel shapes shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 A En A APPLICATION Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter Outdoor locations Supporting material shall be stainless steel or PVC Coated galvanized steel or as described within the Drawings Indoor locations Supporting materials shall be galvanized in dry areas and stainless steel or PVC Coated galvanized steel in damp areas or as described within the Drawings Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway Space supports for RMC as required by NFPA 70 Minimum rod size shall be inch in diameter Multiple Raceways or Cables Install trapeze type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percen
108. specification section unless it is specifically stated that only the materials and equipment of the specified manufacturers shall be provided Provide Submittals for proposed equal non specific products per Section 01 33 00 for any materials or equipment not specifically listed Submit a Contractor s Modification Request for substitution of materials and equipment of other manufacturers or for materials and equipment that does not strictly comply with the Contract Documents A Field Order or Change Order will be issued if the contract modification is approved 2 00 PRODUCTS NOT USED 3 00 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 014216 4 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1 00 1 01 1 02 1 03 2 00 2 01 2 02 2 03 2 04 2 05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Furnish install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction remove on completion of Work RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A Comply with federal state and local codes and regulations and with utility company requirements PRODUCTS MATERIALS GENERAL A Materials may be new or used but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage must not create unsafe conditions and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING A Arrange with utility company to provide service required for power
109. substituted product into the project and will waive all claims for CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013300 8 additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the project which may subsequently become apparent d Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product 1 10 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES 1 11 1 12 A Submit warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents with the Shop Drawings or record data Provide additional copies for equipment and include this additional copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals Provide a separate manual for warranties and guarantees 1 Provide a log of all products for which warranties or guarantees are provided and for all equipment Index the log by Specification section number on forms provided by the Engineer 2 Indicate the start date warranty or guarantee period and the date upon which the warranty or guarantee expires for products or equipment for which a warranty or guarantee is required 3 Indicate the data for the start of the correction period specified in the general Conditions for each piece of equipment and the date on which the specified correction period expires 4 Provide a copy of the warranty of guarantee under a tab indexed to the log RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A Make all corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Engineer and resubmit until approved For Shop Drawings 1 Revise initial
110. suitable for the indicated starting method Stator winding shall be copper The maximum motor loading of each motor shall not exceed its nameplate horsepower rating exclusive of service factor under any operating condition Motors shall be sized to start and accelerate the design loading and operate the full range of driven equipment without exceeding any of the specified design requirements Motors that fail to meet these requirements shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner All three phase motors shall be provided with Class F insulation rated to operate at a maximum ambient temperature of 40 degrees C and at the altitudes where the motors will be installed and operated without exceeding Class B temperature rise limits stated in ANSI NEMA MG1 12 42 Single phase motors shall have Class F insulation with temperature rise not to exceed the insulation class Motors to be operated with variable frequency drives shall be provided with insulation systems to withstand 1600 volt spikes with dV dt as defined in NEMA MG 1 31 All motors shall have a minimum service factor of 1 15 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 2605 15 2 2 2 2 3 Motors for use in hazardous locations shall have enclosures suitable for the classification of the location Such motors shall be UL listed and stamped Motors larger than 50 HP located outdoors or in non conditioned areas shall have 120 volt AC space heaters and temperature sensors For motors control
111. test methods materials chemicals and liquids required facilities operations interface and Owner involvement Contractor s Testing and Startup Representative CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 3 3 2 3 3 3 4 1 Designate and furnish one or more personnel to coordinate and expedite testing and facility startup 2 Representative s shall be present during startup meetings and shall be available at all times during testing and startup Provide temporary valves gauges piping test equipment and other materials and equipment required for testing and startup Provide Subcontractor and equipment Manufacturer s with adequate staff to prevent delays Schedule ongoing work so as not to interfere with or delay testing and startup Owner will 1 Provide water power chemicals and other items as required for startup unless otherwise indicated 2 Operate process units and facility with support of Contractor 3 Provide labor and materials as required for laboratory analyses MANUFACTURER S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE When specified in individual Specification section submit prior to shipment of product or material Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by accepted certification of compliance Signed by product Manufacturer certifying that product or material specified conforms to or exceeds specified Attach supporting reference data affidavits and cer
112. that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 1 of 6 ARTICLE 1 BID RECIPIENT 1 01 1 02 This Bid is submitted to CITY OF KILGORE ATTN DEBORAH DANE CITY CLERK 815 N KILGORE ST KILGORE TEXAS 75662 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees if this Bid is accepted to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents ARTICLE 2 BIDDER S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2 01 2 02 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner In submitting this Bid Bidder certifies Bidder is qualified to do business in the State of Texas as required by laws rules and regulations or if allowed by statute covenants to obtain such qualification prior to contract award ARTICLE 3 BIDDER S REPRESENTATIONS 3 01 In submitting this Bid Bidder represents that A Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding
113. the Drawings or Specifications and advise Owner in writing of Engineer s findings conclusions and recommendations Owner s Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition After receipt of Engineer s written findings conclusions and recommendations Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor with a copy to Engineer regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made and adopting or rejecting Engineer s written findings conclusions and recommendations in whole or in part Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1 Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or both to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition or any related delay disruption or interference causes an increase or decrease in Contractor s cost of or time required for performance of the Work subject however to the following a such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5 04 A b with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13 03 and c Contractor s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor s a
114. the purpose The resistance of the grounding system to ground shall not exceed NFPA 70 requirements C Continuity Tests 1 Each wire and each wire in each cable rated 300 volts and below shall be tested for continuity Record wire number and pass or fail on checklist for each wire d Dielectric Tests 1 Each power conductor rated 600 volts and above shall be tested meggered for dielectric strength to ground 2 Prior to testing all components that could be damaged should be disconnected After testing the circuit shall still register a resistance value of CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 13 3 11 3 12 3 13 not less than 1 megohm at 600 volts dc This test shall apply between all insulated circuits and external metal parts Record equipment name phase or wire number and all observed values for each wire 3 Subsequent to wire and cable hook ups energize circuits and demonstrate proper functioning of all circuits Record equipment or circuit number and pass or fail on function test checklist for each circuit 4 The Contractor shall develop non conforming material reports for each failure Repair and report failures all failures to Owner and Engineer 5 The Contractor shall replace defective parts correct malfunctioning units make all repairs and retest to demonstrate compliance The Contractor shall document all actions taken on appropriate non conforming material report INSPECTION FEES AND PERMITS Obtain and pay for
115. thereof All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements The rental of any such equipment machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work d Sales consumer use and other similar taxes related to the Work and for which Contractor is liable as imposed by Laws and Regulations e Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses f Losses and damages and related expenses caused by damage to the Work not compensated by insurance or otherwise sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 6 05 provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner No such losses damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor s fee g The cost of utilities fuel and sanitary facilities at the Site h Minor expenses such as communication servic
116. these costs will begin accruing immediately from the date of achieved substantial completion This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 520 Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract Stipulated Price Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 2 of 7 ARTICLE 5 CONTRACT PRICE 5 01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents the amounts that follow subject to adjustment under the Contract A For all Work at the prices stated in Contractor s Bid attached hereto as an exhibit ARTICLE 6 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6 01 6 02 6 03 Submittal and Processing of Payments A Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions Progress Payments Retainage A Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor s Applications for Payment on or about the 1st day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph 6 02 A 1 below provided that such Applications for Payment have bee
117. to the other party indicating that as a result of Engineer s inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12 Binding Decision Engineer s decision will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under Article 12 Resolution of Certain Change Proposals If the Change Proposal does not involve the design as set forth in the Drawings Specifications or otherwise the acceptability of the Work or other engineering or technical matters then Engineer will notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal For purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal such notice shall be deemed a denial and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12 11 07 Execution of Change Orders A Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering B T changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set off unless Contractor has duly contested such set off changes in the Work which are a ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11 02 b required because of Owner s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14 04 or Owner
118. to procure the proper sizes quantities rearrangements structural modifications or other modifications in order for the substituted item to comply with the established requirements D Group materials submitted by their Specification numbers but do not submit the entire electrical within one submittal Provide a table of contents to indicate the included equipment types E The Contractor shall submit complete descriptions illustrations specification data etc of all materials fittings devices fixtures special systems etc as required by the individual sections of this Division F Submittal of shop drawings product data and samples will be accepted only when submitted by the Contractor Data submitted from subcontractors and material suppliers directly to the Engineer will not be processed G Shop Drawings In addition to the above submit in reproducible form made by a process approved by the Engineer shop drawings for major materials where called for and when requested by the Engineer Lockout Tagout Program Switchboard motor control centers panelboards surge arresters and safety switches Motor starters and contactors including custom wiring diagrams for all motors Lighting fixtures and lamps including light pole foundation requirements Wire cable and conduit Dry type transformers including weight and dimensions Wiring devices and plates Site lighting control components including contactors and lighting con
119. units recommended by the coating manufacturer e Check each coat for correct millage Do not make measurement before a minimum of 8 hours after application of coating F Porous Surfaces Such As Concrete Masonry CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 10 3 6 3 7 3 8 T Filler Surfacer Use coating Manufacturer s recommended product to fill air holes bug holes and other surface defects 2 Prime Coat May be thinned to provide maximum penetration and adhesion a Type and Amount of Thinning Determined by paint manufacturer and dependent on surface density and type of coating 3 Finish Coat Use coatings Manufacturer s recommended product Damaged Coatings Pinholes and Holidays 1 Feather edges and repair in accordance with recommendations of paint Manufacturer 2 Apply finish coats including touchup and damage repair coats in a manner which will present a uniform texture and color matched appearance Unsatisfactory Application 1 If item has an improper finish color or insufficient film thickness clean surface and topcoat with specified paint material to obtain specified color and coverage Obtain specific surface preparation information from coating manufacturer 2 Hand or power sand visible areas of chipped peeled or abraded paint and feather the edges Follow with primer and finish coat Depending on extent of repair and appearance a finish sanding and topcoat may be required 3 Evidence of runs bridges s
120. used in Work except as otherwise indicated Provide products that are compatible within systems and other connected items NAMEPLATE DATA Provide permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power operated equipment indicating manufacturer product name model number serial number capacity operating and power characteristics labels of tested compliances and similar essential data Locate nameplates in an accessible location WORK SUPERVISION The Contractor shall designate in writing the qualified electrical supervisor who shall provide supervision to all electrical work on this project The minimum qualifications for the electrical supervisor shall be a master electrician as defined by the statutes of the state of the work being performed The supervisor or his appointed alternate possessing at least a master electrician license shall be on site whenever electrical work is being performed The qualifications of the electrical supervisor shall be subject to approval of the Owner and the Engineer All master and journeyman electricians shall be licensed in accordance with the statutes of the state of the work being performed No unlicensed electrical workers shall perform work on this project Apprentice electricians in a ratio of not more than one apprentice per journeyman electrician will be allowed if the apprentices are licensed and actively participating in an apprentice ship program recognized and approved by the statutes of t
121. violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3 05 will survive final payment or termination of the Contract Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes ARTICLE 4 COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4 01 Commencement of Contract Times Notice to Proceed A The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract or if a Notice to Proceed is given on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract whichever date is earlier 4 02 Starting the Work A Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date 4 03 Reference Points A Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior writte
122. 1 Established Dimensions Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating railings without field measurements Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 52 13 2 1 6 A B 2 Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings Furnish setting drawings templates and directions for installing anchorages including sleeves concrete inserts anchor bolts and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 2 2 A B A GENERAL Metals 1 Metal Surfaces General Provide materials with smooth surfaces without seam marks roller marks rolled trade names stains discolorations or blemishes 2 Brackets Flanges and Anchors Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated Finishes 1 Comply with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating fi
123. 1 Methods and Procedures eesececsscceeseceseseeesenesenenessaneseaceseaeesseeseaeeseaceessenesesaeessaneseaneseneeeesaaenes 57 ARTICLE 18 Miscellaneous adoos dedito 57 18 01 Giving NOCE ntie ai tie dak dee ei alae RENTE al ate a tentials 57 18 02 GOMpUtAtiOn OF TIMES A da 57 18 03 Cumulative Remedio ae 57 18 04 Limitation Of Damages ccoooooccnnncccononononnnonnnnnnanonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnno E E E N E 58 18 05 No WalVer sica 58 13 06 Survival O Olite iia 58 18 07 Controlling Law 0 A RS 58 18 08 Heading Skea a e e a tn da ii 58 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page iv ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1 01 Defined Terms A Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents a term printed with initial capital letters including the term s singular and plural forms will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below In addition to terms specifically defined terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs and the titles of other documents or forms 1 10 11 Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Co
124. 1 Progress Payments A Basis for Progress Payments The Schedule of Values established as provided in Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13 03 Progress payments for cost based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period Applications for Payments 1 Atleast 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment but not more often than once a month Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale invoice or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance a warehouse bond or other arrangements to
125. 2 it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents Contractor s Expense Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed or equal item at Contractor s expense EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 24 of 58 Engineer s Evaluation and Determination Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each or equal request Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed or equal item Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability No or equal item will be ordered furnished installed or utilized until Engineer s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an or equal which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination Effect of Engineer s Determination Neither approval nor denial of an or equal request shall result in any change in Contract Price The Engineer s denial of an or equal request shall be final and binding and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents Treatment as a Substitution Request If
126. 2 5 Marker Tapes vinyl or vinyl cloth self adhesive wraparound type with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process WARNING LABEL AND SIGNS Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910 145 and NFPA 70E Self Adhesive Warning Labels Factory printed multicolor pressure sensitive adhesive labels configured for display on front cover door or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated Metal Backed Butyrate Warning Signs Weather resistant nonfading preprinted cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 0 0396 inch galvanized steel backing and with colors legend and size required for application inch grommets in corners for mounting Nominal size 10 by 14 inches Sample warning label and sign shall include but are not limited to the following legends T Multiple Power source Warning DANGER ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES 2 Workspace Clearance Warning WARNING OSHA REGULATION AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES 3 WARNING ARC FLASH AND SHOCK HAZARD APPROPRIATE PPE REQUIRED INSTRUCTION SIGNS Engraved laminated acrylic or melamine plastic minimum 1 16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq in and 1 8 inch thick for larger sized 1 Engraved legend with black letters on white face 2 Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners 3 Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged
127. 4 05 50 00 9 2 A uniform live load of 200 Ibf sq ft whichever load produces the greater effects Design shall use the loading and pattern loading for multiple spans which produces the greatest loading stresses and deflection wit the floor plate system H The maximum fiber stress shall not exceed that which is allowed by the Aluminum Association The maximum total load deflection shall be limited to the span divided by 180 L 180 not to exceed 0 25 inch between supporting members J Contractor shall submit sealed shop drawings complete with details and calculations to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication Submittal data will be complete with detail and calculations to determine all components of the floor plate system including plate reinforcing ribs supports rib pattern connections and others as necessary K All ends and openings shall be banded L Provide 1 4 inch neoprene gaskets for all sealed or odor control floor plate coverings as where indicated M The weight of a floor plate section shall not exceed 80 pounds N Aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete grout or dissimilar metals will be protected with a coat of bituminous paint Mylar isolators or other protective system as approved by the Engineer O Available Manufacturers 1 Thompson Fabricating LLC Tarrant AL 2 Or approved equal 2 16 ABRASIVE METAL NOSINGS AND TREADS A Cast Metal Units Cast aluminum with an integral abrasive
128. 6 of 58 2 06 3 Contractor s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work Electronic Transmittals A Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract the Owner Engineer and Contractor may transmit and shall accept Project related correspondence text data documents drawings information and graphics including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals in electronic media or digital format either directly or through access to a secure Project website If the Contract does not establish protocols for electronic or digital transmittals then Owner Engineer and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility usability or readability of the items resulting from the recipient s use of software application packages operating systems or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items or from those established in applicable transmittal protocols ARTICLE 3 DOCUMENTS INTENT REQUIREMENTS REUSE 3 01 3 02 Intent A The Contract Documents are complementary what is required by one is as binding as if required by all B It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally com
129. Closeout Submittals Service records for maintenance performed during construction OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA O amp M Manuals Content form and schedule for providing as specified in Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Maintenance Summary Forms As specified in Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA WARRANTY Provide warranty for a period of 12 months after the final acceptance of the equipment by the Owner and Engineer The warranty shall stipulate that the equipment furnished is suitable for the purpose intended and free from defects of material and workmanship for the duration of the warranty In the event the equipment fails to perform as specified the Manufacturer shall promptly repair or replace the defective equipment without additional cost to the Owner Spare parts identified within this specification shall not be used to address warranty repairs PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A B 2 2 A B C MANUFACTURERS Where a manufacturer s standard equipment name and or model number is listed the equipment system shall be provided as modified to conform to the performance functions features and materials of construction as specified herein Materials equipment and accessories specified in this Section shall be products of 1 Westech Engineering 2 Ovivo USA LLC GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Furnish units meeting performance and design requirements as specified and as shown on the Dr
130. Contract Documents subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 49 of 58 Completion the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13 03 and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation and c the conditions precedent to Contractor s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer s responsibility to observe the Work By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that a inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive extended to every aspect of the Work in progress or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract or b there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor Neither Engineer s review of Contractor s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer s
131. D EQUIPMENT All materials and equipment used in carrying out these specifications shall be new and have UL listing or listing by other recognized testing laboratory when such listings are available Specifications and drawings indicate name type or catalog numbers of materials and equipment to be used as standards PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A 3 2 A B C SALVAGE All salvage and equipment removed by the work shall remain the property of the Owner unless directed otherwise by the Owner Material removed from the project shall be stored on the project site where and as directed Debris shall be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver equipment to project properly identified with names model numbers types grades compliance labels and similar information needed for distinct identifications adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment storage and handling Store equipment and materials at the site unless off site storage is authorized in writing Protect stored equipment and materials from damage Equipment and materials shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations and instructions CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 9 3 3 All equipment including but not limited to equipment containing coils and or electronics shall be stored in a clean dry ventilated and heated building The storage area shall be f
132. Documents Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services materials equipment labor transportation construction equipment and machinery tools appliances fuel power light heat telephone water sanitary facilities temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance testing start up and completion of the Work whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner If required by Engineer Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence including reports of required tests as to the source kind and quality of materials and equipment All materials and equipment shall be stored applied installed connected erected protected used cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents 7 04 Or Equals A B Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified The specification or descrip
133. Documents or a release of Contractor s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 observations by Engineer recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer any inspection test or approval by others or any correction of defective Work by Owner If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into by Owner then the specific warranties guarantees and correction obligations contained in the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 32 of 58 7 18 Indemnification A To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations and in addition to any other obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer a
134. E 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC 2 03 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION A Add the following to Paragraph 2 03 A a 4 A preliminary schedule of payments showing projected cash flow Delete Paragraph 2 04 A and insert the following in lieu thereof a Before the Contract Times start to run but after Notice to Proceed is given a conference attended by Contractor Engineer and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2 03 A procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals processing Applications for Payment electronic or digital transmittals and maintaining required records Add the following subparagraph to 2 05 A a Contractor s schedule of payments will be acceptable if it provides a reasonable projection of payments in relationship to the progress schedule and schedule of values Add a new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 2 05 A 3 B Before undertaking each part of the Work Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer any conflict error ambiguity or discrepancy which the Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation from the Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby In the
135. ER G Chain Drive Option B 1 Roller Chain Standard ANSI B29 1 2 Connect drive sprocket on primary speed reducer to driven sprocket on secondary speed reducer input shaft 3 Steel Sprockets Minimum of 12 teeth 4 Chain a Service Factor Minimum 4 0 b Power Transmission Rating 1 75 based on pull and power required respectively at the Ultimate Torque Rating H Secondary Speed Reducer Option B 1 Cylindrical Worm and Worm Gear Type a Shafts supported by antifriction bearings and output shaft directly driving pinion gear of low speed main bearing assembly 2 Load Capacity and Torque Rating AGMA 6034 B92 3 Design ANSI AGMA 6022 C93 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 7 4 Output Shaft One piece output extending through worm gear and low speed main gear drive pinion without intermediate couplings Worm Steel heat treated ANSI AGMA 2004 B89 ground and polished Worm Gear Centrifugally cast high silicon bronze copper alloy or ductile iron Bearings ABMA L 10 life of 180 000 hours minimum Oil fill drain and level indicator devices and lubricant conforming to ANSI AGMA 9005 D94 9 Enclosure Cast iron ASTM A48 Class 30 minimum housing and registered fit mounted to gear head drive platform o OY Low Speed Final Reduction Unit Option B 1 Enclosed turntable balls in main bearing annular radial thrust raceway type balls in compression and renewable strip liners continuous multipoint conta
136. ERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Provide operate and maintain equipment services and personnel with traffic control and protective devices as required to expedite vehicular traffic flow on haul routes at site entrances on onsite access roads and in parking areas B Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required restore grounds to original or to specified conditions RELATED DOCUMENTS A Section 01 56 00 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures B Section 01 57 00 Temporary Controls TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND SIGNS A Provide and operate traffic control and directional signals required to direct and maintain an orderly flow of traffic in all areas under Contractor s control or affected by Contractor s operations B Provide traffic control and directional signs mounted on barricades or standard posts 1 At each change of direction of a roadway and at each crossroads 2 At detours 3 At parking areas FLAGMEN A Provide qualified and suitably equipped flagmen when construction operations encroach on traffic lanes as required for regulation of traffic FLARES AND LIGHTS A Provide flares and lights during periods of low visibility 1 To clearly delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic 2 For use by flagmen in directing traffic B Provide illumination of critical traffic and parking areas CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL A Control vehicular parking to preclude interference with public traffic or parking ac
137. Engineer determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an or equal item Contractor may request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute pursuant to Paragraph 7 05 7 05 Substitutes A Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below To the extent possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the Site 1 Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor 2 The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7 05 B as supplemented by the Specifications and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances 3 Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use The application a Shall certify that the propo
138. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures 01 29 00 Payment Procedures 01 29 73 Schedule of Values 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements 01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 35 53 Security Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 42 16 Definitions 01 5100 Temporary Utilities 01 54 00 Construction Aids 0155 26 Traffic Control 01 56 00 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures 01 57 00 Temporary Controls 01 58 00 Project Identification 01 60 00 Product Requirements 01 73 29 Cutting and Patching 01 74 00 Cleaning and Waste Management 01 7700 Closeout Procedures 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 01 7900 Demonstration and Training 02 00 00 EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 00 Demolition 03 00 00 CONCRETE 03 01 00 Concrete Surface Repair 03 60 01 Basin Bottom Grout 05 00 00 METALS 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings 09 00 00 FINISHES 09 90 00 Painting and Protective Coatings 09 90 00 1 Paint System Data Sheet CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 000110 2 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 2605 15 Electric Motors 26 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33
139. H A urethane coating shall be uniformly and consistently applied to the interior of all conduit and fittings This internal coating shall be a nominal 2 mil thickness Conduit or fittings having areas with thin or no coating shall be unacceptable The PVC exterior and urethane interior coatings applied to the conduit shall afford sufficient flexibility to permit field bending without cracking or flaking at temperatures above 30 F 1 C J All male threads on conduit elbows and nipples shall be protected by application of a urethane coating K All female threads on fittings or conduit couplings shall be protected by application of a urethane coating L Independent certified test results shall be available to confirm coating adhesion under the following conditions 1 Conduit and condulet exposure to 150 F 65 C and 95 relative humidity with a minimum mean time to failure of 30 days ASTM D1151 2 The interior coating bond shall be confirmed using the Standard Method of Adhesion by Tape Test ASTM D3359 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 13 2 M 3 No trace of the internal coating shall be visible on a white cloth following six wipes over the coating which has been wetted with acetone ASTM D1308 4 The exterior coating bond shall be confirmed using the methods described in Section 3 8 NEMA RN1 After these tests the physical properties of the exterior coating shall exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 3 1
140. HTS A Delete Paragraph 6 06 B entirely ARTICLE 7 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES SC 7 03 SERVICES MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A Add the following paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 7 03 C CITY OF KILGORE D Interfaces to Equipment Instruments and Other Components 1 The drawings specifications and overall design are based on preliminary information furnished by various equipment manufacturers which identify a minimum scope of supply from the manufacturers This information pertains to but is not limited to instruments control devices electrical equipment packaged mechanical systems and control equipment provided with mechanical systems 2 Provide all material and labor needed to install the actual equipment furnished and include all costs to add any additional conduit wiring terminals or other electrical hardwired to the work which may be necessary to make a complete functional installation based on the actual equipment furnished a Make all changes necessary to meet the manufacturer s wiring requirements 3 Submit all such changes and additions to the Engineer for acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions 4 Review the complete set of drawings and specifications in order to ensure that all items related to the electrical power and control systems are completely accounted for Include any such items that appear on drawings or in specifications from another discipline in the scope of
141. ICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 A B C D 1 3 A B SUMMARY This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment 1 Underground distribution grounding 2 Common ground bonding with lightning protection system SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of product indicated Other Informational Submittals Plans showing dimensioned as built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 Field Quality Control Article including the following 1 Test wells 2 Ground rods 3 Ground rings 4 Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems Field quality control test reports Operation and Maintenance Data For grounding to include the following in emergency operation and maintenance manuals 1 Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells ground rings grounding connections for separately derived systems based on ANSI NETA MTS a Test shall be to determine if ground resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums and instructions shall recommend corrective action if they do not b Include recommended testing intervals QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Components Devices and Accessories Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended use Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bond
142. ITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013300 7 Prove that the product is equal It is not the Engineer s responsibility to prove the product is not equal a Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements b Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer s published data sheets and available information Provide this printed material with the submittal c The decision of the Engineer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final Provide a typewritten certification that in furnishing the proposed product as an equal the Contractor a Hasthoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified b Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product c Will provide the same warranties and or bonds as for the product specified d Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the project which maybe subsequently become apparent e Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product A modification request is not required for any product that is in full compliance with the Contract Documents 1 09 SUBMITTA
143. Kickplates 1 Anodized Aluminum In accordance with Division 05 METALS 2 Four inch minimum high by 3 16 inch minimum thickness anodized aluminum attached with Type 316 stainless steel fasteners 3 Located around center platform perimeter and full length of both sides of access walkway RAKE ARMS AND SLUDGE WITHDRAWAL Quantity Two full radius per mechanism minimum Full radius all welded steel diagonally braced box truss design that supports and rotates spiral type sludge scraper blades Supported from center shaft CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 10 2 9 Sufficient strength and rigidity such that at Ultimate Torque load and while sweeping in floor grout no member will be stressed to level beyond maximums allowed by current AISC Specifications Steel ASTM A36 angular and tubular elements Designed to meet or exceed current AISC Specifications when continuous torque of the drive unit is applied Scraper blades shall be designed for sufficient sludge transport capacity to handle the design solids loading rate with the depth of the blade varying from a minimum at the tank periphery to a maximum at the tank center Squeegees Materials 20 gauge Type 316 stainless steel 1 Bolts Nuts and Washers Type 316 stainless steel 2 Vertical Alignment Between 1 2 inch minimum and 1 1 2 inch maximum clearance above grouted clarifier bottom Designed for a 2 inch minimum adjustment in the vertical plane 3 Attached to stee
144. LS GENERAL Metal Surfaces General Provide materials with smooth flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work provide materials without seam marks roller marks rolled trade names or blemishes FERROUS METALS Steel Plates Shapes and Bars ASTM A 36 Stainless Steel Sheet Strip Plate and Flat Bars ASTM A 666 Type 304 Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes ASTM A 276 Type 304 Steel Tubing ASTM A 500 cold formed steel tubing Steel Pipe ASTM A 53 standard weight Schedule 40 unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads Cast Iron ASTM A 48 Class 30 unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads NONFERROUS METALS Aluminum Plate and Sheet ASTM B 209 Alloy 6061 T6 Aluminum Extrusions ASTM B 221 Alloy 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy Rolled Tread Plate ASTM B 632 Alloy 6061 T6 Aluminum Castings ASTM B 26 Alloy 443 0 F FASTENERS General Unless otherwise indicated provide Type 304 or 316 stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 Class Fe Zn 5 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 3 at exterior walls Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening aluminum Select fasteners for type grade and class required B Steel Bolts and Nuts Regular hexagon head bolts ASTM A 307 Grade A with hex nuts ASTM A 563 and where indicated flat washers 1 Fi
145. LS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product Submit the following for consideration of approval of a Supplier or product which is not specified A 1 Contract Modification Request for deviation from the Contract Documents per paragraph 1 07 Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute It is not the Engineer s responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute a Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements b Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information Provide this printed material with the submittal c The decision of the Engineer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final Provide a written certification that in making the substitution request the Contractor a Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product b Will provide the same warranties and or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product c Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the
146. NEMA RN1 Right angle beam clamps and U bolts shall be specially formed and sized to snugly fit the outside diameter of the coated conduit All U bolts will be supplied with plastic encapsulated nuts that cover the exposed portions of the threads PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A D INSTALLATION All clamping cutting threading bending and assembly instructions listed in the manufacturer s installation guide should be vigorously followed Installation of the PVC Coated Conduit System shall be performed in accordance with the Manufacturer s Installation Manual To assure correct installation the installer shall be certified by Manufacturer to install coated conduit Installer certification before installation is required Clamps bolts angles pipe straps struts rods nuts and other supporting products for PVC coated conduits shall be PVC coated or stainless steel The Contractor shall use equipment specifically designed for PVC coated conduit when cutting clamping reaming threading bending assembling or performing other installation procedures PVC coating shall be protected Touch up compound for PVC coated conduit shall not be allowed All conduits with damaged coatings shall be removed and replaced at no cost to owner END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 13 3 SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 A B 1 3 A B C D
147. NTRACTOR COMPLIANCE TO TEXAS SALES TAX CODE ARTICLE 1 LEGAL REQUIREMENT 1 01 Comply with all requirements of the Texas Sales Tax Code ARTICLE 2 DECLARATIONS 2 1 Contractor hereby certifies that the Contract Amount is divided as follows Material permanently incorporated into the Project and resold to the Owner as defined in Tax Code S All other charges and costs S Total Total must equal the Contract Price S 2 2 The Total Amount of Bid for Materials and Services must equal the sum of the Total Amount Bid for Materials and the Total Amount Bid for Services as well as the sum of all individual bid items 2 3 Materials are those items which are tax exempt and are physically incorporated into the facilities constructed for the OWNER Materials include but are not limited to purchased items such as pipe embedment concrete manholes asphalt road base machinery and equipment etc 2 4 Services are those items which are not tax exempt and are used by the CONTRACTOR but are not physically incorporated into the OWNER S facilities and or items that are consumed by construction Services include but are not limited to supplies tools concrete forms scaffolding temporary buildings the rental of equipment skill and labor etc ARTICLE 3 AUTHORIZATION 3 01 Execute this form at time of execution of contract and make a part of the contract Company Name typed or printed By Signature attach evidence
148. ODUCTS MATERIALS GENERAL A Materials may be new or used if suitable for the intended purpose but must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards FENCING A Materials to Contractor s option minimum fence height six feet BARRIERS A Materials to Contractor s option as appropriate to serve required purpose EXECUTION GENERAL A Install facilities of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance structurally adequate for required purposes B Maintain barriers during entire construction period C Relocate barriers as required by progress of construction FENCES A Prior to start of work at the Project site install enclosure fence with suitably locked entrance gates Locate as shown on drawings TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants at site that are designated to remain and those adjacent to site B Consult with Engineer and remove agreed on roots and branches that interfere with construction 1 Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove and to treat cuts C Provide temporary barriers to a height of six feet around each or each group of trees and plants D Protect root zones of trees and plants CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015600 1 1 Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking 2 Do not store materials or products 3 Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids 4 Prevent ponding or continuous running water E Carefully supervise excavat
149. ORE WW15 004 013300 10 01 35 53 SECURITY PROCEDURES 1 00 1 01 1 02 1 03 2 00 3 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Provide a project security program to 1 Protect Work stored products and construction equipment from theft and vandalism 2 Protect premises from entry by unauthorized persons B Comply with local and homeland security requirements RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities B Section 01 56 00 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures MAINTENANCE OF SECURITY A Initiate security program in compliance with Owner s system prior to job mobilization B Maintain security program throughout construction period until Owner occupancy or Owner acceptance eliminates the need for Contractor security C Contractor is responsible for taking adequate measures to protect the Owner s facilities the cost of which is included in the Contractor s overhead PRODUCTS NOT USED EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013553 1 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents 1 Inspect the Work of the Contractor Subcontractors and Suppliers Correct defective Work Inspect products and materials to be incorporated into the project Ensure that Suppliers of raw materials parts components assemblies an
150. Permeability of Concrete 2 ASTM International ASTM a C 109 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars C 157 Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete C 293 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete Using Simple Beam With Center Point Loading C 309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete C 348 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars C 469 Standard Test Method for Static Modulus of Elasticity and Poisson s Ratio of Concrete in Compression C 496 Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens C 531 Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical Resistant Mortars Grouts Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes C 666 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing C 672 Standard Test Method for Scaling Resistance for Concrete Surfaces Exposed to Deicing Chemicals C 882 Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear C 928 Standard Specification for Packaged Dry Rapid Hardening Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repair C 1012 Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hydraulic Cement Mortars Exposed to a Sulfate Solution C 1202 Standard Test Method for Electrical Induction of Co
151. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Execute cleaning during progress of the Work and at completion of the Work as required by General Conditions 1 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Conditions of the Contract B Section 01 57 00 Temporary Controls C Each Specification Section Cleaning for specific Products or Work 1 03 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes ordinances regulations and anti pollution laws 1 04 QUALITY CONTROL A Use experienced workmen or professional cleaners for final cleaning 2 00 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A Furnish the labor and products needed for cleaning and finishing as recommended by the Manufacturer of the surface material being cleaned B Use cleaning products only on the surfaces recommended by the Cleaning Product Manufacturer C Use only those cleaning products which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces 3 00 EXECUTION 3 01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A Execute periodic cleaning to keep the Work the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction operations B Provide on site containers for the collection of waste materials debris and rubbish C Remove waste materials debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of it at legal disposal areas away from the site 3 02 DUST CONTROL A Clean interior spaces prior to the start o
152. Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 13 PVC Coated Conduit 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 44 00 00 POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT 44 42 23 Spiral Type Clarifier Mechanisms 44 42 23 2 Primary Clarifier Data Sheet CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 000110 3 00 11 13 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Sealed Bids for the PRIMARY CLARIFIER NO 1 REHABILITATION WW15 004 will be received by the City of Kilgore at Kilgore City Hall 815 N Kilgore St Kilgore TX 75662 until 2 00 PM on Tuesday October 6 2015 at which time the bids will be publicly opened and read aloud in the City Council Chambers of Kilgore City Hall A mandatory pre bid conference will be held on September 22 2015 at 10 AM at the Issuing Office The Project consists of Rehabilitation of an existing 55 foot diameter primary clarifier located at the City of Kilgore Wastewater Treatment Plant The rehabilitation consists of removal and disposal of existing mechanical equipment cleaning preparing and repairing of concrete surfaces and installation of new clarifier mechanisms and associated equipment and appurtenances Bids will be received for a single prime Contract Bids shall be on a lump sum basis as indicated in the Bid Form The Issuing Office for the Bidding Documents is City of Kilgore 815 N Kilgore St Kilgore TX 75662 Requests for clarification may be directed to Clay Evers City Engineer
153. SHES General Fabricate bridge beam or stringer sections in continuous unbroken pieces Shop Assembly 1 Shop fabricate and assemble mechanism components in the largest sections practicable and permitted by transportation carrier regulations 2 Properly match mark units for ease of field erection 3 Completely assemble center drive unit in manufacturer s shop and test to assure proper operation and calibration of torque controls 4 Completely shop assemble and test control panels 5 Divide large assemblies into flanged sections Bolt together with Type 316 stainless steel fasteners and provide continuous field seal welds at all connections Finishes 1 Exposed metal surfaces of motors gear reducers and assemblies shall be factory prepared and primed and field finish coated in accordance with Section 09 90 00 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS System No 3 2 Submerged surfaces shall be prepared primed and finished in accordance with Section 09 90 00 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS System No 2 3 Seal welding shall be provided for submerged welded joints Skip welds are not acceptable CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 14 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A 3 2 3 3 3 4 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT Each drive unit including motor shall be completely factory assembled aligned and securely crated for shipment Accessory equipment which cannot be shipped assembled to the unit such as shafts
154. Site that are set forth in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are hereby defined as Technical Data with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5 03 5 04 and 5 06 Underground Facilities All underground pipelines conduits ducts cables wires manholes vaults tanks tunnels or other such facilities or attachments and any encasements containing such facilities including but not limited to those that convey electricity gases steam liquid petroleum products telephone or other communications fiber optic transmissions cable television water wastewater storm water other liquids or chemicals or traffic or other control systems Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices Work The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor services and documentation necessary to produce such construction furnishing installing and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction and may include related services such as testing start up and commissioning all as required by the Contract Documents Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition deletion
155. TES 17 01 Methods and Procedures A Disputes Subject to Final Resolution The following disputed matters are subject to final resolution under the provisions of this Article 1 A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim or of a denial in full and 2 Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work or obligations under the Contract Documents and arising after final payment has been made Final Resolution of Disputes For any dispute subject to resolution under this Article Owner or Contractor may 1 elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or 2 agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution process or 3 if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction ARTICLE 18 MISCELLANEOUS 18 01 18 02 18 03 Giving Notice A Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice it will be deemed to have been validly given if 1 delivered in person by a commercial courier service or otherwise to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for which it is intended or 2 delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail postage prepaid to the last busin
156. TY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013000 1 b Schedule of values and anticipated schedule of payments per Section 01 29 73 Schedule of Values c List of Suppliers and Subcontractors d Contractor s organizational chat as it relates to this project e Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents contract modifications and payment requests B Progress Meetings 1 Attend meetings with the Engineer and Owner a Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the Engineer to discuss the project b Meet at the project site or other location as designated by the Engineer c Contractor s superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters 2 Provide information as requested by the Engineer or Owner concerning this project a Prepare to discuss 1 Status of overall project schedule 2 Contractor s detailed schedule for next month 3 Anticipated delivery dates for equipment 4 Coordination with the Owner 5 Status of submittals 6 Information or clarification of the Contract Documents 7 Claims and proposed modifications to the contract 8 Field observations problems or conflicts 9 Maintenance of quality standards b Notify the Engineer of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of one 1 week prior to the meeting 3 Review minutes of meet
157. This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 520 Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract Stipulated Price Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 3 of 7 ARTICLE 8 CONTRACTOR S REPRESENTATIONS 8 01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Contract Contractor makes the following representations A Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and any data and reference items identified in the Contract Documents Contractor has visited the Site conducted a thorough alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general local and Site conditions that may affect cost progress and performance of the Work Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost progress and performance of the Work Contractor has carefully studied reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions if any at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor itself information commonly known to contractors d
158. Treatment Plant at 2701 Angeline St Kilgore TX 75662 1 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A The General Conditions the Supplementary Conditions and Division 1Specifications apply to each specification section 1 03 CONTRACTS A Construct the Work under a single unit price or lump sum contract as shown on the Bid Form 1 04 WORK BY OTHERS NOT USED 1 05 FUTURE WORK NOT USED 1 06 WORK SEQUENCE A Construct the Work in stages to accommodate the Owner s use of the premises during the construction period coordinate the construction schedule and operations with the Owner s Representative CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 011100 1 1 07 2 00 3 00 3 01 3 02 CONTRACTOR S USE OF PREMISES A Contractor shall limit his use of the premises for Work and for storage to allow for 1 Work by other Contractors 2 Owner occupancy 3 Public use B Coordinate use of premises under direction of Owner s representative C Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of Products under this Contract that are stored on the site D Move any stored Products under Contractor s control that interfere with operations of the Owner or separate contractor E Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations PRODUCTS NOT USED EXECUTION ATTENTION TO WORK A Contractor shall give personal attention to and shall supervise the Work to the end that it shall be prosecuted faithfully Whe
159. Work Until Substantial Completion of the Work is acknowledged by Owner Contractor shall have the responsible charge and care of the Work and of materials to be used herein including materials for which Contractor has received partial payment or materials which have been furnished by Owner and shall bear the risk of injury loss or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the Work Contractor shall rebuild repair restore and make good all injuries losses or damages to any portion of the Work or the materials occasioned by any cause before the Work s completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof Where necessary to protect the Work or materials from damage Contractor shall at Contractor s own expense provide suitable drainage and erect such temporary structures or rent such structures as are necessary to protect the Work or materials from damage The suspension of the Work or the granting of an extension of time from any cause whatever shall not relieve Contractor or Contractor s responsibility for the Work and materials as specified herein When the quality of a material process or article is not specifically set forth in the Contract Documents the best available quality of the material process or article shall be provided WW15 004 00 73 00 9 H Delivery and Inspection 1 Deliver products in undamaged co
160. a grit sandpaper surface profile If not repeat treatment C Solvent Cleaning 1 2 Consists of removal of foreign matter such as oil grease soil drawing and cutting compounds and any other surface contaminants by using solvents emulsions cleaning compounds steam cleaning or similar materials and methods which involve a solvent or cleaning action Meets requirements of SSPC SP 1 3 5 APPLICATION A General 1 Extent of Coating Immersion Coatings shall be applied to all internal vessel and pipe surfaces nozzle bores flange gasket sealing surfaces carbon steel internals and stainless steel internals unless otherwise specified For coatings subject to immersion obtain full cure for completed system Consult coatings Manufacturer s written instructions for these requirements Do not immerse coating for any purpose until completion of curing cycle Apply coatings in accordance with these Specifications and the paint Manufacturers printed recommendations and special details The more stringent requirements shall apply Allow sufficient time between coats to assure thorough drying of previously applied paint Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved Sand wood and metal lightly between coats to achieve required finish Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles Use tack cloth just prior to applying next coat Fusion Bonded Coatings Method Application
161. able to Contractor Except for such reliance on Technical Data Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers directors members partners employees agents consultants or subcontractors with respect to 1 the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor s purposes including but not limited to any aspects of the means methods techniques sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto or 2 other data interpretations opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings or 3 any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data interpretations opinions or information 5 04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A Notice by Contractor If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site either 1 is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5 03 is materially inaccurate or 2 is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications or 3 differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or 4 is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inheren
162. accurately record physical conditions at start of construction 4 Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures pavements and improvements D Periodic Construction Photographs Take photographs of major construction activities corresponding to Schedule of Values during installation or construction E Final Completion Construction Photographs Take photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as project record documents END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 32 33 2 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PRODECURES 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the Owner and Engineer to 1 Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner 2 Provide information for operation and maintenance of the Project 3 Provide information for the administration of the Contract 4 Allow the Engineer to advise the owner if products proposed for the project by the Contractor conform in general to the design concepts of the Contract Documents Contractor s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the Engineer s review of submittals Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order 1 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A B C D Designate in the construction schedule or in a separate coordinated schedule the dates f
163. aces embedded in concrete 3 Dissimilar metals for electrical insulation 4 All other miscellaneous aluminum framing members and pipe supports M System No 16 Existing Concrete CMU Repair 1 All surfaces as indicated on the drawings 2 Interior surfaces of all liquid containing structures where concrete or CMU are indicated to be repaired or rehabbed unless noted otherwise CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 17 3 12 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 18 3 Exterior exposed surfaces noted to be repaired as required for architectural painting 4 As required to repair patch areas damaged or altered during construction System No 17 New Concrete CMU Exterior as indicated below only 1 All surfaces as indicated on the drawings System No 18 New Concrete CMU Interior or Immersion Mildly Corrosive 1 All surfaces as indicated on the drawings System No 19 New Concrete CMU Immersion Highly Corrosive 1 All surfaces as indicated on the drawings System No 20 New Concrete CMU Below Grade as indicated below only 1 All surfaces as indicated on the drawings Surfaces Not Requiring Protective Painting Unless otherwise stated or shown the following areas or items will not require protective painting or coating 1 Reinforcing steel 2 Nonferrous and corrosion resistant ferrous alloys such as copper bronze Monel aluminum chromium plate atmospherically exposed weathering steel and stainless steel e
164. ach Change Order Field Order or Work Change Directive per the Articles of the General Conditions Form for Change Order Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee ECJDC Document C 941 Change Order will describe changes in the Work both additions and deletions with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time The Change Order will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval Change Orders can only be approved by the Owner CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 2600 2 1 07 1 08 1 09 2 1 Work performed on the proposed contract modifications prior to approval of the Change Order will be performed at the Contractor s risk No payment will be made for work on Change orders until approved by the Owner LUMP SUM FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Content of Change Orders will be based on either 1 Engineer s Proposal Request and Contractor s responsive Proposal as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor 2 Contractor s Proposal for a change as recommended by Engineer Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Content of Change Orders wi
165. act Documents Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review 1 a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times numbers of days or dates for starting and completing the various stages of the Work including any Milestones specified in the Contract 2 a preliminary Schedule of Submittals and 3 a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work Preconstruction Conference Designation of Authorized Representatives A Before any Work at the Site is started a conference attended by Owner Contractor Engineer and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2 03 A procedures for handling Shop Drawings Samples and other submittals processing Applications for Payment electronic or digital transmittals and maintaining required records At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate in writing a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract Such individuals shall have the auth
166. actor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set off against payments to account for the associated costs Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor either 1 specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work or 2 specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent if any of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or both as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor then within 30 days of Owner s written notice regarding the resumption of Work Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set off If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work following the contractual change procedures in Article 11 Owner
167. after final completion Owner and Garver LLC shall be included as an insured under the CGL using ISO Additional Insured Endorsement CG 20 10 11 85 or a substitute providing equivalent coverage and under the commercial automobile liability using ISO Additional Insured Endorsement CA 2048 or a substitute providing equivalent coverage and commercial umbrella if any This insurance including insurance provided under the commercial umbrella if any shall apply as primary and non contributory insurance with respect to any other insurance or self insurance programs afforded to or maintained by Owner SC 6 04 OWNER S LIABILITY INSURANCE A CITY OF KILGORE Delete Paragraph 6 04 A entirely and insert the following in its place A In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 6 03 Contractor shall purchase and maintain for Owner at no additional cost Owner s Protective Liability insurance naming Owner as the named insured with insurance that will protect said parties against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents This coverage shall be from the same company that provides Contractor s liability insurance coverage and in the same minimum amounts The Engineer and Engineer s consultants are additional insured WW 15 004 00 73 00 8 as their interest may appear including their officers directors agents and employees SC 6 06 WAIVER OF RIG
168. against 1 claims for damages because of bodily injury sickness or disease or death of any person other than Contractor s employees 2 claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage 3 claims for damages other than to the Work itself because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located including loss of use resulting therefrom Commercial General Liability Form and Content Contractor s commercial liability policy shall be written on a 1996 or later ISO commercial general liability form occurrence form and include the following coverages and endorsements 1 Products and completed operations coverage a Such insurance shall be maintained for three years after final payment b Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter 2 Blanket contractual liability coverage to the extent permitted by law including but not limited to coverage of Contractor s contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7 18 Broad form property damage coverage Severability of interest Underground explosion and collapse coverage Personal injury coverage AA AE Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorse
169. al reference standard or code or the instruction of any Supplier whether or not specifically incorporated by reference as a Contract Document or b the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation Requirements of the Contract Documents A During the performance of the Work and until final payment Contractor and Owner shall submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation RFls or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents as soon as possible after such matters arise Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder Engineer will with reasonable promptness render a written clarification interpretation or decision on the issue submitted or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents Engineer s written clarification interpretation or decision will be final and binding on Contractor unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal and on Owner unless it appeals by filing a Claim If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve 1 the performance
170. al decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents challenging a set off against payments due or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract Claim a A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times or both contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents contesting Engineer s decision regarding a Change Proposal seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract or b a demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein contesting Engineer s decision regarding a Change Proposal or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim Constituent of Concern Asbestos petroleum radioactive materials polychlorinated biphenyls PCBs hazardous waste and any substance product waste or other material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed regulated or addressed pursuant to a the Comprehensive Environmental R
171. all necessary permits and inspection fees required for electrical installation IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT Properly identify all electrical equipment including but not limited to the following Switchgear switchboards motor control centers and control panels Main distribution panel and individual devices within it Panelboards and individual devices within it Safety switches and disconnects Contactors and lighting control center including all branch circuits Individually mounted circuit breakers Relays Transformers Generators and automatic transfer switches Any other type of enclosure that includes electrical equipment 2 9 A Br Eb A TEMPORARY LIGHTS AND POWER Provide a temporary electrical lighting and power distribution system of adequate size to support construction activities This includes but is not limited to temporary light fixtures power outlets welding receptacles etc Include adequate feeder sizes to prevent excessive voltage drop Temporary work to be installed in a neat and safe manner in accordance with the National Electrical Code Article 590 and as required by OSHA or applicable local safety codes The Contractor will pay for power consumption Coordinate prior to installation to determine whether single phase or three phase temporary service is desired END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 14 SECTION 26 05 15 ELECTRIC MOTORS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A T
172. aminated soils or liquids 1 Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off site and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters 1 Prevent disposal of wastes effluents chemicals or other such substances adjacent to streams or in sanitary or storm sewers Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants 1 Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals 2 Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere EARTH CONTROL A Remove excess soil spoil materials and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner s operations Dispose of excess earth off the Site Pay cost for disposal unless otherwise noted Provide written approval by the property owner for all disposal on private property and approval by the Owner if such disposal affects the use of Site or other easements STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL A Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No TXR15000 General Storm Water Permit set forth by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality for the duration of the Project Develop Best Management Practices in accordance with local and state and industry guidelines Submit copies of the reports to the Engineer as Record Data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures CITY OF KILGORE WW15
173. an 2 CLARIFIER MECHANISM DATA SHEET PROJECT KILGORE PRIMARY CLARIFIER REHABILITATION PRIMARY CLARIFIER REHABILITATION OWNER CITY OF KILGORE EQUIPMENT NAME S PRIMARY CLARIFIER NO 1 EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBER S 20PCMO1 LOCAL CONTROL PANEL S i MANUFACTURERS Wes Tech Engineering Ovivo LLC SERVICE CONDITIONS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Screened Degritted Raw The clarifier shall perform as specified at the following flow Liquid Handled Sewage rates Influent TSS 50 1 000 mg L Influent Flow Rate 0 1 11 MGD Liquid Temperature 50 85 F Under Flow Rate 0 300 gpm Liquid pH 5 5 9 0 Under Flow Solids 2 8 Elevation See Drawings f EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION j Clarifier Diameter 55 0 field verify Furnish complete with components as necessary to meet the SWD 9 0 field verify performance requirements specified herein and as shown on Floor Slope 1 12 field verify the Drawings Center Pier Dia 0 field verify Design Running Torque 25 000 ft lb Type Pier Supported Center Drive Maximum Tip Speed 18 fpm Scraper Blades Spiral Scum Box Width 3 0 Sludge Collection Center Hopper Scum Beach Spray No Manufactur EDI Diameter Manufacturer Sized Inlet Stilling Well Diameter er Sized Inlet Well Depth 4 0 min For multiple units of the same type of equipment furnish motors and accessories of a single Manufacturer manufacturer x Furnish motors fo
174. an 8 from ends and corners of units and 24 o c unless otherwise indicated MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS General Design and provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work Fabricate units from steel shapes plates and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated Fabricate to sizes shapes and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports Cut drill and tap units to receive hardware hangers and similar items 1 Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated 2 Furnish inserts if units are installed after concrete is placed Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc rich primer where indicated LOOSE STEEL LINTEL Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1 12 of clear span but not less than 8 unless otherwise indicated Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with zinc rich primer LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on
175. an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents ARTICLE 9 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9 01 Contents A The Contract Documents consist of the following 1 This Agreement Section 00 52 13 2 Performance Bond Section 00 61 13 13 This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 520 Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract Stipulated Price Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 4 of 7 Payment Bond Section 00 61 13 16 General Conditions Section 00 72 00 Supplementary Conditions Section 00 73 00 Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual Drawings Attached Layouts Maps and Photographs Addenda 2 70 SAN E 10 Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award 11 The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and are not attached hereto a Notice to Proceed b Work Change Directives c Change Orders d Field Orders The documents listed in Paragraph 9 01 A are attached to this Agreemen
176. an itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility and 3 the extent of such authority and responsibilities Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 34 of 58 8 03 Legal Relationships A If in the course of performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner the Owner s employees any other contractor working for Owner or any utility owner causes damage to the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors or delays disrupts interferes with or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work through actions or inaction then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times or both Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the damaging delaying disrupting or interfering event The entitlement to and extent of any such equitable adjustment shall take into account information if any regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the Contract Documents prio
177. and apparatus in mechanical and electrical rooms with vacuum G Inspect exterior painted surfaces Spot paint any damaged surfaces H Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters on heating ventilating and air conditioning systems Clean ducts blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during construction Broom clean exterior paved surfaces and rake clean other surfaces of the grounds J Clean and polish all electrical equipment and exposed conduits Remove paint overspray Provide a blemish free appearance on all exposed equipment and conduits K Prior to final completion or Owner occupancy Contractor shall conduct an inspection of sight exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas to verify that the entire Work is clean 20100 END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 7400 2 01 77 00 1 00 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Comply with requirements of the General Conditions and specified administrative procedures in closing out the Construction Contract RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Conditions of the Contract Fiscal provisions legal submittals and additional administrative Requirements and documents in Division 00 B Section 01 74 00 Cleaning and Waste Management C Section 01 78 39 Projects Record Documents D The respective sections of specifications Closeout Submittals Required of Trades SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
178. and design criteria that such services must satisfy Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings calculations specifications certifications and other submittals prepared by such professional Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional if prepared by others shall bear such professional s written approval when submitted to Engineer Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy accuracy and completeness of the services certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 33 of 58 Pursuant to this paragraph Engineer s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents Engineer s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals except design calculations and design drawings will be only
179. and lighting and pay all costs for service and for power used B Install circuit and branch wiring with area distribution boxes located so that power and lighting are available throughout the construction by use of construction type power cords C Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate for work and for areas accessible to the public TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation of materials and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity B Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials to disperse humidity and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust fumes vapors or gases C Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls D Pay all costs of installation maintenance operation removal and consumed fuel TEMPORARY WATER A Arrange with Owner to provide water for construction purposes pay all costs for installation maintenance removal and service charges for water used B Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throughout the construction by the use of hoses Protect piping and fittings against freezing TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015100 1
180. annnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnrnnnnnnnaneninnns 39 11 04 Change of Contract Price cia 39 11 05 Change of Contract Times ci 40 1106 Change Proposal Sss amena a Bede cases gente da 40 11 07 Execution of Change Orders sccsvsiceseissescdscsssocesssdaedvesesacers id dada 41 11 08 Notification to UTE era Ns Be de ded dundee aci rato 41 ARTICLE I2 Ca ee Bin AEA N a E ANER A E EEE aiaa 42 12 01 Claims ti AS RA A AA E dira 42 ARTICLE 13 Cost of the Work Allowances Unit Price Work csessssseseseessssssssssssssssssssseeseeseeeeees 43 13 01 Cost of the Work in A idad 43 13 02 Allow nces ii A A A E E testen 45 13 03 Unit Price Work coto A it 45 ARTICLE 14 Tests and Inspections Correction Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work 46 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page iii 14 01 Access to Work a Ea aaa ben enter ee lee 46 14 02 Tests Inspections ANd ApprovalS coccccconooooonnncnnnnnnnononnnnnnnononanonnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnonnnnnncnnnnos 46 14 03 Detective Work cai A tt sis 47 14 04 Acceptance of Defective Work entinen aieia a a een a ea E a aeee diari ia ans 47 14 05 UNCOVERING Work A ii 48 14 06 Owner May Stop the Work ccccnnnnocooonnncnnccnnnoonnnnnnccn
181. antities or quality levels unless Contract Documents indicate otherwise 1 Quantity or quality level shown or indicated shall be minimum quality indicated or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits 2 Actual installation may comply exactly with minimum quality indicated or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits 3 In complying with these requirements indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values as noted or appropriate for context of requirements 4 Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding B Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the drawing but are not included in the specifications 1 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A Comply with applicable construction industry standards as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents regardless of lack of reference in the Contract Documents Apply provisions of the Contract Documents where Contract Documents include more stringent requirements than the referenced standards 1 Standards referenced directly in the Contract Documents take precedence over standards that are not referenced but recognized in the construction industry as applicable 2 Comply with standards not referenced but recognized in the construction industry as applica
182. aph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications Titles do not define limit or otherwise restrict specification text Add new Paragraphs 3 01 F through 3 01 H as follows E G H Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels unless Contract Documents indicate otherwise 1 Quantity or quality level shown or indicated shall be the minimum to be provided or performed in every instance 2 Actual installation must meet or exceed the minimum quality indicated 3 In complying with these requirements indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values as noted or appropriate for context of requirements 4 Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor The Contract Documents may be modified only by Field Order Change Order or Written Amendment
183. ars spaced 1 2 on center fabricated with banding into panels of standard width to fill areas shown on the drawings 1 Top Surface Slip resistant 2 Finish Mill finished 3 Plank Type Unpunched 4 Plank Depth based on loading requirements and clear span 2 15 METAL FLOOR PLATE A Also referenced as Checkered or Check Plate with raised lugs on one side and smooth surface on other side B Fabricate from roller aluminum alloy 6061 T6 ASTM B 632 plate of thickness indicated below Raised lug pattern shall be on top and start at 45 angle to edge of plate or tread C Design and provide stainless steel or aluminum angle and or aluminum beam supports as indicated or required and not indicated D Include stainless steel or aluminum angle stiffeners and fixed and removable sections as indicated or required E Provide flush stainless steel bar drop handles for lifting removable sections one at each end of each section F Floor plate including all support members reinforcement ribs stiffeners edge members supports and all structural requirements shall be designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of the Work and provided by the manufacturer fabricator of the floor plate G Design of the floor plate including all supports connections and integral members shall be for the actual dead load plus a live load consisting of 1 The uniform live load of the adjacent floor or CITY OF KILGORE WW15 00
184. ary to the written request of Engineer then Contractor shall if requested by Engineer uncover such Work for Engineer s observation and then replace the covering all at Contractor s expense If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others then Contractor at Engineer s request shall uncover expose or otherwise make available for observation inspection or testing as Engineer may require that portion of the Work in question and provide all necessary labor material and equipment 1 If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective Contractor shall be responsible for all claims costs losses and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering exposure observation inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others and pending Contractor s full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set off against payments due under Article 15 2 Ifthe uncovered Work is not found to be defective Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times or both directly attributable to such uncovering exposure observation inspection testing replacement and reconstruction If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof then Contractor may sub
185. at 903 988 4118 or clay evers cityofkilgore com Prospective Bidders may examine at no cost the Bidding Documents at the Issuing Office on Mondays through Fridays between the hours of 8 AM and 5 PM Bidding Documents may be downloaded online without charge from the City s website at www cityofkilgore com and www ciplist com Notification of any revisions to the bid documents will be issued through www ciplist com The cost of Bidding Documents from the Issuing Office is 50 00 for a printed set and 10 00 for an electronic form on compact disc Cost of Bidding Documents and shipping is non refundable Upon Issuing Office s receipt of payment Bidding Documents will be sent via the prospective Bidder s delivery method of choice The date that the Bidding Documents are transmitted by the Issuing Office will be considered the Bidder s date of receipt of the Bidding Documents Partial sets of the Bidding Documents will not be available from the Issuing Office A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of 5 percent of Bidder s maximum Bid price determined by adding the base bid and all alternates and in the form of a certified check bank money order or a Bid bond Successful Bidder will be required to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance complying with the General Conditions of the Agreement Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids including without limitation non
186. at no change in related Work will be required Engineer shall deem it an or equal item For the purposes of this paragraph a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if a inthe exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that 1 it is at least equal in materials of construction quality durability appearance strength and design characteristics 2 it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole 3 it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service and 4 it is not objectionable to Owner b Contractor certifies that if approved and incorporated into the Work 1 there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times and 2 it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents SC 7 05 SUBSTITUTES A Delete Paragraph 7 05 A and insert the following in lieu thereof CITY OF KILGORE A Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that or equal or or equal allowed or or equal item is permitted then no substitution of like items is permitted If the item s WW15 004 00 73 00 10 description incl
187. awings Performance Requirements 1 Separate solids from the clear liquid 2 Collect and convey thickened sludge to center sludge hopper 3 Capable of normal operation with sludge stored in the unit 4 Collect floating scum from the surface and discharge it to an outlet scum trough Design Requirements CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 5 Design Running Torque Drive unit shall be sized such that worm gear if used spur gear and pinion all meet Design Running Torque in accordance with AGMA 2001 and 6034 Design Running Torque shall be selected by Manufacturer for service conditions specified Rotational Speed Constant speed between 0 05 rpm and 0 1 rpm Capable of withstanding without failure or permanent deformation of any part torque load of at least twice Duty Torque and loads generated while sweeping in floor bottom grout Gears Bearings Chains and Sprockets Above water surface of clarifier Base design upon all welded construction except at locations requiring periodic field adjustment and as specifically approved At Ultimate Torque load stresses in members shall not exceed 90 percent of material yield strength Slenderness Ratio Maximum of 200 for any compression member and maximum of 300 for any tension member 2 3 SUPPLEMENTS A See supplemental data sheets to this Section for additional equipment system product component and accessory information and requirements 2 4 CENTER DRIVE UNIT ASSEMBLY A
188. bassembly component if appropriate Spare parts subject to deterioration such as ferrous metal items and electrical components shall be properly protected by lubricants or desiccants and encapsulated in hermetically sealed plastic wrapping Spare parts with individual weights less than 50 pounds and dimensions less than 2 feet wide or 18 inches high or 3 feet in length shall be stored in a wooden box with hinged wooden cover and locking clasp Hinges shall be strap type The box shall be painted and identified with stenciled lettering stating the name of the equipment equipment numbers and the words spare parts A neatly typed inventory of spare parts shall be taped to the underside of the cover CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 13 2 15 3 At a minimum furnish tag and box for shipment and storage the following spare parts and special tools Item Quantity Gaskets O rings keys dowels and Pins One complete set Gear reducer bearings and seals One complete set Drive chain and or belts if used One set each type Shear pins 12 Special tools required to maintain or dis One complete set mantle drive unit except for low speed main bearing but including that required for removal insertion of main bearing race balls if required Lubricants As required for 1 year of contin uous operation Lubricants to be furnished by Contractor per clari fier manufacturer requirements FABRICATION AND FINI
189. be coated including those sections that will be concealed after installation of equipment System No 3 Exposed Metal Highly Corrosive Use on the following items or areas 1 All exposed structural steel metal building structure bolted connections and other exposed metal structures as indicated on the drawings 2 Pumps motors equipment items and accessories identified in the technical specifications to be coated with this system 3 Pipe valves pipe hangers supports and saddles conduit cable tray hangers and supports 4 Valve and gate operator and stands 5 Mechanical equipment supports drive units and accessories System No 4 Exposed Metal Mildly Corrosive Use on the following items or areas CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 16 1 Exposed metal surfaces new and existing located inside or outside of structures and exposed to weather or in a highly humid atmosphere such as vaults and other similar areas 2 Interior exposed structural steel metal building structure bolted connection and other exposed metal structures of electrical rooms 3 Pumps motors equipment items and accessories identified in the technical specifications to be coated with this system 4 Pipe valves pipe hangers supports and saddles conduit cable tray hangers and supports 5 Valve and gate operator and stands 6 Mechanical equipment supports drive units and accessories 7 Insulated piping Polyurethane topcoat no
190. beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards Compare with required sample panels as appropriate Repeat the initial phase for each new crew to work onsite or any time acceptable specifies quality standards are not being met 3 Follow up Phase Perform daily checks to assure control activities including control testing are providing continued compliance with contract requirements a Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation b Conduct follow up checks to correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the defective Work Do not build upon nor conceal non conforming work Conduct a review of the Work one month prior to the expiration of the correction period prescribed in the General Conditions with the Owner and Engineer Correct defects noted during the review C Conduct additional planning and review if 1 The quality of on going work is unacceptable 2 Changes are made in applicable quality control staff onsite production supervision or work crew 3 Work ona task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity 4 Other quality probl
191. bility to complete the Work within the Contract Times 2 Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if a Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract or otherwise or b the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination investigation exploration test or study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor s making such commitment or c Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5 04 A 3 If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order 4 Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both no later than 30 days after Owner s issuance of the Owner s written statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditi
192. ble for performance of the work except as otherwise limited by the Contract Documents The Engineer determines whether code or standard or which of several are applicable B Consider a referenced standard to be the latest edition with supplements or amendments when a standard is referred to in an individual specification section but is not listed by title and date C Trade association names and title of general standards are frequently abbreviated Acronyms or abbreviations used in the Contract Documents mean the recognized name of trade association standards generating organization authority having jurisdiction or other entity applicable in the context of the Contract Documents Refer to Encyclopedia of Associations published by Gale Research Company D Make copies of reference standards available as requested by Engineer or Owner 1 06 SUBSTITUTIONS AND EQUAL PRODUCTS A Provide materials and equipment manufactured by the entities specifically listed in each technical specification section Submit a Contractor s Modification Request per Section 01 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 014216 3 33 00 for substitution of materials and equipment of manufacturers not specifically listed or for materials and equipment that does not strictly comply with the Contract Documents 1 07 SUBSTITUTIONS AND EQUAL PRODUCTS A Contractor may provide equal products manufactured by manufacturers other than those specifically listed in the technical
193. by Kindle Stone amp Associates 2 The Dorr Clarifier Sheet No 28040 dated January 18 1951 as prepared by The Dorr Company 3 55 0 Primary Clarifier Drawing No 1138 E dated January 10 1950 as prepared by The Lofland Company a None of the contents of such drawings is Technical Data on whose accuracy Contractor may rely D Contractor may examine copies of drawings identified in SC 5 03 C that were not included with the Bidding Documents at Kilgore City Hall 815 N Kilgore St Kilgore TX 75662 during regular business hours or may request copies from the Engineer DIFFERING SUBSURFACE OR PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A Amend Paragraph 5 04 A by deleting promptly and inserting promptly but no later than within 24 hours UNDERGROUND FACILITIES A Amend Paragraph 5 05 B by deleting promptly and inserting promptly but no later than within 24 hours HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A Delete Paragraphs 5 06 A and 5 06 B in their entirety and insert the following A No reports or drawings related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site are known to Owner B Not Used CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 73 00 5 ARTICLE 6 BONDS AND INSURANCE SC 6 02 INSURANCE GENERAL PROVISIONS A Add the following paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6 02 B 1 Contractor may obtain workers compensation insurance from an insurance company that has not been rated by A M Best provided that s
194. can National Standards Institute American Bearing Manufacturers Association ANSI ABMA 9 amp 11 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings and Roller Bearings American National Standards Institute American Gear Manufacturers Association ANSI AGMA a 2000 A88 Gear Classification and Inspection Handbook Tolerances and Measuring Methods for Unassembled Spur and Helical Gears b 2001 C95 Fundamental Rating Factors and Calculation Methods for Involute Spur and Helical Gear Teeth c 2002 B88 Tooth Thickness Specification and Measurement 2003 B97 Rating the Pitting Resistance and Bending Strength of Generated Straight Bevel Zerol Bevel and Spiral Bevel Gear Teeth 2004 B89 Gear Materials and Heat Treatment Manual 2009 A98 Bevel Gear Classification Tolerances and Measuring Methods 6001 D97 Design and Selection of Components for Enclosed Gear Drives 6010 F97 Standard for Spur Helical Herringbone and Bevel Enclosed Drives 6022 C93 Design Manual for Cylindrical Wormgearing 6034 B92 Practice for Enclosed Cylindrical Wormgear Speed Reducers and Gearmotors k 9005 D94 Industrial Gear Lubrication American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME B29 1M Precision Power Transmission Roller Chains Attachments and Sprockets American Welding Society AWS a B2 1 Standard for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification b D1 1 Structural Welding Code Steel c QC 1 Standard for AWS Certificatio
195. ccepted Schedule of Submittals Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require 1 Shop Drawings a Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications b Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities dimensions specified performance and design criteria materials and similar data to show Engineer the services materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7 16 D Samples a Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications b Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material Supplier pertinent data such as catalog numbers the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7 16 D Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals any related Work performed prior to Engineer s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor Other Submittals Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Specifications Engineer s Review Y Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordanc
196. ccordance with the requirements of Division 26 General The Drawings and these Specifications depict the minimum functional requirements of the control system to be provided Provide all items not specifically called out which are required to implement the functions described herein The supplier shall provide all instrumentation and controls necessary to provide a safe and operable system The specific control system proposed shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer Instrumentation Provide and install an electromechanical torque sensing device that is actuated by thrust from the worm gear The device shall provide indication of torque sensed and shall provide two independently adjustable SPDT torque alarm contacts HIGH and HIGH HIGH The device shall be mounted in a NEMA 4X enclosure with an integral conduit box and terminals Contacts shall be rated for a minimum of 5A at 120V ac Control Panel The control panel shall at a minimum be provided with the following functions J Hand switches and other controls a Clarifier ON OFF b Reset 2 Alarms a Clarifier Failure To indicate motor trip b 90 High Torque 3 Status a Clarifier ON OFF CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 12 2 12 2 13 2 14 b High Torque 90 High Torque E Clarifier Shutdown 120 High Torque DISSIMILAR METALS Isolate dissimilar metals or connectors to prevent direct contact and electrical conductivity 1 Use 1 8 inch thick conti
197. ce disconnect enclosure grounding terminal at ground test wells Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected a Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance b Perform tests by fall of potential method according to IEEE 81 3 Prepare dimensioned drawings locating each test well ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes Identify each by letter in alphabetical order and key to the record of tests and observations Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results Describe measures taken to improve test results Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less 10 ohms Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 to 1000 kVA 5 ohms Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA 3 ohms Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment 3 ohm s Substations and Pad Mounted Equipment 5 ohms Manhole and Handhole Grounds 10 ohms DN BN NE Excessive Ground Resistance If resistance to ground exceeds specified values notify Engineer
198. ce is more exacting than customary industry standards for slab finish 2 Tolerance is required for proper operation of equipment Thickness of grout layer 1 Not less than 1 inch at any point 2 Provide average thickness of grout as indicated on the Drawings 3 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Inspection 1 Verify grout elevation tolerance on basin bottom slabs as follows a CITY OF KILGORE After grout has set operate grouting equipment with blades set to clear grout surface Under these conditions blades shall not clear grout surface by more than 1 4 inch at any point 1 Excess clearance Correct as specified in article titled Adjusting in this Section WW15 004 03 60 01 4 3 4 ADJUSTING A Grouting basin bottom slabs 1 After grout has set a Where clearance between blades and grouted surface exceeds tolerance specified in this Section grind high points in grout surface using terrazzo machine until specified tolerance is met b Grout that has not bonded to concrete slab is not acceptable Remove and replace such grout END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 03 60 01 5 DIVISION 5 METALS SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A This Section includes the following 1 Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment 2 Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections Loose bearing and levelin
199. cess by emergency vehicles Owner s operations or construction operations B Monitor parking of construction personnel s private vehicles 1 Maintain free vehicular access to and through parking areas 2 Prohibit parking on or adjacent to access roads or in nondesignated areas HAUL ROUTES A Consult with governing authorities establish public thoroughfares that will be used as haul routes and site access B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 0155 26 1 C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to expedite traffic flow and to minimize interference with normal public traffic 2 00 PRODUCTS 2 01 Traffic Control Devices A All traffic control means methods and equipment shall comply with Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 3 00 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 0155 26 2 01 56 00 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES 1 00 1 01 1 02 2 00 2 01 2 02 2 03 3 00 3 01 3 02 3 03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Furnish install and maintain suitable barriers as required to prevent public entry and to protect the Work existing facilities trees and plants from construction operations remove when no longer needed or at completion of work RELATED DOCUMENTS A Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work B Section 01 54 00 Construction Aids C Section 01 58 00 Project Identification PR
200. ch acceptance occurs prior to final payment to Engineer s confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles and will not endanger public safety Contractor shall pay all claims costs losses and damages attributable to Owner s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted then Owner may impose a reasonable set off against payments due under Article 15 If the acceptance EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 47 of 58 of defective Work occurs after final payment Contractor shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner 14 05 Uncovering Work A Engineer has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated installed or completed If any Work is covered contr
201. changes at the Contractor s expense Where wire sizes conduit and other items of construction are shown or required for a complete installation but are not adequately identified as to size or material requirements CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 1 1 2 1 3 the materials furnished shall be in accordance with Code requirements as though shown in detail on the Drawings All equipment shall be leveled and made plumb Metal junction boxes equipment enclosures and metal raceways mounted on water or earth bearing walls shall be separated from walls not less than 1 4 inch by corrosion resistant spacers All electrical conduits and items of equipment shall be run or set parallel to walls floors and other items of construction STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform work specified in Division 26 in accordance with standards listed below Where these specifications are more stringent the most stringent standard shall take precedence In case of conflict obtain a decision from the Engineer 1 Applicable National Fire Protection Association NFPA codes including but not limited to a NFPA 70 National Electrical Code b NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace C NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code d NFPA 101 Life Safety Code e NFPA 820 Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities f Internet Website http www nfpa org 2 Applicable Code of Federal Re
202. chitects extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the Site or in a storage location outside the Site but not including property stored at the premises of a manufacturer or Supplier extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit allow for partial occupation or use of the Work by Owner such that those portions of the Work that are not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder s risk insurance allow for the waiver of the insurer s subrogation rights as set forth below provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered not include a co insurance clause include an exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any defective workmanship design or materials exclusions include performance hot testing and start up be maintained in effect subject to the provisions herein regarding Substantial Completion and partial occupancy or use of the Work by Owner until the Work is complete Notice of Cancellation or Change All the policies of insurance and the certificates or other evidence thereof required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 6 05 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Societ
203. cision gear bearing set with fully contoured raceways hardened to a minimum 58 60 RC 2 Low Speed Gearset a The design running torque rating of the drive gearing shall be based on the smaller of the strength and durability values determined from the above AGMA standard b The drive main gear shall be designed to a minimum AGMA 6 rating when rated in accordance with the latest AGMA standard c All spur gearing shall be designed to the latest AGMA spur gear standard for strength and surface durability based on a life of 175 000 hours d Main internal gear shall be forged of alloy hardened steel e The pinion shall be heat treated alloy steel f Support base shall be cast iron 3 Main Bearing a Ball raceway diameter Minimum 35 b The drive main bearing shall be designed for the total rotating mechanism loads with a minimum L 10 life of 100 years or 876 000 hours F Primary Speed Reducer Option B 1 Horizontally mounted cylindrical worm or helical worm gear motor type with gears supported by anti friction bearings Connected to secondary speed reducer via a chain or direct coupled drive system with drive sprocket directly mounted on its output shaft AGMA 6034 B92 and AGMA Service Classification II Service Factor Minimum 1 4 based upon Design Running Torque Overhung Load Rating Exceed chain pull by minimum 1 75 based on Ultimate Torque Oil Fill Drain and Level Indicator Devices and Lubricant ANSI AGMA 9005 D94 H
204. conforming nonresponsive unbalanced or conditional Bids Bids will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening Owner City of Kilgore By Deborah Dane Title City Clerk Date September 12 and September 19 2015 END OF ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 11 13 1 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 Defined Teran a a a a AN a aaea aay 1 ARTICLE 2 Copies of Bidding DoOCUMENIKS csssccccesssneeccsseeceesssaceecessueeeeesesenecsseneeseeseeeeeeees 1 ARTICLE 3 Qualifications Of Bidders dosis ia 1 ARTICLE 4 Site and Other Areas Existing Site Conditions Examination of Site Owner s Safety Program Other Work at thesite atraca 2 ARTICLE 5 Bidder s Representations s ssssssessessestessressrrtrtserrtersttrertstrernssstesstreenterrrenssrreenssrrett 3 ARTICLE 6 Pre Bid Conference a ia 4 ARTICLE 7 Interpretations and Addenda ccssccccccccesssssssseeeceeeseeeesssaeeeeeeeeeesseessseeeeeeeesesseenaaes 4 ARTICLE SS Bid Secundaria itinere ren ee Rense 4 ARTICLE 9 Contract Mesias did il 5 ARTICLE 10 Liquidated Datta Bes ni A ehe 5 ARTICLE 11 Substitute and Or Equal Items oooooocccononcccccnoonncnnnonannnnnnnannnononononno nono nnnnonannnnnnonos 5 ARTICLE 12 Subcontractors Suppliers and Others coooocccccnonocccncononaconcnonnnonnonanonononononcnnnnonnnnnnonos 5 ARTICLE 13 Preparation Of Bid
205. containing Date Project title and number Contractor s name and address Title and number of each Record Document Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative Partial Payment Requests will not be recommended for payment if record documents are doing to be incomplete or not in order Final payments will not be recommended without record documents NANA 2 00 PRODUCTS NOT USED 3 00 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 78 39 2 SECTION 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes description and requirements of the required demonstration and training for the project 1 Providing and delivering informational submittals 2 Submitting required qualifications of Manufacturer s Representative 3 Preparing maintaining providing and delivering Manufacturer s Certificate of Compliance and Manufacturer s Certificate of Proper Installation 4 Furnishing required Training 5 Furnishing required Equipment Testing Unit Process and Facility Performance Demonstration B Related Sections K Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 1 2 DEFINITIONS A Person Day One person for 8 hours within regular Contractor working hours B Facility Entire Project or an agreed upon portion including all unit processes C Functional Test Test or tests in presence of Engineer and Owner to demonstrate that installed equipment meets Manufactu
206. cribed in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor s obligations under Paragraph 3 03 Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the submission of Contractor s Bid or after the date when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work including but EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 28 of 58 7 11 7 12 not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales use value added consumption and other similar taxes If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent if any of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from such changes then within 30 days of such notice Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim Record Documents A Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings Specifications Addenda Change Orders Work Change Directives Field Orders written interpretations and clarifications and approved Shop Drawings Contractor shall keep such reco
207. ct contoured raceway type with hardened surfaces and balls a Ring Gear Internal or external toothed spur pinion gear driven attached to secondary speed reducer output shaft 2 Low Speed Gearset a Design and Rated ANSI AGMA 2001 C95 b Service Factor Minimum 1 5 based upon Design running Torque Power Rating 1 Lower of pitting resistance and bending strength ratings for pinion and gears 2 Based upon continuous 24 hours per day service at Design Running Torque for 180 000 hours minimum C Spur Pinion Gear 1 Wall Thickness Above Keyway Minimum depth of one tooth d Ring Gear 1 Solid one piece of ductile nodular iron ASTM A536 cast steel ASTM A148 or heat treated alloy steel 2 Bolt to center torque cage that support and rotate collection mechanism e Teeth Full depth ANSI AGMA 2001 C95 3 Main Bearing a Ball Raceway Diameter Minimum 35 inches low unit ball load and stability without guide shoes or steady bearings b Raceways and Balls ABMA L 10 life of minimum 180 000 hours when operating continuously at Design Running Torque c Load Carrying Balls 1 Steel Chrome alloy hardened to 60 65 Rockwell C 2 Diameter Minimum 1 1 4 inches 3 Crushing Strength Minimum 120 000 pounds d Spacer Balls 1 16 inch lesser diameter than and of same material as load carrying balls e Raceways Four 1 4 inch thick by 1 2 inch wide vacuum degassed high carbon steel renewable liner strip
208. ctrical Components Devices and Accessories Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended use Comply with NFPA 70 COORDINATION Set sleeves in cast in place concrete masonry walls and other structural components as they are constructed CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 26 05 19 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A B C 2 2 A B CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following 1 Alcan Products Corporation Alcan Cable Division American Insulated Wire Corp a Leviton Company General Cable Corporation Senator Wire amp Cable Company Southwire Company aD Copper Conductors Comply with NEMA WC 70 No aluminum on project Conductor Insulation Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN THWN XHHW and RHH RHW USE CONNECTORS AND SPLICES Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following 1 AFC Cable Systems Inc Hubbell Power Systems Inc O Z Gedney EGS Electrical Group LLC 3M Electrical Products Division Tyco Electronics Corp nS Description Factory fabricated connectors and splices of size ampacity rating
209. d operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the project including but not limited to those operations necessary for the movement of personnel equipment supplies and incidentals to the project site and for the establishment of temporary offices buildings safety equipment and first aid supplies and sanitary and other facilities necessary for the start of the work excluding the cost of construction materials and any other preconstruction expense Mobilization shall not exceed 5 of the total base bid in the submitted schedule of values Bonds and Insurance shall be included in the base bid and shown on the submitted Schedule of Values Bonds and Insurances includes the costs of acquiring furnishing and maintaining all required bonds and insurance for the durations specified in the Contract Documents CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 012900 2 2 00 PRODUCTS NOT USED 3 00 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 012900 3 01 29 73 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Submit to the Engineer a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work within 10 days after award of contract B Upon request of Engineer support the values with data that will substantiate their correctness C The Schedule of Values shall be used as the basis for the Contractor s Applications for Payment 1 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Conditions of the Contract B Section 01 29 00 Payment Procedur
210. d stop each motor a minimum of 3 times and perform a run test for vibration heat and to document motor protection The Contractor shall document the settings of the motor overcurrent protection overload relay and similar data on the provided form MOTOR TEST REPORT 2 The Contractor shall develop non conforming material reports for each failure and repair or report failures 3 The Contractor shall replace defective parts correct malfunctioning units make all repairs and retest to demonstrate compliance The Contractor shall document action taken on appropriate non conforming material report CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 15 5 3 4 MOTOR TEST REPORT A The following form is provided for the motor certification specified herein Master blank forms are available on request END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 15 6 Kilgore Primary Clarifier Rehabilitation MOTOR TEST REPORT Each electric motor shall be tested for proper operation Follow manufacturer s testing recommendations and procedures 1 Name and Horsepower of Motor Tested 2 Overcurrent Protection 3 Overload Protection 4 Visual Inspection Checklist o Momentarily Bump Motor Shaft for Proper Rotation a Motor Frame Bolts o Shaft Coupling a Lubricants a Other Comments 5 Megger motor from wire in motor control center or control panel and record results oA oB B oC oC oA oA G oB G oC G 6 Record full load voltage and current Vab Van la
211. d be barred by the applicable statute of limitations The demand for arbitration should include specific reference to Paragraph SC 17 02 D below No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include by consolidation joinder or in any other manner any other individual or entity including Engineer and Engineer s consultants and the officers directors partners agents employees or consultants of any of them who is not a party to this Contract unless WW 15 004 00 73 00 16 1 the inclusion of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration and 2 such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings D The award rendered by the arbitrator s shall be consistent with the agreement of the parties in writing and include a concise breakdown of the award and a written explanation of the award specifically citing the Contract provisions deemed applicable and relied on in making the award E The award will be final Judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof and it will not be subject to modification or appeal subject to provisions of the Laws and Regulations relating to vacating or modifying an arbitral award F The fees and expenses of the arbitrators and a
212. d by the unexecuted counterparts of the Agreement along with the other Contract Documents as This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 8 identified in the Agreement Within 15 days thereafter Successful Bidder shall execute and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and any bonds and insurance documentation required to be delivered by the Contract Documents to Owner Within ten days thereafter Owner shall deliver one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement to Successful Bidder together with printed and electronic copies of the Contract Documents as stated in Paragraph 2 02 of the General Conditions ARTICLE 22 SALES AND USE TAXES 22 01 Owner is exempt from state sales and use taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work Said taxes shall not be included in the Bid Refer to Paragraph SC 7 09 of the Supplementary Conditions for additional information This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professi
213. d electronic copies as specified herein B Informational 1 Data Outline Submit one electronic copy of a detailed outline of proposed organization and contents of Final Data prior to preparation of Preliminary Data 2 Preliminary Data a Submit one electronic copy for Engineer s review b If data meets conditions of the Contract CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 7823 2 1 One electronic copy will be returned to Contractor 1 One electronic copy will be forwarded to Resident Project Representative 2 One electronic copy will be retained in Engineer s file If data does not meet conditions of the Contract 3 One electronic copy will be returned to Contractor with Engineer s comments on separate document for revision 4 Engineer s comments will be retained in Engineer s file 5 One electronic copy will be retained in Engineer s file 6 Re submit one electronic copy revised in accordance with Engineer s com ments 3 Final Data Submit two hard copies and one electronic copy in each format specified herein 1 6 DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A Content for Each Unit or Common Units and System 1 Product Data a b gt oan g h Include only those sheets that are pertinent to specific product Clearly annotate each sheet to 1 Identify specific product or part installed 2 Identify data applicable to installation 3 Delete references to inapplicable information Function nor
214. d in the form of a certified check bank money order or a Bid bond on the form included in the Bidding Documents issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 6 01 and 6 02 of the General Conditions The Bid security of the apparent Successful Bidder will be retained until Owner awards the contract to such Bidder and such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award whereupon the Bid security will be released If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award Owner may consider Bidder to be in default annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited Such forfeiture shall be Owner s exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 4 8 03 The Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of se
215. d on a regular basis PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 POLYMER MODIFIED REPAIR MORTAR A Mortar Two component polymer modified cementitious based chloride resistant non sag mortar gray in color corrosion inhibiting working time of 20 minutes minimum surface renovation mortar conforming to the following properties B Performance Criteria 1 9 CON or gt Bond strength in accordance with ASTM C 882 modified Test Method at 28 days Minimum 1 750 psi Modules of Elasticity ASTM C531 minimum 2 0 by 10 psi Compressive Strength a ASTM C 109 at 1 day minimum 2 500 psi b ASTMC109 at 28 days minimum 6 000 psi Flexural Properties ASTM C 293 at 28 days minimum 1 200 psi Permeability AASHTO T 277 800 coulombs maximum Splitting Tensile Strength ASTM C 496 at 7 days minimum 500 psi Drying Shrinkage ASTM C 596 at 28 days 0 05 max Freeze Thaw Resistance ASTM C 666 at 300 cycles 95 RDF C Manufacturers and Products 1 2 Sika Corporation Lyndhurst New Jersey SikaTop 123 Plus Or approved equal CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 03 01 00 2 2 2 2 3 2 4 BONDING AGENT Epoxy resin portland cement adhesive 1 Component A shall be an epoxy resin water emulsion containing suitable viscosity control agents It shall not contain butyl glycidyl ether 2 Component B shall be primarily a water solution of a polyamine 3 Component C shall be a blend of selected portland cements and sands 4 T
216. d other products have adequate quality control systems to ensure that quality products are produced Provide only products that comply with the Contract Documents Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner to ensure that products proposed for use fully comply with the Contract Documents Provide all facilities and calibrated equipment required for quality control tests Provide consumable construction materials of adequate quality to provide a finished product that complies with the Contract Documents Perform tests as indicated in this and other sections of the specifications Schedule the time and sequence of testing with the Owner All quality control testing is to be observed by the Owner or designated representative Maintain complete inspection and testing records at the site and make them available to Owner and Engineer B Technical specifications govern if any requirements of this section conflicts with the requirements of the technical specifications 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ACTIVIES BY THE OWNER A Owner will perform its own quality assurance test independent of the Contractor s Quality Control Program or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents Provide labor materials tools equipment and related items for testing by the Owner including but not limited to temporary construction required for testing and operation of new and existing utilities Assist t
217. d tests 11 Quality assurance testing performed by the Owner will be paid for by the Owner except for verification testing performed by the Owner which shall be paid for by the Contractor as described in paragraph 1 06 B Quality assurance activities of the Owner or Engineer through their own forces or through contracts with materials testing laboratories and survey crews are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor s work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents C Quality assurance activities of the Owner and Engineer or non performance of quality assurance activities 1 Do not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to perform Work and furnish materials and products and constructed Work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents 2 Do not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures 3 Do not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of the material product or Work before Owner s acceptance 4 Do not constitute or imply Owner s acceptance 5 Do not affect the continuing rights of the Owner after Owner s acceptance of the completed Work D The presence or absence of the Owner s Representative does not relieve the Contractor from any contract requirements nor is the Owner s Representative authorized to change any term or condition of the Contract Documents without the Owner
218. de protection from claims that may arise out of or result from Contractor s performance of the Work and Contractor s other obligations under the Contract Documents whether it is to be performed by Contractor any Subcontractor or Supplier or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met by such policies and not by reference to excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies 6 04 Owner s Liability Insurance A In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 6 03 Owner at Owner s option may purchase and maintain at Owner s expense Owner s own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents Owner s liability policies if any operate separately and independently from policies required to be provided by Contractor and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner s liability policies for any of Contractor s obligations to the Owner Engineer or third parties 6 05 Property Insurance A Builder s Risk Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder s risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis in the amount of the full insurable replacement cost thereof subject to such deductible am
219. dicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings Provide an 8 by 3 inch blank space for Contractor s and Engineer s stamp Contractor may use a digital certification if this is preferred This certification must bear a digital signature 2 Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings a b C Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Ship Drawings Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings C Mark submittals to reference the Drawing number and or section of the Specifications detail designation schedule or location that corresponds with the data submitted Other identification may also be required such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 33 00 3 D Deliver samples required by the Specifications to the project site Provide a minimum of two samples E Construct mock ups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specifications F Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color texture or finish selection 1 Submit all color charts and Samples at one time 2 Do not submit color chats and Samples until all record data have been submitted or Shop Drawings for the products have been approved 3 Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to w
220. dinate installation of electrical equipment on vendor supplied walkways with supplier MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP All materials shall be new and shall be of the latest standard design of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of that type of equipment Materials shall be in good condition and shall be free from dents scratches or other damage incurred in shipment or installation All equipment shall comply with the National Electrical Code Underwriters Laboratories or other appropriate agency Installation shall be made in a neat and workmanlike manner and all materials shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the various manufacturers The installation shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and Engineer Incidental materials required to complete the installation as intended by these Specifications shall be of the type and quality in keeping with specified equipment COORDINATION Carefully examine specification and drawings to be thoroughly familiar with items which require electrical connections and coordination Electrical drawings are diagrammatic and shall not be scaled for exact sizes Notify other tradesmen of any deviations or special conditions necessary for the installation of work Interference between work of various contractors shall be resolved prior to installation Work installed not in compliance with specifications and drawings and without properly checking and coordinating as spec
221. ding Conductor Tape Apply in half lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 53 5 DIVISION 44 POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT SECTION 44 42 23 SPIRAL TYPE CLARIFIER MECHANISMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes the Work necessary to completely furnish and install the spiral type clarifier mechanisms all related equipment material and appurtenances B Related Sections Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data Section 01 79 00 Demonstration and Training Division 05 Metals Division 26 Electrical OU BN A 1 2 GENERAL A Equipment Numbers See Supplemental Data Sheet s at end of section B Like items of equipment provided hereinafter shall be the end products of one manufacturer to achieve standardization of appearance operation maintenance spare parts and manufacturer s services C Unit Responsibility The Work requires that the clarifier mechanism and associated appurtenances including but not limited to walkway drive platform and handrail scum beach local control panel and components complete with all accessories and appurtenances be th
222. ding planning study design construction testing commissioning and start up and of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents is a part Project Manual The written documents prepared for or made available for procuring and constructing the Work including but not limited to the Bidding Documents or other construction procurement documents geotechnical and existing conditions information the Agreement bond forms General Conditions Supplementary Conditions and Specifications The contents of the Project Manual may be bound in one or more volumes Resident Project Representative The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site As used herein the term Resident Project Representative or RPR includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative Samples Physical examples of materials equipment or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged Schedule of Submittals A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor of required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer s review of the submittals and the performance of related construction activities Schedule of Values A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor s App
223. dividual or entity to perform all inspections and tests expressly required by the Contract Documents to be furnished and paid for by Owner except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14 05 If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work or part thereof specifically to be inspected tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections tests or approvals pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval Contractor shall be responsible for arranging obtaining and paying for all inspections and tests required 1 by the Contract Documents unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner 2 to attain Owner s and Engineer s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work 3 by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 46 of 58 4 for testing adjusting and balancing of mechanical electrical and
224. drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original submittal 2 Highlight in yellow those revisions which have been made in response to the first review by the Engineer 3 Highlight in blue any new revisions which have been made or additional details of information that has been added since the previous review by the Engineer For Samples 1 Submit new Samples as required for the initial Sample 2 Remove Samples which have been rejected For mock ups 1 Construct anew mock up as initially required 2 Dispose of mock ups which have been rejected Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings 1 Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made 2 Pay cost for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis as billed by the Owner 3 Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Engineer s review of submittals will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time All costs associated with such delays shall be at the Contractor s expense ENGINEER S DUTIES CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013300 9 A Review the submittals and return with reasonable promptness B Affix stamp indicate approval rejection and the need for resubmittal C Distribute documents 2 00 PRODUCTS NOT USED 3 00 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILG
225. duction and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for such action The reduction imposed shall be binding on Contractor unless it duly submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction Upon a subsequent determination that Owner s refusal of payment was not justified the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 15 01 C 1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement 15 02 Contractor s Warranty of Title A Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of 1 all Liens and other title defects and 2 all patent licensing copyright or royalty obligations no later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 51 of 58 15 03 Substantial Completion A When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request t
226. e Fabrication and installation drawings setting diagrams manufacturing instructions templates patterns and coordination drawings f Wiring and piping diagrams and related controls Mix designs for concrete asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions Indicate on the submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the site 5 Provide all required statements of certification guarantees extended service agreements and other related documents with the Shop Drawing The effective date of these documents shall be the date of acceptance of the work by the Owner 6 Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Engineer for review and comment Any marks made by the Engineer do not constitute a blanket review of the submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements a Submittals that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following designations 1 Approved Submittal is found to be acceptable as submitted 2 Approved as Noted Submittal is acceptable with corrections or notations made by Engineer and may be used as corrected 3 Revise and Resubmit Submittal has deviations from the Contract Documents significant errors or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review 4 Not Approved Products a
227. e Contractor to furnish labor materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic s lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms of labor materials or equipment that part of the water gas power light heat oil gasoline telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor s subcontractors and all other items for which a mechanic s lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor materials or equipment were furnished 16 3 Construction Contract The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents 16 4 Owner Default Failure of the Owner which has not been remedied or waived to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract 16 5 Contract Documents All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a con
228. e agree in writing 4 05 Delays in Contractor s Progress A If Owner Engineer or anyone for whom Owner is responsible delays disrupts or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price Contractor s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay disruption or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor Delay disruption and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor If Contractor s performance or progress is delayed disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner Contractor and those for which they are responsible then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times Contractor s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times Such an adjustment shall be Contractor s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays disruption and interference described in this paragraph Causes of delay di
229. e and maintain required bonds or insurance d Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible e Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews evaluations of proposed substitutes tests and inspections or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities f the Work is defective requiring correction or replacement g Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14 07 or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14 04 h the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders i an event that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause has occurred j liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor s failure to achieve Milestones Substantial Completion or final completion of the Work k Liens have been filed in connection with the Work except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens l there are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount recommended If Owner imposes any set off against payment whether based on its own knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice with a copy to Engineer stating the reasons for such action and the specific amount of the re
230. e at the Site express and courier services and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work i The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain C Costs Excluded The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items 1 Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor s officers executives principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships general managers safety managers engineers architects estimators attorneys auditors accountants purchasing and contracting agents expediters timekeepers clerks and other personnel employed by Contractor whether at the Site or in Contractor s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13 01 B 1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13 01 B 4 The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor s fee Expenses of Contractor s principal and branch offices other than Contractor s office at the Site EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 44 of 58 3 Any part of Contractor
231. e concerning 1 Submittals including requests for payment nap Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents Contract modifications Observation of work and testing Claims C The Engineer will normally communicate only with the Contractor Any required communication with suppliers or subcontractors will only be with the first involvement of the Contractor D Written communications are to be directed to the Engineer at the address indicated at the pre construction Conference Communications should include as a minimum 1 DPN Name of the Owner Project name Contract title Project number Date A reference statement E Submit communications on the forms referenced in this Section or in Section 01 33 00 1 04 PROJECT MEETINGS A Pre construction Conference 1 2 3 Attend a pre construction meeting The location of the conference will be determined by the Engineer The time of the meeting will be determined by the Engineer but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than fifteen 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued The Owner Engineer representative of utility companies the Contractor s project manager and superintendent and representatives from major subcontractors and suppliers may attend the meeting Contractor should provide and be prepared to discuss a Preliminary construction and submittal schedule per Section 01 32 26 Construction Progress Reporting CI
232. e data to be retained by each trainee B Training Schedule 1 List specified equipment and systems that require training services and show a Respective Manufacturer b Estimated dates for installation completion C Estimated training dates 2 Allow for multiple sessions when several shifts are involved 3 Adjust schedule to ensure training of appropriate personnel as deemed necessary by Owner and to allow full participation by Manufacturer s representatives Adjust schedule for interruptions in operability of equipment 4 Coordinate with Section 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE C Lesson Plan When Manufacturer or vendor training of Owner personnel is specified prepare for each required course containing the following minimum information Title and objectives Recommended types of attendees e g managers engineers operators maintenance Course description and outline of course content Format e g lecture self study demonstration hands on Instruction materials and equipment requirements Resumes of instructors providing the training Sy GT BQN E D Pre startup Training 1 Coordinate training sessions with Owner s operating personnel and Manufacturer s representatives and with submission of operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01 78 23 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2 Complete at least 14 days prior to beginning of facility startup E Post startup Training I
233. e end product of one responsible system manufacturer or responsible system supplier Unless otherwise indicated the Contractor shall obtain each system from the responsible supplier of the equipment which supplier shall furnish all components and accessories of the system to enhance compatibility ease of operation and maintenance and as necessary to place the equipment in operation in conformance with the specified performance features and functions without altering or modifying the Contractor s responsibilities under the Contract Documents The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for providing the equipment systems as specified herein D General Requirements See Division 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which contains information and requirements that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory for this project E The equipment specified herein is included in the Manufacturer Subcontractor Form Refer to the Bid Form and the Instructions to Bidders for additional requirements 1 3 REFERENCES A The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this Section CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 1 American Gear Manufacturers Association AGMA 908 B89 Geometry Factor for Determining the Pitting Resistance and Bending Strength of Spur Helical and Herringbone Gear Teeth American Institute of Steel Construction AISC Specifications for the Design Fabrication and Execution of Structural Steel for Buildings Ameri
234. e last sentence of Paragraph 3 05 B entirely and insert the following in its place B Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes unless specifically prohibited in writing by the Owner for security reasons If the Owner so directs Contractor shall surrender all copies of the construction Contract Documents and other related documents in paper or digital format and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR S PROGRESS A Add the following to Paragraph 4 05 C 2 Adjustments of Contract Times for weather will not be allowed when Contract Times are set forth as calendar days Abnormal weather conditions will be considered in the event of hurricanes and tornadoes B Add the following to Paragraph 4 05 H The Contractor agrees to make no claims for damage for delay in the performance of the Contract occasioned by any act or omission to act of the Owner Engineer or any of the Owner s or Engineer s agents and agrees that any such claim shall be fully compensated by an extension of time as set forth in a Change Order to complete performance of the Work as provided herein I If in the opinion of Engineer Contractor falls behind the accepted Construction Schedule due to actions or neglect of Contractor or Contractor s agents servants em
235. e limited to salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions unemployment excise and payroll taxes workers compensation health and retirement benefits bonuses sick leave and vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours on Saturday Sunday or legal holidays shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner 2 Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work including costs of transportation and storage thereof and Suppliers field services required in connection therewith All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner All trade discounts rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained 3 Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors If required by Owner Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner who will then determine with the advice of Engineer which bids if any will be acceptable If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee the Subcont
236. e official address of the firm shall be shown A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder s name and official address A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by an authorized representative of each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form The official address of the joint venture shall be shown All names shall be printed in ink below the signatures The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form Postal and e mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 6 13 09 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder s authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Bid Bidder s state contractor license number if any shall also be shown on the Bid Form ARTICLE 14 BASIS OF BID 14 01 Lump Sum A
237. e section B Prior to submitting each request for progress payment request Engineer s review and approval of current status of record documents Failure to properly maintain update and submit record documents may result in a deferral by Engineer to recommend whole or any part of Contractor s Application for Payment either partial or final SC 7 15 EMERGENCIES A Amend Paragraph 7 15 A by deleting the last sentence and inserting the following in its CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 73 00 12 SC 7 18 ARTICLE 11 SC 11 07 ARTICLE 13 SC 13 01 place If Engineer determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency a Change Order Field Order or Work Change Directive will be issued INDEMNIFICATION A Delete Paragraph 7 18 C entirely AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CHANGES IN THE WORK EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A Add a new Paragraph 11 07 C as follows C Contractor assumes and bears responsibility for all costs and time delays associated with any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variation is specifically approved by Change Order COST OF THE WORK ALLOWANCES UNIT PRICE WORK COST OF THE WORK A Amend Paragraph 13 01 B by deleting the following words in the first sentence
238. e with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer Engineer s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will after installation or incorporation in the Work conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents Engineer s review and approval will not extend to means methods techniques sequences or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto Engineer s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions Engineer s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 7 16 A 3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order Engineer s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 7 16 A and B Engineer s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample o
239. ec Paint System Title from Spec Coating Supplier Representative Surface Preparation Paint Material Generic Product Name Number Proprietary Min Coats Coverage CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 1 1 DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A DESCRIPTION OF WORK This Section specifies the basic requirements for electrical installations and includes requirements common to more than one section of Division 26 It expands and supplements the requirements specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions This project consists of construction of the new building structures associated facilities and all related electrical systems as defined in the plans and in these specifications The work includes the installation connection and testing of new electrical equipment including grounding systems control systems conduit and wiring and all appurtenances to construct and demonstrate proper operation of the completed electrical systems The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of power communication and controls for the project The electrical plans do not give exact locations etc and do not show all the offsets control lines pilot lines and other installation details Each contractor shall carefully lay out the work at the sites to co
240. ect All the above is included herewith and shall be examined by all bidders Failure to comply shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility or be used as a basis for additional compensation due to omission of mechanical process and structural details from the electrical drawings 1 14 CONTINUATION OF SERVICES A The Contractor shall install any temporary lines and connections required to maintain electric services and safely remove and dispose of them when complete The Contractor shall supply emergency power whenever any existing electrical service is without power for a period of more than three 3 hours due to his work In general the existing facility shall remain operational during construction B Planned outages shall be coordinated two weeks in advance with duration and time of start approved by the Owner Changeover work which may be required after normal hours or weekends shall not constitute the basis for additional cost to the Owner When an outage begins the Contractor shall proceed directly to completion of the work without unscheduled interruptions or delays due to lack of manpower equipment or tools C The Contractor shall refer to the sequence of construction and shall provide temporary connections as may be required to complete each phase of construction as may be required The Contractor shall submit proposed electrical service plans for each phase of construction to the Owner and Engineer for consideration D The
241. ect to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings and provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation 2 Store loose granular materials in a well drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter C Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection Make periodic inspections of stored Products to assure that Products are maintained under specified conditions and free from damage and deterioration D Protection After Installation 1 Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed Products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations Remove when no longer needed 1 07 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS A Products List 1 Within 30 days after Contract Date submit to Engineer a complete list of major Products proposed to be used with the name of the manufacturer and the installing Subcontractor B Contractor s Options 1 For Products specified only by reference standard select any Product meeting that standard 2 For Products specified by naming several Products or manufacturers select any one of the products or manufacturers named that complies with the specifications 3 For Products specified by naming one or more Products or manufacturers or or equal Contractor must submit a request for substitutions for any Product or manufacturer not specifically named CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 60 00 2 4 For Products specified by naming only one Product and
242. ections to all motor panels fixtures and equipment furnished under other sections of the specifications providing all material and equipment required for such final connections except hereinbefore described This includes but is not limited to control panels and other miscellaneous equipment The Contractor shall refer to other sections of these specifications for all information relating to the requirements of all electrical connections to the equipment and shall furnish and install electrical items required for a complete installation ready for operation Roughing in shall be accomplished from approved shop drawings Verify final locations for rough ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected Refer to equipment specifications in other Divisions for rough in requirements LOCAL CONDITIONS Inspection of Sites The bidder shall inspect the site thoroughly acquaint himself with conditions to be met and work to be accomplished Failure to comply with this shall not constitute grounds for any additional payments RECORD DOCUMENTS Refer to the General and Supplementary Conditions for requirements The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of the General and Supplementary Conditions 1 Mark Drawings to indicate revisions to conduit size and location both exterior and interior actual equipment locations dimensioned for column lines concealed equipment dimensioned to column
243. ed officer agent or representative CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY seal seal Contractor s Name and Corporate Seal Surety s Name and Corporate Seal By By Signature Signature attach power of attorney Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest Attest Signature Signature Title Title Notes 1 Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties such as joint venturers 2 Any singular reference to Contractor Surety Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable EJCDC C 610 Performance Bond Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved 1 of 3 1 The Contractor and Surety jointly and severally bind themselves their heirs executors administrators successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract which is incorporated herein by reference 2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Paragraph 3 3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract the Surety s obligation under this Bond shall arise after 3 1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default Such not
244. eeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeseseeeeeaeeeesaeeesaeeseaees ARTICLE 6 Bonds and Insurance sii aaa EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Pagei 6 01 Performance Payment and Other Bonds cccscccccccccsssssssscecccsssesscsseeeeeeessesssnsseeeesssessssaeeeeeeesess 17 6 02 Insurance General Provisions 200r44400nennnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnennnonennnonnnnonnnnonennnensnnnnennonenssennnnnnnnennn 17 6 03 Contractors INSURANCE rr ta 18 6 04 Owners Liability InSUTANCe dt cere steele aed aes A ete sei A Se tee EE 20 6 05 Property NSU TA E oi A A ii 20 6 06 Waiver Of RIBS macia daa 22 6 07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds ccccccconoooonnnnnnnncnnnnonnnnnnnnonananonononnnnononon 23 ARTICLE 7 Contractor s Responsibilities oooooooccncccnonnoonannnnnnnnnannoronnnnnonncnnnnnnrnnnnnnncnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnancnnns 23 7 01 Supervision and Superintendence occocococcnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 23 7 02 Labor Working Hours cscccccccccssssssssscececessssssaeeeeceesssseseaeeeeccsseessaaseeeeecesseeeseaaeeeeesesseeeaaseeeeeeesss 23 7 03 Services Materials and Equipment ueeseesessessssnsenennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnn
245. ees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention design process product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others If a particular invention design process product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 27 of 58 7 08 7 09 7 10 patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor and its officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors from and against all claims costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance o
246. eleterious substances meeting federal drinking water standards ACCESSORIES Finishing Aid Manufacturer and Product Sika Corporation Lyndhurst New Jersey Sika Film Evaporation Retardant CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 03 01 00 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A 3 2 3 3 GENERAL Adhere to all limitations and cautions for the epoxy resin portland cement adhesive in the manufacturer s current printed literature PREPARATION Collect and dispose of water from removal operations in manner and location acceptable to Owner Do not use power driven jackhammers and chipping hammers unless water blasting is prohibited due to potential damage to installed equipment Remove concrete minimum of 1 clearance around rebar for application and bonding of new mortar to entire periphery of exposed rebar if the following surface conditions exist 1 50 or more of periphery around rebar is exposed during removal of concrete 2 25 or more of periphery around rebar is exposed during removal of concrete and corrosion has eventuated to the extent that loss of section has occurred 3 Bond between existing concrete and reinforcement has deteriorated Steel Clean exposed reinforcing bars of rust and concrete and coat with two 20mils layers 40 mils total of epoxy resin bonding agent Allow proper drying time between coats as recommended by the manufacturer Cementitious substrates Roughen all surfaces to a ICRI 310 2 surface profile of CSP 5
247. elow grade conduits 1 1 2 and larger shall be routed 24 below the concrete floor slabs 4 Comply with Chapter 6 of ACI 318 Threaded Conduit Joints Exposed to Wet Damp Corrosive or Outdoor Conditions Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints Follow compound manufacturer s written instructions Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No 4 AWG Install pull wires in empty raceways Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 Ib tensile strength Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable approved and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound For concealed raceways install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 5 3 3 G 1 Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces 2 Where otherwise required by NFPA 70 Expansion Joint Fittings Install in each run of aboveground conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight run length that exceeds 25 feet 1 Install expansion joint fittings for each
248. ems develop CITY OF KILGORE END OF SECTION WW15 004 014000 5 01 42 16 DEFINITIONS 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 SPECIFICATION TERMINOLOGY A B C Engineer or Construction Manager means Owner Representative Furnish means to supply deliver and unload materials and equipment at the project site ready to install Install means the operations at the project site including unpacking assembly erection placing anchoring applying working to dimensions finishing curing protecting cleaning training and similar operations required to prepare the materials and equipment for use verify conformance with Contract Documents and prepare for acceptance and operation by the owner Provide means to furnish and install materials and equipment Perform means to complete the operations necessary to comply with the Contract Documents Indicated means graphic representations notes or schedules on drawings or other requirements in Contract Documents Words such as show noted scheduled are used to help locate the reference No limitation on the location is intended unless specifically noted Specified means written representations in the bid documents or the technical specifications Regulation means laws statutes ordinances and lawful orders issues by authorities having jurisdictions as well as rules conventions and agreements within the construction indust
249. en statement to Contractor with a copy to Engineer regarding the Underground Facility in question addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made and adopting or rejecting Engineer s written findings conclusions and recommendations in whole or in part Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1 Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy or any related delay disruption or interference causes an increase or decrease in Contractor s cost of or time required for performance of the Work subject however to the following EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 14 of 58 a Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated the existence or actual location of the Underground Facility in question b With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Parag
250. ent Connecting Bolts and Nuts Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements Include one for each sealing element PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A Outdoors apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated 1 Exposed PVC Coated Rigid Steel 2 Concealed PVC Coated Rigid Steel 3 Underground Single Run RNC Schedule 40 in duct bank 4 Underground Grouped RNC Schedule 40 in duct bank 5 Connection to Vibrating Equipment Including Transformers and Hydraulic Pneumatic Electric Solenoid or Motor Driven Equipment PVC Coated LFMC B Indoors 1 Exposed PVC Coated Rigid Steel or as noted in the Drawings 2 Concealed Galvanized Rigid Steel or as noted in the Drawings 3 Connection to Vibrating Equipment Including Transformers and Hydraulic Pneumatic Electric Solenoid or Motor Driven Equipment PVC Coated LFMC 4 Damp or Wet Locations PVC coated Rigid Steel or as noted in the Drawings 5 Above Drop in Ceilings EMT for lighting and receptacle branch circuits or as noted in the Drawings 6 Concealed in New Walls EMT for lighting and receptacle branch circuits and switch legs or as noted in the Drawings C Minimum Raceway Size inch trade size 1 inch trade size for below grade installation D Raceway Fittings Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location 1 2 Rigid Steel Conduit Use threaded rigid steel conduit
251. ent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment Contractor shall assume full responsibility for a damage to the Site b damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor s operations c damage to any other adjacent land or areas and d for injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible 2 Ifa damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the Work or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible Contractor shall a take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7 12 or otherwise b promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner or occupant or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law and c to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and the officers directors members partners employees age
252. eptable to Engineer SC 13 03 UNIT PRICE WORK A Delete Paragraph 13 03 E in its entirety and insert the following in its place E The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions 1 if the extended price of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 10 percent or more of the Contract Price based on estimated quantities at the time of Contract formation and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work actually furnished or performed by Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and 2 if there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and 3 if Contractor believes that Contractor has incurred additional expense as a result thereof Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the unit price Owner may make a Claim seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price ARTICLE 15 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR SET OFFS COMPLETION CORRECTION PERIOD SC 15 01 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A Amend Paragraph 15 01 D 1 by deleting Ten and inserting Thirty in its place nn UN UN UN B Amend Paragraph 15 01 E 1 by adding new paragraphs m n o and p as follows m Owner has been notified of failure to make payments to Subcontrac
253. er 2 Properly store and maintain equipment and materials in same condition as when removed 3 Engineer will determine condition of equipment and materials prior to removal DEMOLITION Drawings define minimum portion of equipment to be removed and structures to be modified Unless otherwise shown rough cuts or breaks may be made exceeding limits of demolition shown Provide all demolition removal temporary storage and reinstallation of materials as required for implementation of the work CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 02 4100 1 C Remove all materials associated with existing equipment that is to be removed or relocated D Cut off concealed or embedded conduit boxes or other materials a minimum of 3 4 inch below final finished surface 3 3 DISPOSAL A Dispose of debris and other non salvaged materials offsite in licensed landfills 3 4 SALVAGE A Equipment and materials not reused or reinstalled including all metals and piping within the limits of demolition unless otherwise specified or requested by the Owner shall be disposed of END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 02 41 00 2 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE SECTION 03 01 00 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIR SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES A The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section 1 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AASHTO T277 Standard Method of Test for Rapid Determination of the Chloride
254. er s instructions b Inspect and clean equipment devices connected piping and structures to ensure they are free of foreign material c Lubricate equipment in accordance with Manufacturer s instructions d Turn rotating equipment by hand when possible to confirm that equipment is not bound e Open and close valves by hand and operate other devices to check for binding interference or improper functioning f Check power supply to electric powered equipment for correct voltage g Adjust clearances and torque h Test piping for leaks Ready to test determination will be by Engineer based at least on the following a Acceptable Operation and Maintenance Data b Notification by Contractor of equipment readiness for testing c Receipt of Manufacturer s Certificate of Proper Installation if so specified d Adequate completion of work adjacent to or interfacing with equipment to be tested e Availability and acceptability of Manufacturer s representative when specified to assist in testing of respective equipment f Satisfactory fulfillment of other specified Manufacturer s responsibilities g Equipment and electrical tagging complete h Delivery of all spare parts and special tools B Functional Testing 1 2 3 Conduct as specified in individual Specification sections Notify Owner and Engineer in writing at least 10 days prior to scheduled date of testing Prepare Equipment Test Report summarizing te
255. eral Conditions Consent of Surety to Final Payment Equipment installation reports on equipment Shop drawings record data Operation and Maintenance Manuals and other submittals as required by the Contract Documents Specified spare parts and special tools Certificates of occupancy operating certificates or other similar releases required to allow the Owner unrestricted use of the work and access to services and utilities J Evidence of final continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents omrmonm FE 1 07 FINAL PAYMENT REQUEST A Submit a preliminary final payment request This request is to include adjustments to the Contract Amount for Approved Change Orders Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order Unit Prices Deductions for defective work that has been accepted by the Owner Penalties and bonuses Deductions for liquidated damages Deductions for re inspection payments per Paragraph 1 05 Other adjustments B Engineer shall prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the contract amount which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders C Submit the final application for payment per the General Conditions including the final Change Order onaupwunn 1 08 TRANSFER OF UTILITIES CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 7700 2 1 09 1 10 2 00 3 00 A Transfer utilities to the owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion
256. eral Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 17 of 58 6 03 Contractor shall deliver to Owner with copies to each named insured and additional insured as identified in this Article in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract certificates of insurance establishing that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies coverages and endorsements required by the Contract Upon request by Owner or any other insured Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such required insurance including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements and documentation of applicable self insured retentions and deductibles Contractor may block out redact any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision Owner shall deliver to Contractor with copies to each named insured and additional insured as identified in this Article the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract certificates of insurance establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining the policies coverages and endorsements required of Owner by the Contract if any Upon request by Contractor or any other insured Owner shall also provide other evidence of such required insurance if any including but
257. erials of the same type brand and source throughout Project 1 Portland Cement ASTM C150 type Il or combination of Type with fly ash 2 Fly Ash ASTM C618 Class C or F fly ash shall not exceed 15 percent of the cementitious materials unless written approval is given by the Engineer CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 03 6001 1 B Normal Weight Aggregates Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials 1 Fine Aggregate Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement 2 Fine aggregate a Provide fine aggregate for concrete or mortar consisting of clean natural sand or of sand prepared from crushed stone or crushed gravel b Do not provide aggregate having deleterious substances in excess of following percentages by weight of contaminating substances c In no case shall total exceed percent listed Item Test Method Percent Removed by decantation ASTM C117 3 dirt silt etc Shale or Chert ASTM C123 1 ASTM C295 1 Clay Lumps ASTM C142 1 Test Method C123 is used to identify particles in the sample lighter than 2 40 Specific Gravity Test Method C295 is used to identify which of the lightweight particles are shale or chert If the results of Test Method C123 are less than 1 percent Test Method C295 is not required d E
258. erpretation or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents and does not modify the Contract Documents Submit a separate RFI for each item per Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification Engineer will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple submittals due to inadequate information A response will be made when adequate information is provided NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR A Notify the Engineer of 1 Need for testing 2 Intent to work outside regular working hours 3 Request to shut down facilities or utilities 4 Proposed utility connections 5 Required observation by Engineer or inspection agencies prior to covering work 6 Training B Provide notification a minimum of two 2 weeks in advance in order to allow Owner and Engineer time to respond appropriately to the notification C All notifications shall be in writing PRODUCTS NOT USED EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 30 00 3 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 1 02 1 03 1 04 A B Prepare and submit a progress schedule for the work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the project Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owne
259. ers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 11 of 58 surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents Loading of Structures Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them 5 03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A Reports and Drawings The Supplementary Conditions identify 1 those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site 2 those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site except Underground Facilities and 3 Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents If no such express identification has been made then Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data as defined in Article 1 contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made avail
260. ers have the meanings stated in the Instructions to Bidders the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions ARTICLE 9 VENUE 9 01 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Gregg County Texas in which the Owner is located for any legal action This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 410 Bid Form for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 5 of 6 ARTICLE 10 BID SUBMITTAL BIDDER Indicate correct name of bidding entity By Signature Printed name If Bidder is a corporation a limited liability company a partnership or a joint venture attach evidence of authority to sign Attest Signature Printed name Title Submittal Date Address for giving notices Telephone Number Fax Number Contact Name and e mail address Bidder s License No where applicable This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 410 Bid Form for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC doc
261. es 1 03 FORMAT AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Type schedule on 8 1 2 x 11 white paper Engineer will consider contractor s standard forms and automated printout for approval upon Contractor s request Identify schedule with 1 Title of Project and location 2 Engineer and Project number 3 Name and address of Contractor 4 Contract designation 5 Date of submission B For lump sum contracts and items 1 Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the Work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction 2 Follow the Bid Proposal as the format for listing component items a Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major sections of the specifications b Include separate line items for mobilization and bonds and insurance 3 For each major line item list sub values of major products or operations under the item 4 For the various portions of the Work a Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor s overhead and profit b For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials break down the value into 1 The cost of the materials delivered and unloaded with taxes paid 2 The total installed value c Submit a subschedule for each separate stage of work specified in Section 01 11 00 5 The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the to
262. eseseceeeessaausgeesees 3 01 MING ONBescs ces ceccedeccegetv cs cccees evicces eek mass ETAST INER ETNE E EEEE 3 02 Reference Standards cuisine 3 03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies cccccnncoooonnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnos 3 04 Requirements of the Contract DOCUMENTS cc sscccccccccssssssseeseecsssssssnsseeeeeeceseesssaaeeceessseseaaaes 3 05 Reuse of Documents A cias ARTICLE 4 Commencement and Progress Of the Work oooooooccccccccccnnnoononnnnnoconnnannnnnnnnnnonccnnnnnannnnnnnos 4 01 Commencement of Contract Times Notice to Proceed ooooccccnnccncnnnncncnnncnnnononaniacacancnnnonananinnns 4 02 Starting the Work an a cid li AEE 4 03 Reference Policia sensor E e iaa a REE E 4 04 A ASA O OO 4 05 Delays in Contractor s Progressie sa it E aa a a A KR E a ARTICLE 5 Availability of Lands Subsurface and Physical Conditions Hazardous Environmental CONAN toa aaa 5 01 gt Availability ot Lands ari Bean ne 5 02 Use of Site and Other Areas iresi ee kerei aeiae eee u Ea aa nn nn ana doai oeiia eee 5 03 Subsurface and Physical COnditiONS ccccccnnoooooncnnnnnnnnononannnnnnnnonananononnnnnnnnnnnn nn nnnnnnnnnnnannnonns 5 04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions oooooccnncccnnnooononnnncnnnnanonancnnnncnnnnnnnannnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnns 5 05 Underground Faciles dad Aa HN ken 5 06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site eee eeeeeeeseeeeene
263. esponse Compensation and Liability Act 42 U S C 9601 et EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 1 of 58 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 seq CERCLA b the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act 49 U S C 885501 et seq c the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act 42 U S C 6901 et seq RCRA d the Toxic Substances Control Act 15 U S C 2601 et seq e the Clean Water Act 33 U S C 1251 et seq f the Clean Air Act 42 U S C 7401 et seq or g any other federal state or local statute law rule regulation ordinance resolution code order or decree regulating relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous toxic or dangerous waste substance or material Contract The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work Contract Documents Those items so designated in the Agreement and which together comprise the Contract Contract Price The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents Contract Times The number of days or the dates by which Contractor
264. ess address known to the sender of the notice Computation of Times A When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction such day will be omitted from the computation Cumulative Remedies A The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract The provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 57 of 58 18 04 18 05 18 06 18 07 18 08 specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty obligation right and remedy to which they apply Limitation of Damages A With respect to any and all Change Proposals Claims disputes subject to final resolution and o
265. essions Carlon Electrical Products Manhattan CDT Cole Flex RACO a Hubbell Company Thomas amp Betts Corporation AN RIED Pre a B RNC NEMA TC2 Type EPC 40 PVC unless otherwise indicated C Fittings for RNC NEMA TC 3 match to conduit or tubing type and material CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 2 2 3 2 4 BOXES ENCLOSURES AND CABINETS Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following 1 Cooper Crouse Hinds Div of Cooper Industries Inc EGS Appleton Electric Erickson Electrical Equipment Company Hoffman Hubbell Incorporated Killark Electric Manufacturing Co Division O Z Gedney a unit of General Signal RACO a Hubbell company Scott Fetzer Co Adalet Division Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company Stahlin Non Metallic Enclosures Thomas amp Betts Corporation Walker Systems Inc Wiremold Company The Woodhead Daniel Company Woodhead Industries Inc subsidiary 5900 AD BEN N PRP PRR NRO Sheet Metal Outlet and Device boxes NEMA OS 1 Cast Metal Outlet and Device boxes NEMA FB 1 Type FD with gasketed cover Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction boxes NEMA OS 1 Cast Metal Access Pull and Junction boxes NEMA FB 1 Hinged Cover Enclosures NEMA 250 Type 1 with continuous hinge cover with flush latch for conditioned spaces only
266. ested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page5 12 03 12 04 The apparent Successful Bidder and any other Bidder so requested shall within five days after Bid opening submit to Owner a list of the Subcontractors or Suppliers proposed for portions of the Work If requested by Owner such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity If Owner or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor Supplier individual or entity Owner may before the Notice of Award is given request apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors Suppliers or other individuals or entities Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder Any Subcontractor Su
267. event of a conflict in the Drawings Specifications or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the Award of the Contract the Contractor shall be deemed to have included the most expensive item in their Bid ARTICLE 3 DOCUMENTS INTENT REQUIREMENTS REUSE SC 3 01 INTENT A CITY OF KILGORE Add the following to Paragraph 3 01 A Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Engineer Provide any work materials or equipment required for a complete and functional system even if they are not detailed or specified 1 The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to each and all Sections of the Specifications unless specifically noted otherwise WW 15 004 00 73 00 2 B Organization of Contract Documents is not intended to control or to lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by any trade Subcontractor or Supplier Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each specification or drawing Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of location in the Contract Documents Standard paragr
268. everal parts come together and properly integrate with such other work Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting excavating or otherwise altering such work provided however that Contractor may cut or alter others work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 8 Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor s Work Contractor s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work 8 02 Coordination A If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner s employees or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work 1 the identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors 2
269. exas Government Code provides that in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder non resident bidders out of state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas bid projects for construction improvements supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State in which the non resident s principal place of business is located The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all out of state or non resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications The failure of out of state or non resident contractors to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder Check the statement that is correct for Bidder _ Non resident vendors in give state our principal place of business are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law A copy of the statute is attached _ Non resident vendors in give state our principal place of business are not required to underbid resident bidders _ Our principal place of business or corporate office is in the State of Texas Bidder Company Name By Name Title Business Address Phone Fax Email END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 00 45 46 01 1 00 42 23 03 CO
270. f Paragraph 3 the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety s expense take one of the following actions 5 1 Arrange for the Contractor with the consent of the Owner to perform and complete the Construction Contract 5 2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself through its agents or independent contractors 5 3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default or 5 4 Waive its right to perform and complete arrange for completion or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances 5 4 1 After investigation determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and as soon as practicable after the amount is determined make payment to the Owner or 5 4 2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner citing the reasons for denial 6 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with reasonable prom
271. f finish painting and continue cleaning on an as needed basis until painting is finished B Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly coated surfaces 3 03 FINAL CLEANING CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 7400 1 A Thoroughly clean the entire site and make ready for occupancy Remove construction debris boxes and trash from the site Remove construction storage sheds and field offices Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris Use water truck or hose down paved site to like new appearance B Clean floors and inspect for damage 1 Remove oil grease paint drippings and other contaminants from floors then mop repeatedly until thoroughly clean Replace damaged flooring C Clean wall surfaces to remove dirt or scuff marks Remove excess adhesive along top edges of wall base D Spot paint nicks and other damage If spot painting does not blend into the existing color and texture of the surrounding surface repaint wall from inside corner to inside corner Touch up damaged surfaces on factory finished equipment using special paint furnished by the Manufacturer E Clean plumbing fixtures valves and trim Remove labels and adhesive from fixtures Remove floor drains and clean baskets or buckets F Remove dirt oil grease dust and other contaminants from floors equipment
272. f required in Specifications furnish and coordinate training of Owner s operating personnel by respective Manufacturer s representatives F Taping of Training Sessions 1 Furnish audio and color video taping of all instruction sessions including Manufacturer s representatives hands on equipment instruction and classroom sessions 2 Video training DVDs shall be produced by a qualified professional video specialist approved by Owner 3 Use DVD format suitable for playback on standard equipment available commercially in the United States CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 5 3 5 EQUIPMENT TESTING A Preparation 1 2 Complete installation before testing Furnish qualified Manufacturers representatives when required by individual Specification sections Obtain and submit from equipment Manufacturer s representative Manufacturer s Certificate of Proper Installation Form when required by individual Specification sections Equipment Test Report Form Provide written test report for each item of equipment to be tested to include the minimum information a Owner Project Name b Equipment or item tested C Date and time of test d Type of test performed Functional or Performance e Test method f Test conditions g Test results h Signature spaces for Contractor and Engineer as witness Cleaning and Checking Prior to beginning functional testing a Calibrate testing equipment in accordance with Manufactur
273. f the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention design process product or device specified in the Contract Documents but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention design process product or device not specified in the Contract Documents Permits A Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses Owner shall assist Contractor when necessary in obtaining such permits and licenses Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor s Bid or when Contractor became bound under a
274. fabrication shipping handling storage assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work and d determined and verified all information relative to Contractor s responsibilities for means methods techniques sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto 2 Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor s review of that submittal and that Contractor approves the submittal 3 With each submittal Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents This notice shall be set forth in a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal and in addition in the case of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 30 of 58 Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the a
275. fected by any resulting change Engineer s Evaluation and Determination Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each substitute request and to obtain comments and direction from Owner Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability No substitute will be ordered furnished installed or utilized until Engineer s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute Engineer s determination will be evidenced by a Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination Special Guarantee Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute Reimbursement of Engineer s Cost Engineer will record Engineer s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents or in the provisions of any other d
276. ff Blast Cleaning SP 8 Pickling SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning SP 11 T Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal Guide No 3 PA Guide to Safety in Painting Applications SP 13 Surface Preparation of Concrete 1 3 DEFINITIONS A Terms used in this section Coverage Total minimum dry film thickness in mils or square feet per gallon FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic 1 2 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 1 3 HCl Hydrochloric Acid 4 MDFT Minimum Dry Film Thickness 5 MDFTPC Minimum Dry Film Thickness per Coat 6 Mil Thousandth of an inch 7 Military Specification Paint 8 PSDS Paint System Data Sheet 9 SFPG Square Feet per Gallon 10 SFPGPC Square Feet per Gallon per Coat 11 SP Surface Preparation 1 4 SUBMITTALS A Shop Drawings 1 Data Sheets a For each paint system furnish a Paint System Data Sheet PSDS the Manufacturers Technical Data Sheets and paint colors available where applicable for each product used in the paint system The PSDS form is appended to the end of this section Submit required information on a system by system basis Furnish copies of paint system submittals to the coating applicator Indiscriminate submittal of Manufacturer s literature only is not acceptable Schedule of proposed coating materials Schedule of surfaces to be coated with each coating material mop pupie B Samples 1 Reference Panel a Prior to start of surface preparatio
277. for attachment at applicable equipment EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS Engraved Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label Punched or drilled for screw mounting White letters on a dark gray background Minimum letter height shall be 3 8 inch Stenciled Legend In nonfading waterproof black ink or paint Minimum letter height shall be 1 inch MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS Cable ties fungus inert self extinguishing 1 piece self locking type 6 6 nylon cable ties 1 Minimum Width 3 16 inch 2 Tensile Strength 50 Ib minimum 3 Temperature Range Minus 40 to plus 185 degrees F 4 Color Black except where used for color coding CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 53 2 B Fasteners for Labels and Signs Self tapping stainless steel screws or stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A E F APPLICATION Outlet Boxes for Receptacles Identify branch circuit by panel name and circuit number Power Circuit Conductor Identification of secondary conductors No 1 0 AWG and larger in vaults pull and junction boxes manholes and handholes use color coding conductor tape Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors For single conductor cables identify phase in addition to the above Branch Circuit Conductor Identification Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box use color coding conductor ta
278. g Structure Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet apart CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 26 4 3 5 Ground Ring Install a grounding conductor electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each steel column and indicated item extending around the perimeter of building 1 Install tinned copper conductor not less than No 4 0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel 2 Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches from building foundation at a depth not less than 30 inches below finished grade Ufer Ground Concrete Encased Grounding Electrode Fabricate according to NFPA 70 using a minimum of 20 feet of bare copper conductor not smaller than No 4 AWG 1 If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet long coil excess conductor within base of foundation 2 Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports 1 After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized test for compliance with requirements 2 Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground resistance level is specified at servi
279. g plates Steel welded plates and angles for casting into concrete not specified in other Sections Miscellaneous steel trim including steel angle corner guards and steel edgings Metal floor plate and supports Abrasive metal nosing treads and thresholds SO IEA B Products furnished but not installed under this Section include the following 1 Loose steel lintels 2 Anchor bolts steel pipe sleeves and wedge type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry C Related Sections include the following 1 Section 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 2 Section 09 90 00 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 1 2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Structural Performance of Ladders Provide ladders capable of withstanding the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANSI A14 3 B Thermal Movements Provide exterior metal fabrications that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change range in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling opening of joints overstressing of components failure of connections and other detrimental effects Base engineering calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss 1 Temperature Change Range 120 F ambient 180 F material surfaces 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For the following Metal nosing and treads Paint products Grout Fall Pro
280. ge phase and frequency for each motor installation Confirm the presence of and correct application of lubrications for each motor along with proper securing and torque settings for bolted installations of each motor Check for proper phase and ground connections for each motor are connected For multi voltage motors verify that motors are connected properly for the supplied voltage Verify that space heaters where provided are functional Test the motor for proper rotation prior to connection to the driven equipment Measure and record running current and evaluate the current relative to the load conditions and nameplate full load amps Simulate operating conditions for each motor to demonstrate proper operation of interlocks and control features Record operating current in each phase for each motor horsepower and larger Motors exceeding motor nameplates values shall be repaired or replaced For motors 50 horsepower and larger or when a discernible abnormal vibration is detectible a vibration test shall be completed Vibration shall not exceed 0 25 in sec For horizontal motors the N S and E W vibrations shall be measured at the top and bottom of the front and rear bearing housing For vertical motors the N S and E W vibrations shall be measured at the upper and lower bearing housing All testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer and Owner 1 Motor and Motor Protection Tests for motors In addition to other testing start an
281. greement ESA A contract to provide maintenance beyond that required to fulfill requirements for warranty repairs or to perform routine maintenance for a definite period beyond the warranty period Issue the service agreement in the name of the Owner 5 Certification of Adequacy of Design CAD a certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation failure or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product s intended use 6 Certification of Applicator Subcontractor CSQ A certified letter stating that the Applicator or Subcontractor proposed to perform a specified function is duly designated as factory authorized and trained for the application of the specified product C Submit record data to provide information to allow the Owner to adequately identify the products incorporated into the project and allow replacement or repair at some future date 1 Provide record data for all products per the Specifications Record data is not required for items for which Shop Drawings and or operations and maintenance manuals are required 2 Provide information only on the specified products Submit a Contract Modification
282. gulations CFR codes including but not limited to a 29 CFR 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards OSHA b 29 CFR 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction c Internet Website http www gpo gov fdsys ANSI IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code Applicable Federal State and Local Fire codes Applicable Federal State and Local Energy Codes Applicable Federal State and Local Building Codes Applicable City Electrical Code Applicable City Ordinances pertaining to electrical work Applicable Federal State and Local Environmental Health and Safety Laws and Regulations 2 OO OY OT Qe Contractor shall utilize the most current editions of standards which are current at time of bid and as recognized by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for the respective standard SUBMITTALS Submittals shall comply with the General and Special Provisions and with the General and Supplementary Conditions The following paragraphs supplement these requirements Submittals shall consist of manufacturing information schematics wiring diagrams ladder logic diagrams instrument loop diagrams outline drawings clearances and related information Shop Drawings shall be so marked as to indicate the EXACT items offered CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 2 C Submittals shall bear Contractor s certification that the item complies in all respects with the item originally specified It is the Contractor s responsibility
283. h alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas and become familiar with and satisfy itself as to the general local and Site conditions that may affect cost progress and performance of the Work C become familiar with and satisfy itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost progress and performance of the Work D carefully study all 1 reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings and 2 reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions if any at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings E consider the information known to Bidder itself information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site information and observations obtained from visits to the Site the Bidding Documents and the Site related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents with respect to the effect of such information observations and documents on 1 the cost progress and performance of the Work 2 the means methods techniques sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidde
284. h NEMA Standard motor data Refer to equipment specifications for special requirements such as space heaters or motor winding thermal protection PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 A B A B C STORAGE Protect motors from exposure to elements for which they are not designed Install and energize temporary electrical service to motors with electrical heaters Store motors in an air conditioned ventilated or protected environment similar to or better than the destination environment INSTALLATION Motor installation shall be performed in accordance with the motor manufacturer s written recommendations and the written requirements of the manufacturer of the driven equipment Connections switches controls disconnects and other items shall be provided in accordance with the plans and specifications for each motor The Contractor shall coordinate conduit sizes indicated in the drawings with the supplied motor connection box The Contractor shall be responsible for providing larger connection boxes as may be required CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 15 4 3 3 FIELD TESTING Perform insulation resistance tests in accordance with NEMA MG 1 Test voltage shall be 1000 VAC plus twice the rated voltage of motor Inspect the physical and mechanical conditions of each motor installation including any deviations from the nameplate drawings specifications and manufacturer s written guidelines Verify expected rated volta
285. h services materials or equipment shall mean to furnish and install said services materials or equipment complete and ready for intended use 4 If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services materials or equipment but do not expressly use any of the four words furnish install perform or provide then Contractor shall furnish and install said services materials or equipment complete and ready for intended use Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents words or phrases that have a well known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning ARTICLE 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2 01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A Bonds When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish Evidence of Contractor s Insurance When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner Contractor shall also deliver to Owner with copies to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6 Evidence of Owner s Insurance After receipt of the executed counte
286. has been issued final cleaning has been completed per Section 01 74 00 and the work has been occupied by the Owner Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the work WARRANTIES BONDS AND SERVICES AGREEMENTS A Provide warranties bonds and service agreements required by Section 01 33 00 or by the individual sections of the specifications The date for the start of warranties bonds and service agreements is established per the General Conditions Compile warranties bonds and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents 1 Each document is to be signed by the respective manufacturer supplier and subcontractor 2 Each document is to include The product or work item description The firm with the name of the principal address and telephone number Scope of warranty bond or services agreement Date duration and expiration date for each warranty bond and service agreement Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure f Specific instances that might invalidate the warrant or bond Submit two 2 copies of each document to the Engineer for review and transmittal to the Owner 1 Submit duplicate sets 2 Documents are to be submitted on 8 1 2 x 11 paper punched for a standard three ring binder 3 Submit each set in a commercial quality three ring binder with a durable and cleanable plastic cover
287. hat Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment Promptly after Contractor s notification Owner Contractor and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list If after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not substantially complete stating the reasons therefor If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate or if despite consideration of Owner s objections Engineer concludes that the Work
288. he state of the work being performed LOCKOUT TAGOUT PROGRAM The Contractor shall provide a complete copy of electrical energy source Lockout Tagout Program to the Owner with copy to the Engineer The document shall clearly identify the on site master electricians and their contact information including office and mobile telephone numbers CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 4 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 The Lockout Tagout Program shall comply with Part 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards OSHA Subpart S Electrical and meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910 147 The Control of Hazardous Energy Lockout Tagout including requirements listed in 1910 331 through 1910 335 Implementation of the Lockout Tagout Program and all other related safety requirements are the sole responsibility of the Contractor SAFETY PROGRAM The Contractor shall implement an electrical safety program that complies with NFPA 70E and 29 CFR 1926 Implementation of the Electrical Safety Program determining and providing proper Personal Protective Equipment PPE training and enforcing personnel to wear the prescribed PPE conducting work area safety inspections including correcting deficiencies and all other related safety requirements are the sole responsibility of the Contractor EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS General Provide connections for all equipment installed or modified by this contract regardless of who furnished the equipment P
289. he Bidding Documents ARTICLE 4 BIDDER S CERTIFICATION 4 01 Bidder certifies that A This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group association organization or corporation Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding and Bidder has not engaged in corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practices in competing for the Contract For the purposes of this Paragraph 4 01 D 1 corrupt practice means the offering giving receiving or soliciting of anything of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process 2 fraudulent practice means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made a to influence the bidding process to the detriment of Owner b to establish bid prices at artificial non competitive levels or c to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition 3 collusive practice means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders with or without the knowledge of Owner a purpose of which is to establish bid prices at artificial non competitive levels and This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 410 Bid Form for Construction Contracts Copyright
290. he Owner and Engineer and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities 1 4 Provide access to the Work and to the Supplier s operations at all times Work is in progress Cooperate fully in the performance of sampling inspection and testing Furnish labor and facilities to a Provide access to the work to be tested b Obtain and handle samples for testing at the project site or at the source of the product to be tested Provide calibrate scales and measuring devices for the Owner s use Facilitate inspections and tests Provide adequate lighting to allow Owner observations f Store and cure test samples Furnish copies of the tests performed on materials and products Don CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 014000 1 5 Provide adequate quantities of representative product to be tested to the laboratory at the designated location 6 Give the Engineer adequate notice before proceeding with work that would interfere with testing 7 Notify the Owner and Engineer and the testing laboratory prior to the time that testing is required Lead time is to be adequate to allow arrangements to be made for testing 8 Do not proceed with any work until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the work is acceptable 9 Provide complete access to the Site and make Contract Documents available 10 Provide personnel and equipment needed to perform sampling or to assist in making the fiel
291. he material shall not contain asbestos Performance Criteria 1 Properties of the mixed epoxy resin portland cement adhesive a Pot life 75 to 105 minutes b Contact time 12 hours min 79 degrees Fahrenheit Cc Color gray 2 Properties of the cured epoxy resin portland cement adhesive a Compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C 109 1 3 day 4 500 pounds per square inch minimum 2 7 days 6 500 pounds per square inch minimum 3 28 days 8 500 pounds per square inch minimum 3 Splitting tensile strength in accordance with ASTM C 496 a 28 days 600 pounds per square inch minimum 4 Flexural strength a 1 100 pounds per square inch minimum in accordance with ASTM C 348 5 Bond strength in accordance with ASTM C 882 modified at 14 days a O hours open time 2 800 pounds per square inch minimum b 24 hours open time 2 600pounds per square inch minimum 6 The epoxy resin portland cement adhesive shall not produce a vapor barrier 7 Material must be proven to prevent corrosion of reinforcing steel when tested under the procedures as set forth by the FHWA Program Report Number FHWA RD86 193 Proof shall be in the form of an independent testing laboratory corrosion report showing prevention of corrosion of the reinforcing steel Manufacturers and Products 1 Sika Corporation Lyndhurst New Jersey Sika Armatec 110 2 Or approved equal WATER Clean and free from oil acid alkali organic matter or other d
292. he provisions of Paragraph 6 01 A the provisions of that bond shall govern over any inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16 02 B and 16 02 D 16 03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer Owner may without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner terminate the Contract In such case Contractor shall be paid for without duplication of any items 1 completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work 2 expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses and 3 other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated overhead profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination 16 04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A If through no act or fault of Contractor 1 the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority or 2
293. he schedule to cause no delay in the Project TU a D pw CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013300 1 1 Send submittals to the Engineer allowing a reasonable time for delivery review and making submittals Include time for review of a resubmission if necessary Allow adequate time for the submittal review process ordering fabrication and delivery of the product to not delay progress on the Project 2 Schedule submittal to provide all information for interrelated work at one time No review will be performed on submittals requiring coordination with other submittals Engineer will return submittals for resubmission as a complete package F Submit information for all of the components and related equipment required for a complete and operational system in the same submittal 1 Include electrical mechanical and other information required to indicate how the various components of the system function 2 Provide certifications warranties and written guarantees with the submittal package for review when they are required 3 Fabrications or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor s risk Products not meeting the requirements of Contract Documents are defective and may be rejected at the owner s option G Payment will not be made for products for which submittals are required until the submittals have been received Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples
294. hen these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the schedule for construction of the Project G Submit Contract Modification Request per Section 01 30 00 Administrative Procedures to request modifications to the Contract Documents 1 05 REVIEW PROCEDURES A Shop drawings are reviewed in the order received unless Contractor request that a different priority be arranged B Mark a submittal as priority to place the review for this submittal ahead of submittals previously delivered Priority submittals will be reviewed before other submittals for this Project which have been received but not reviewed Use discretion in the use of Priority submittals as this may delay the review of submittals previously submitted Revise the Schedule of Contractor s Submittals for substantial deviations from the previous schedule Review procedures vary with the type of submittal as described in Paragraph 1 06 1 06 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication erection or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier 1 Shop Drawings are requested so that the Engineer can a Assist the owner in selecting colors textures or other aesthetic features b Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features so as to advise the Owner that the product
295. her hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations Emergencies A In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage injury or loss Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued Shop Drawings Samples and Other Submittals A Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements 1 Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample Contractor shall have a reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents b determined and verified all field measurements quantities dimensions specified performance and design criteria installation requirements materials catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto c determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application
296. hiners laps or other imperfections is cause for rejection 4 Repair defects in accordance with written recommendations of coating Manufacturer 5 Leave staging and lighting up until Engineer has inspected surface or coating Replace staging removed prior to approval by Engineer Provide additional staging and lighting as requested by Engineer FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Gauges 1 Provide a magnetic type dry film thickness gauge to test coating thickness specified in mils as manufactured by Nordson Corp Anaheim CA Mikrotest 2 Provide an electrical holiday detector low voltage wet sponge type to test finish coat except zinc primer high build elastomeric coatings and galvanizing for holidays and discontinuities as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor San Gabriel CA Model M 1 3 Provide a high voltage holiday detector for elastomeric coatings in excess of 25 mils dry film thickness Unit to be as recommended by the coating Manufacturer MANUFACTURER S SERVICES Provide Manufacturer s representative at site in accordance with Section 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING for installation assistance inspection and certification of installation CLEANUP Place cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers or destroy atthe end of each day CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 11 B Upon completion of the Work remove staging scaffolding and containers from the site or destroy in a
297. his Paragraph 6 05 it may do so at Contractor s expense Insurance of Other Property If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not require or address the insurance of a property item or interest such as tools construction equipment or other personal property owned by Contractor a Subcontractor or an employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor then the entity or individual owning such property item will be responsible for deciding whether to insure it and if so in what amount 6 06 Waiver of Rights A All policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 6 05 expressly including the builder s risk policy shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder or against Engineer or its consultants or their officers directors members partners employees agents consultants or subcontractors Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the respective officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work and in addition waive all such rights against Engineer its consultants all Subcontractors all individuals or entities identified in the Suppleme
298. his section describes materials installation and testing of induction motors and applies to motors which are generally provided as part of equipment specified in other sections The Contractor shall provide motors accessories and appurtenances complete and operable in accordance with the individual driven equipment specifications 1 2 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each type of product indicated B Complete motor data shall be submitted including DR OO A PRPRPRPRPP PO au BPBwnnro 17 18 19 20 21 22 Machine name and specification number of driven machine Motor manufacturer Motor type or model and dimensional drawing including weight Horsepower nominal Guaranteed minimum full load efficiency Also nominal efficiencies at 1 2 and 3 4 load Full load speed Full load current at rated horsepower for application voltage Service factor minimum 1 15 Voltage phase and frequency rating Winding insulation class Temperature rise class Frame size Enclosure NEMA design Thermal protection or over temperature protection Wiring diagram for devices such as temperature switches space heaters and motor leak detection as applicable Bearing data including recommendation of lubricants Inverter duty motor for all motors connected to variable frequency drive controllers Include minimum speed at which motors may be operated Power factor at 1 2 3 4 and full load Complete nameplate data rating a
299. ice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner Contractor and Surety to discuss the Contractor s performance If the Owner does not request a conference the Surety may within five 5 business days after receipt of the Owner s notice request such a conference If the Surety timely requests a conference the Owner shall attend Unless the Owner agrees otherwise any conference requested under this Paragraph 3 1 shall be held within ten 10 business days of the Surety s receipt of the Owner s notice If the Owner the Contractor and the Surety agree the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner s right if any subsequently to declare a Contractor Default 3 2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety and 3 3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract 4 Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Paragraph 3 1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety s obligations or release the Surety from its obligations except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice 5 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions o
300. idder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete within 150 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4 01 of the General Conditions and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15 06 of the General Conditions within 180 calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run 6 02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages ARTICLE 7 ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID 7 01 The following documents are submitted with and made a condition of this Bid A Required Bid security B List of Proposed Subcontractors This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 410 Bid Form for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 4 of 6 F G List of Proposed Suppliers Evidence of authority to do business in the state of the Project or a written covenant to obtain such license within the time for acceptance of Bids Required Bidder Qualification Statement with supporting data Vendor Compliance to State Law Contractor Compliance to Texas Sales Tax Code ARTICLE 8 DEFINED TERMS 8 01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital lett
301. ification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings 8 National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 1 000 Volts Maximum a NEMA MG 1 1 4 DEFINITIONS A Alarm Torque 90 percent of design running torque B Cutout Torque 120 percent of design running torque C Design Running Torque 1 Torque used to select size strength and type of materials and components for mechanism and drive system 2 At which or below will provide continuous 24 hour per day mechanism operation for period of not less than 20 years at design torque condition and rotational speed without damage permanent deformation or overload 3 Equal to 50 percent on overload device scale D Slenderness Ratio Ratio of unbraced length to least radius of gyration E Submerged Metal Metal below gear head drive and a plane 18 inches above weir elevation indicated F Ultimate Torque 200 percent of design running torque and below which no portion of mechanism will be damaged if operated for only a short period of time a few seconds and equal to 100 percent on overload device scale G Certified Welding Inspector CWI As defined in AWS QC 1 1 5 SUBMITTALS A General Administrative shop drawings samples quality control and contract close out submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES B In addition to the requirements of Section 01
302. ified above shall if necessary be removed and properly reinstalled without additional cost to the Owner Engineer to be mediating authority in all disputes arising on project Equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer s recommendation Where conflicts occur between contract documents and these recommendations a ruling shall be requested of the Engineer for decision before proceeding with such work CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 11 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 CUTTING AND PATCHING Repair or replace routine damage caused by cutting in performance of work under this Division Correct unnecessary damage caused due to installation of electrical work brought about through carelessness or lack of coordination Holes cut through floor slabs to be sleeved or core drilled with drill designed for this purpose All openings sleeves and holes in slabs to be properly sealed fire proofed and water proofed Repairs to be performed with materials which match existing materials and to be installed in accordance with appropriate sections of these specifications All cutting and patching work shall be coordinated in advance with the Engineer and Owner prior to any work TRENCHING EXCAVATION BACKFILLING AND REPAIRS Provide trenching excavation and backfilling necessary for performance of work under this Division FOUNDATIONS AND PADS Foundations and pads required for equipment shall be provided as indicated
303. imilar flange at the top for supporting the drive unit and walkway The structure and anchor bolts shall provide adequate support for the entire mechanism dead load plus live load and torque with an adequate factor of safety to eliminate excessive deflection or vibration Suitable openings shall be provided in the upper portion of the column to allow unrestricted passage of the flow into the energy dissipating inlet Prior to the center column being plumbed and grouted in place the drive unit shall be installed positioned and leveled FEEDWELL AND ENERGY DISSIPATING INLET EDI Steel ASTM A36 minimum 3 16 inch thick plates and minimum 1 4 inch thick shapes Feedwell Configuration 1 The feedwell shall efficiently and evenly disperse the influent liquid into the tank without disturbance and provide a flocculation zone 2 Extend minimum 6 inches above clarifier static liquid level 3 Feedwell well depth below clarifier static liquid level As indicated on data sheets 4 Feedwell diameter As indicated on data sheets A rotating circular energy dissipating inlet E D I or FEDWA with bottom shall be supported by the cage and be designed to diffuse the liquid into the feed well in a tangential or bi directional direction without excessive disturbance or formation of vertical velocity currents CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 9 2 7 2 8 1 The E D I shall be designed to positively prevent sludge from depositing within the E D l
304. imit movement of post without lateral load measured at top to not more than one fortieth of post height Provide socket covers designed and fabricated to resist being dislodged 1 Provide chain with eye snap hook and staple across gaps formed by removable railing sections at locations indicated Fabricate from same metal as railings Toeboards Where indicated provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open sided floors and platforms Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated Dimension between bottom of toeboard and walking surface not to exceed 1 4 inch PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 A A B EXAMINATION Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies where reinforced to receive anchors to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for Installer Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done INSTALLATION GENERAL Fit exposed connections together to form tight hairline joints and in accordance with Manufacturers written instructions Perform cutting drilling and fitting required for installing railings Set railings accurately in location alignment and elevation measured from established lines and levels and free of rack CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 52 13 5 3 3 3 4 1 Do not weld cut or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or
305. in height shall be equipped with an integral fall protection system Design Live Loads 1 Side rail loads Ladder rails shall be designed to withstand a minimum of two 2 300 pound loads plus 30 percent impact concentrated between any two consecutive attachments 2 Rung loads Ladder rungs shall be designed to withstand a minimum live load of 300 pounds plus 30 percent impact Ladder Deflection 1 Limit rung deflection to span divided by 360 Extension Pop up Every ladder that does not have an exterior hand hold shall be equipped with a pop up extension designed by the ladder manufacturer 1 Pop up extension shall be of the same material and finish as the ladder with telescoping tubular section that locks automatically when fully extended 2 Upward and downward movement shall be controlled by stainless steel spring balancing mechanisms CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 8 3 Units shall be completely assembled with fasteners for securing to the ladder rungs in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 2 14 ALUMINUM PLANK A Acceptable Manufacturers include but are not limited to the following Ohio Gratings Inc McNichols Co Amico a Gibraltar Industries Co Harsco Industrial IKG Or Approved equal dh Sr ah a B Materials Plank and banding are Aluminum type 6061 T6 ASTM B221 1 Description a Unpunched Aluminum Heavy Duty Plank Grating Six inch wide extruded aluminum plank with support b
306. ineer Contractor must provide evidence that method will produce desired profile without causing damage to concrete member a Mechanical Surface Preparation Methods according to section 4 of SP 13 1 Dry abrasive blasting sand blasting 2 Wet abrasive blasting 3 Vacuum assisted abrasive blasting b Vacuum cleaning air blast cleaning and or water cleaning as described by ASTM D4258 shall be used after the completion of one or more of the mechanical surface preparation methods listed above C Final surface preparation shall be as required by coatings manufacturer to insure proper adhesion of the coatings as needed Contractor is responsible for coordinating and insuring that manufacturer s protective coatings are compatible with mortar repair or cement lining prior to submitting coatings Unless otherwise required for proper adhesion ensure surfaces are dry prior to painting D Plastic Surfaces 1 2 Hand sand plastic surfaces to be coated with a medium grit sandpaper to provide tooth for the coating system Large areas may be power sanded or brush off blasted provided sufficient controls are employed so surface is roughened without removing excess material 3 4 SURFACE CLEANING METHODS A Brush off Blast Cleaning 1 6 Equipment procedure and degree of cleaning shall meet requirements of SSPC SP 7 Brush off Blast Cleaning Abrasive Either wet or dry blasting sand grit or nut shell Select various s
307. ineer unless Engineer grants prior approval to perform such work in Engineer s absence B Schedule inspection with Engineer in advance for cleaned surfaces and all coats prior to succeeding coat 3 2 PREPARATION A Shop Blast Cleaning 1 Notify Engineer at least 7 days prior to start of shop blast cleaning to allow for inspection of the work during surface preparation and shop application of paints CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 5 2 Structural steel metal doors and frames metal louvers and similar items as reviewed by Engineer may be shop prepared and primed B Field Abrasive Blasting Perform blasting for items and equipment where specified and as required to restore damaged surfaces previously shop or field blasted and primed C Protection of Items not to be painted 1 Remove mask or otherwise protect hardware lighting fixtures switch plates aluminum surfaces machined surfaces couplings shafts bearings nameplates on machinery and other surfaces not intended to be painted 2 Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces 3 Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process 4 Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors 3 3 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A Metal Surfaces 1 Where indicated meet requirements of the following SSPC Specificati
308. ing Beveled back units 3 wide with 1 3 8 lip for surface mounting on existing Stairs 6 Nosing Two piece units 3 wide with sub channel for casting into concrete steps 7 Treads Beveled back units full depth of tread with 1 3 8 lip for application over existing stairs To oa cv Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete either integral or applied to units as standard with Manufacturer Drill for mechanical anchors and countersink Locate not more than 4 from ends and not more than 12 o c evenly spaced between ends unless otherwise indicated Provide closer spacing if recommended by Manufacturer 1 Provide 2 rows of holes for units more than 5 wide with 2 holes aligned at ends and intermediate holes staggered Apply bituminous paint Mylar isolators or other protective system as approved by the Engineer to concealed bottoms sides and edges of cast metal units set into concrete FINISHES GENERAL Comply with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes Finish metal fabrications after assembly STEEL AND IRON FINISHES Galvanizing Hot dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below 1 ASTM A123 for galvanizing steel and iron products 2 ASTM A 153 for galvanizing steel and iron hardware CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 11 B C 2 19 A D E 2 20
309. ing grading and filling and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage F Replace or suitably repair trees and plants designated to remain that are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations 3 04 REMOVAL A Completely remove barricades including foundations when construction has progressed to the point that they are no longer needed and when approved by the Engineer B Clean and repair damage caused by installation fill and grade areas of the site to required elevations and slopes and clean the area END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015600 2 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1 00 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 04 1 05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Provide and maintain methods equipment and temporary construction as necessary to provide controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and related areas under Contractor s control remove physical evidence of temporary facilities at completion of work B Construct temporary impounding works channels diversions furnishing and operation of pumps installing piping and fittings and other construction for control of conditions at the Site Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project C Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan in accordance with TCEQ General Permit TXR150000 file required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity D Provide labor materials equipment a
310. ing the Work establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions 2 Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site 1 6 COORDINATION A Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications Furnish setting drawings templates and directions for installing anchorages including sleeves concrete inserts anchor bolts and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation B Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists the following requirements apply to product selection 1 Available Products Subject to compliance with requirements products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to products specified 2 Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements Manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to manufacturers specified META
311. ing materials and equipment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A CONDUCTORS Insulated Conductors Copper or tinned copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 26 1 B 2 2 A B C 2 3 A Bare copper Conductors 1 Solid Conductors ASTM B3 2 Stranded Conductors ASTM B8 3 Tinned Conductors ASTM B 33 4 Bonding Conductor No 4 AWG stranded conductor or per NFPA 70 CONNECTORS Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types and combinations of conductors and other items connected Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes Copper or copper alloy bolted pressure type with at least two bolts 1 Pipe connectors Clamp type sized for pipe Welded Connectors Exothermic welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions GROUNDING ELECTRODES Ground Rods Copper clad steel 3 4 inch by 10 feet PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A B C 3 2 A B APPLICATIONS Conductors Install solid conductor for No 8 AWG and smaller and stranded conductors for No 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated Underground Grounding Conductors Install bare tinned copper conductor No 4 0 AWG minimum 1 Bury at least
312. ing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of the Bid the following attach additional sheets as necessary Workers compensation Experience Modification Rate EMR for the last 5 years YEAR EMR YEAR EMR YEAR EMR YEAR EMR YEAR EMR Total Recordable Frequency Rate TRFR for the last 5 years YEAR TRFR YEAR TRFR YEAR TRFR YEAR TRFR YEAR TRFR Total number of man hours worked for the last 5 Years YEAR TOTAL NUMBER OF MAN HOURS YEAR TOTAL NUMBER OF MAN HOURS YEAR TOTAL NUMBER OF MAN HOURS YEAR TOTAL NUMBER OF MAN HOURS YEAR TOTAL NUMBER OF MAN HOURS EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 6 of 8 Provide Contractor s and Contractor s proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of the Bid Days Away From Work Days of Restricted Work Activity or Job Transfer DART incidence rate for the particular industry or type of Work to be performed by Contractor and each of Contractor s proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers for the last 5 years YEAR DART YEAR DART YEAR DART YEAR DART YEAR DART 13 EQUIPMENT MAJOR EQUIPMENT List on Schedule C all pieces of major equipment available for use on Owner s Project EJCDC C 451 Qua
313. ings and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies within ten 10 days of the date of the memorandum a Following the date the minutes will stand as shown or as corrected b Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting c Each issue is to be numbered to indicate the meeting number and the issue number Issues discussed will be documented and old issues will remain on minutes of subsequent meetings until the issue is resolved C Pre submittal and Pre installation meetings 1 Attend pre submittal and pre installation meetings as required in the individual technical specifications or as determined necessary by the Engineer for example instrumentation roofing concrete mix design etc 2 The location of the meeting will be determined by the Engineer 3 The time of the meeting will be determined by the Contractor when ready to proceed with the associated work subject to submission of an NBC and acceptance by the Engineer and owner of the proposed time 4 The Owner Engineer the Contractor s project manager and superintendent and representatives from affected subcontractors and suppliers shall attend the meeting 1 05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A Submit Request for Information RFI to the Engineer to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 3000 2 1 06 2 00 3 00 3 B Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information int
314. insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where any part of the Project is located or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification provide another bond and surety both of which shall comply with the bond and surety requirements above If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner s termination rights under Article 16 Upon request Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to any Subcontractor Supplier or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work Insurance General Provisions A Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages Unless a different standard is indicated in the Supplementary Conditions all companies that provide insurance policies required under this Contract shall have an A M Best rating of A VII or better EJCDC C 700 Standard Gen
315. internal sleeve extending 2 beyond joint on either side fasten internal sleeve securely to 1 side and locate joint within 6 of post ANCHORING POSTS Form or core drill holes not less than 5 deep and 3 4 larger than OD of post for installing posts in concrete Clean holes of loose material insert posts and fill annular space between post and concrete with non shrink nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material per Manufacturer s written instructions Leave anchorage joint exposed wipe off surplus anchoring material and leave 1 8 buildup sloped away from post Where indicated anchor posts with fittings engineerd for anchoring posts to concrete Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges angle type or floor type as required by conditions connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows 1 For aluminum pipe railings attach posts using fittings designed and engineered for this purpose CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 52 13 6 E Install removable railing sections where indicated in slip fit metal sockets cast in concrete F Anchor bolts shall be stainless steel 3 5 ANCHORING RAILING ENDS A Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with round flanges connected to railing ends and anchored to wall construction with anchors and bolts 3 6 ATTACHING HANDRAILS TO WALLS A Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets Provide brackets with 1 1 2 c
316. ional Society of Professional Engineers is the Copyright Administrator for the EJCDC documents please direct all inquiries regarding EJCDC copyrights to NSPE NOTE EJCDC publications may be purchased at www ejcdc org or from any of the sponsoring organizations above EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE 1 Definitions and Terminology cccssccsccccceeccssssceeeeceecesssssseaaeeeecceecsssuaeeeeeeeesessssesnaees 1 01 Defined Termica td a ios 1 027 A NA ARTICLE 2 Preliminary Matters c cccccccccssssssssssceeseesssssesnsseeceeesessusssnseeeessesesussanseseeeeseesesseeseeeens 2 01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of INSUraNCe ooooooccccncncconanononanonnnnnnannonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnr nn cnn nnnnnnnnnnnnnns 2 02 COpies OF DOCUMENTS ada 2 03 Before Starting Construction e annta i a a a aaa eaa ip a E E E iE paaa 2 04 Preconstruction Conference Designation of Authorized Representatives ccccccccccccesseeeeee 2 05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules dinies iaee eea rar S EE E ae Eea Vaa EAE as 2 06 Electronic Transmittals cocida as ARTICLE 3 Documents Intent Requirements REUSC cccscccccececessssseseccceecesaeu
317. ions Approved Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples Field Test records Construction photographs Reference Standards as Necessary 60 00 lO E RELATED REQUIREMENTS A B Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Store documents and samples in Contractor s office apart from documents used for construction 1 Provide files and racks for storage of documents 2 Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples File documents and samples in accordance with CSI CSC format Maintain documents in a clean dry legible condition and in good order Do not use record documents for construction purposes Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Engineer MARKING DEVICES A Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the color code designated by Engineer B Mark additional work or information in erasable pencil C Use red for new or revised indication D Use purple for work deleted or not installed lines to be removed E Highlight in yellow the items constructed per the plans RECORDING A Label each document PRODUCT RECORD in neat large printed letters B Record information concurrently with construction progress 1 Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded C Mark drawings to record actual construction including the following
318. irect contract with Owner resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute Contractor s Expense Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor s expense Effect of Engineer s Determination If Engineer approves the substitution request Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution The Engineer s denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7 05 D by timely submittal of a Change Proposal Concerning Subcontractors Suppliers and Others A Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors Suppliers or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor s Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the Contract Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has reasonable objection Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order Contractor shall submit to Owner the ide
319. ired by Code Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain impact or damage Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 26 3 electrical service grounding electrode Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor and install in conduit C Ground rods Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated 1 Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any D Test Wells Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole Handholes are specified in Division 26 Section Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems and shall be at least 12 inches deep with cover 1 Test Wells Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor E Bonding Straps and Jumpers Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit 1 Bonding to Structure B
320. ity is operating complete performance testing of equipment and systems not previously tested D Document as defined in Facility Startup and Performance Demonstration Plan the performance of the facility E Certify on the Facility Performance Demonstration Certification Form that facility is capable of performing its intended function s including fully automatic operation 3 8 SUPPLEMENTS A Supplements listed below following End of Section are a part of this Specification 1 Manufacturer s Certificate of Proper Installation Form 2 Unit Process Startup Form 3 Facility Performance Demonstration Certification Form END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 8 MANUFACTURER S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION OWNER EQUIP SERIAL NO EQUIP TAG NO EQUIP SYSTEM PROJECT NO SPEC SECTION hereby certify that the above referenced equipment system has been Check Applicable Installed in accordance with Manufacturer s recommendations Inspected checked and adjusted Serviced wit proper initial lubricants Electrical and mechanical connections meet quality and safety standards All applicable safety equipment has been properly installed Functional tests System has been performance tested and meets or exceeds specified performance requirements When complete system of one manufacturer Note Attach any perfor
321. l Work has been completed and accepted by the Owner CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013300 6 4 Dispose of mock ups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Engineer F Submit Operation and Maintenance manuals O amp M for all equipment mechanical devices or components described in the Contract Documents Include copies of approved Shop Drawings in the manual G Submit Request for Information RFI in accordance with Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements H Submit a Schedule of Values in accordance with Section 01 29 73 Schedule of Values I Application for Payment AP in accordance with Section 01 29 00 Payment Procedures J Submit Progress Schedules SCH in accordance with Section 01 32 26 Construction Progress Reporting K Submit Certified Test reports CTR from independent testing laboratories in accordance with Section 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 1 Submit test reports for material fabricated for this project with Shop Drawings for that product 2 Submit test reports produced at the point of production for standard production products with the record data for that product L Submit a list of Suppliers and Subcontractors as record data in accordance with Section 01 30 00 Administrative Requirements M Submit Equipment Installation Reports EIR in accordance with Section 01 75 00 Starting and Adjusting N Submit Notifications by Contractor NBC in accordance with Section 01 30 00
322. l conditions necessary to allow successful testing have been met Only those days of service approved by Engineer will be credited to fulfill the specified minimum services When specified in individual specification sections Manufacturer s onsite services shall include 1 Assistance during product system subsystem or component installation to include observation guidance instruction of Contractor s assembly erection installation or application procedures 2 Inspection checking and adjustment as required for product system subsystem or component to function as warranted by Manufacturer and necessary to furnish Manufacturer s Certificate of Proper Installation 3 Providing on a daily basis copies of all Manufacturer s representatives field notes and data to Engineer 4 Revisiting the Site as required to correct problems and until installation and operation are acceptable to Engineer 5 Resolution of assembly or installation problems attributable to or associated with respective Manufacturer s products and systems 6 Assistance during functional and performance testing and facility startup and evaluation 7 Training of Owner s personnel in the operation and maintenance of respective product as required 8 Additional requirements may be specified elsewhere Facility Startup Meetings Notify Owner at least 14 days prior to startup and conduct a facility startup meeting on site Discuss test schedule
323. l sludge scraper blades SCUM COLLECTION The clarifier mechanism shall be provided with scum collection and removal devices to move and remove any floating scum from the entire tank s water surface to a fabricated steel outlet scum beach as shown on the Drawings The scum removal device shall consist of a scum deflector blade support boom and a hinged blade with neoprene strips on the bottom and inner edges to seal the entrapped scum and water when discharging into the scum beach The scum removal mechanism shall be supported by structural steel members bolted through field adjustable connections to two rake collector arms and shall extend from the influent chamber to the scum baffle on the effluent launder The scum beach shall be fabricated from I 4 in thick steel plate and supported from the tank wall by structural steel braces 1 The scum beach width shall be as indicated on data sheets and have a minimum length of 2 feet of sloped ramp and 3 feet of horizontal extension along the tank effluent baffle including the adjustable approach ramp Provide for 4 inch vertical adjustment of scum beach 2 The scum trough shall have a 6 in diameter plain end pipe stub The manufacturer is responsible for providing a section of flexible pipe of length required to connect new scum trough to existing scum piping 3 The outer edge of the scum beach shall extend to form an extra deep scum baffle to prevent spillage of scum to the effluent launde
324. lded surface matches that of adjacent surface Fastening to In Place Construction Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in place construction Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts toggle bolts through bolts lag bolts wood screws and other connectors Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction Protection Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout concrete masonry wood or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS General Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported including Manufacturers written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates Position and grout column baseplates as specified in Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates Article INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces Clean bottom surface of plates Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges shims or leveling nuts After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed tighten anchor bolts Do not remove wedges or shims but if protruding cut off flush with edge
325. learance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface 1 Use type of bracket with predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage B Locate brackets as indicated or if not indicated at spacing required to support structural loads C Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows 1 For concrete and solid masonry anchorage use drilled in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts 2 For hollow masonry anchorage use toggle bolts 3 7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A Clean railing by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing with clean water 3 8 PROTECTION A Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing Manufacturer Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion B Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 52 13 7 DIVISION 9 FINISHES SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes Exposed buried and submerged metal exposed PVC and CPVC exposed FRP and aluminum and dissimilar metals to be protective painted whether specifically mentioned or not except as specified otherwise Prime coat struct
326. lectrical Inc Anaconda Metal Hose Electri Flex Co Manhattan CDT Cole Flex Maverick Tube Corporation O Z Gedney a unit of General Signal Wheatland Tube Company DER ANA B Rigid Steel Conduit ANSI C80 1 C PVC Coated Steel Conduit PVC coated 1 Comply with NEMA RN 1 2 Coating Thickness 0 040 inch minimum 3 Comply with ETL Verified PVC 001 D EMT ANSI C80 3 fittings for conduit Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight EMT and Cable NEMA FB 1 listed for type and size raceway with which used and for application and environment in which installed 1 Conduit Fittings for Hazardous Classified Locations comply with UL 886 2 Coating for Fittings for PVC Coated Conduit Minimum Thickness 0 040 inch with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints E Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit Listed for use in cable connector assemblies and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded raceway joints from corrosion and enhance their conductivity 2 2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following 1 AFC Cable Systems Inc Anamet Electrical Inc Anaconda Metal Hose Arnco Corporation CANTEX Inc CertainTeed Corp Pipe amp Plastics Group Condux International Inc ElecSYS Inc Electri Flex co Lamson amp S
327. led by variable frequency drives the critical vibration speed of the motor load combination shall either not fall within the operating range of the drive or such frequencies shall be blocked with the drive critical speed avoidance circuit All motors connected to variable frequency drives shall be inverter duty rated Unless otherwise specified motors shall have no load sound power levels not to exceed the values specified in NEMA MG 1 12 53 3 Premium Efficiency Motors 1 Motors with a nameplate rating of 1 horsepower and larger shall be premium efficiency type motors as determined by the testing set forth in ANSI IEEE 112 Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Method B Motors shall be stamped with the efficiency on the nameplate with the caption NEMA Nominal Efficiency 2 Efficiency index nominal efficiency and minimum efficiency shall be defined in accordance with ANSI NEMA MG1 12 59 Efficiency Levels of Energy Efficient Polyphase Squirrel Cage Induction Motors All three values are required to be indicated in the submittal MOTOR BEARINGS All motors greater than 2 horsepower shall have bearings designed for 17 500 hours belted or 100 000 hours coupled L 10 life Motors less than 2 horsepower shall be provided with sealed permanently lubricated ball bearings Horizontal motors over 2 horsepower shall be shielded open type bearing installed with labyrinth sealed end bells with pipe pl
328. legal manner C Completely remove paint spots oil or stains upon adjacent surfaces and floors and leave 3 9 PROTECTIVE COATINGS SYSTEMS A All finish coating colors to be submitted for Owner Engineer selection and or approval as applicable B System No 1 Submerged Metal General Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Abrasive Blast or Polyamide Anticorrosive 1 coat 6 MDFT Centrifugal Wheel Epoxy Primer Blast SP 10 Polyamide High Build 1 coat 6 MDFT Epoxy C System No 2 Submerged Metal Domestic Sewage Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Abrasive Blast or Prime in accordance 5 MDFT minimum Centrifugal Wheel with manufacturer s Blast SP 5 recommendations 2 coats minimum Coal Tar Epoxy 20 MDET D System No 3 Exposed Metal Highly Corrosive Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Abrasive Blast or Polyamide Anticorrosive 1 coat 5 MDFT Centrifugal Wheel Epoxy Primer Blast SP 10 Polyamide High Build 2 coats minimum Epoxy 15 MDFT Polyurethane Enamel 1 coat 3 MDFT E System No 4 Exposed Metal General Surface Prep Paint Material Min Coats Cover Abrasive Blast or Polyamide 1 coat 5 MDFT Centrifugal Wheel Anticorrosive Epoxy Blast SP 10 Primer Polyamide High Build 1 coat 5 MDFT Epoxy Polyurethane Enamel 1 coat 3 MDFT F System No 4A Exposed Metal High Temperature 150 to 350 degrees Fahrenheit entire job clean
329. lely responsible for the means methods techniques sequences and procedures of construction At all times during the progress of the Work Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances 7 02 Labor Working Hours A Contractor shall provide competent suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours Monday through Friday Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday Sunday or any legal holiday Contractor may perform Work outside EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 23 of 58 regular working hours or on Saturdays Sundays or legal holidays only with Owner s written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld 7 03 Services Materials and Equipment A Unless otherwise specified in the Contract
330. length along pipe axis at connections to equipment valves or branch fittings at wall boundaries and at intervals along piping not greater than 9 on center 4 Pipe Supports Mild steel painted No 70 light gray as specified in ANSI 359 A as manufactured by Tnemec Co No BJ45 C Proprietary identification of colors is for identification only Selected Manufacturer may supply matches D Equipment Colors 1 Equipment includes the machinery or vessel itself plus the structural supports and fasteners and attached electrical conduits 2 Paint equipment and piping one color as selected 3 Paint non submerged portions of equipment the same color as the piping it serves except as itemized below a Dangerous Parts of Equipment and Machinery OSHA Orange b Fire Protection Equipment and Apparatus OSHA Red C Radiation Hazards OSHA Purple d Physical hazards in normal operating area and energy lockout devices including but not limited to electrical disconnects for equipment and equipment isolation valves in air and liquid lines under pressure OSHA Yellow 4 Fiberglass reinforced plastic FRP equipment with an integral colored gel coat does not require painting provided the color is as selected CITY OF KILGORE END OF SECTION WW15 004 09 90 00 19 09 90 00 1 PAINT SYSTEM DATA SHEET Complete and attach Manufacturer s Technical Data Sheet to this PSDS for each coating system Paint System Number from Sp
331. lications for Payment Shop Drawings All drawings diagrams illustrations schedules and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work Shop Drawings whether approved or not are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents Site Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed including rights of way and easements and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor Specifications The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials equipment systems standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work Subcontractor An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work Substantial Completion The time at which the Work or a specified part thereof has progressed to the point where in the opinion of Engineer the Work or a specified part thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Work or a specified part thereof can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended The terms substantially complete and substantially completed as applied to all or part of the Work
332. lifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 7 of 8 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION SUBMITTED HEREWITH INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS IS TRUE TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF NAME OF ORGANIZATION BY TITLE DATED NOTARY ATTEST SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS DAY OF 20 NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF MY COMMISSION EXPIRES REQUIRED ATTACHMENTS 1 Schedule A Current Experience 2 Schedule B Previous Experience 3 Schedule C Major Equipment 4 Audited balance sheet for each of the last 3 years for firm named in Section 1 5 Evidence of authority for individuals listed in Section 7 to bind organization to an agreement 6 Resumes of officers and key individuals including Safety Officer of firm named in Section 1 7 Required safety program submittals listed in Section 13 8 Additional items as pertinent EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 8 of 8 CURRENT EXPERIENCE Project Name Owner s Contact Person SCHEDULE A Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Add
333. ligations under the Contract These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15 08 whichever is later except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies as published in Circular 570 as amended and supplemented by the Financial Management Service Surety Bond Branch U S Department of the Treasury A bond signed by an agent or attorney in fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual s authority to bind the surety The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney in fact signed the accompanying bond Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes
334. lize in completing the Work such materials appliances plant and other property belonging to Contractor that may be on the work sites and be necessary therefor Contractor shall turn over to Owner s Operating Agent all materials and equipment in Contractor s possession that is to be incorporated into the CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 73 00 15 B Project and shall make arrangements with Owner to turn over any materials or equipment in which Owner has made payment or partial payment but is not in Owner s possession Upon completion of the Work if the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect cost of completing the Work including but not limited to all costs incurred by Owner from professional services and attorneys fees and all costs generated to insure or bond the Work of substituted contractors or subcontractors used to complete the Work such excess shall be paid to Contractor If such costs exceed the unpaid balance Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner within 30 days upon demand on failure of Contractor to pay the Surety shall promptly pay the difference to Owner upon written notice of Contractor s failure of payment Such difference or any portion thereof not paid by the Contractor or the Surety within the 30 days following the date of mailing of the demand for payment shall earn interest at the rate of 10 percent per annum or the maximum rate authorized by state law whichever is lower
335. ll consideration to its merits The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations The parties may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement All actions taken on a Claim shall be stated in writing and submitted to the other party with a copy to Engineer Mediation 1 At any time after initiation of a Claim Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediation of the underlying dispute The agreement to mediate shall stay the Claim submittal and response process 2 If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation then after 60 days from such agreement either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process and the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the termination If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation as determined by the mediator 3 Owner and Contractor shall each pay one half of the mediator s fees and costs Partial Approval If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in part such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes Denial of Claim If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful the party receiving the Claim may de
336. ll be based on either 1 Engineer s definition of the scope of the required changes 2 Contractor s Proposal for a change as recommended by Engineer 3 Survey of completed work The amounts of the unit prices to shall be 1 Those stated in the Agreement 2 Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to start of the work 1 Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes 2 Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work 1 Engineer or Owner will issue a construction change authorization directing Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices and will cite the applicable unit prices 2 At completion of the change Engineer will determine the cost of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used a Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item and any claims for a change in Contract Time 3 Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to indicate his her agreement with the terms therein 4 Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with the terms therein CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR S SUBMITTALS A Periodically re
337. llution control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams or other watercourses lakes ponds or other water impoundment Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms dikes dams sediment basins slope drains and use of temporary mulches mats seeding or other control devices or methods to control erosion Cut and fill slopes shall be seeded and mulched as the excavation proceeds to the extent directed by the Engineer B The Contractor shall be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his accepted schedule Temporary pollution control measures shall be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that were not foreseen during the design stage that are needed prior to installation of permanent pollution control features or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that develops during normal construction practices but that are not associated with permanent control features on the project C Where erosion is likely to be a problem clearing and grubbing operations should be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit otherwise erosion control measures may be required between successive construction stages Under no conditions shall the surface area of erodible earth material exposed at one time by clearing a
338. ls Schedule for Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples Show 1 The dates for Contractor s submittals 2 The dates approved submittals will be required from the Engineer C Prepare and submit subschedules for each separate stage of work specified in Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work or Bid Proposal CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013216 1 1 05 1 06 1 07 2 00 3 00 D Provide subschedules to define critical portions of prime schedules PROGRESS REVISIONS A B Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule 1 Major changes in scope 2 Activities modified since previous submission 3 Revised projections of progress and completion 4 Other identifiable changes Provide a narrative report as needed to define 1 Problem areas anticipated delays and the impact on the schedule 2 Corrective action recommended and its effect 3 The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors SUBMISSIONS A Submit initial schedules within 15 days after award of Contract 1 Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within 10 days after receipt 2 If required resubmit within seven days after return of review copy Submit revised progress schedules with each application for payment Failure to do so will result in withholding of progress payments Submit the number of opaque reproductions that the Contractor requires plus
339. lt Failure of the Contractor which has not been remedied or waived to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract 14 4 Owner Default Failure of the Owner which has not been remedied or waived to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract 14 5 Contract Documents All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor 15 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor 16 Modifications to this Bond are as follows EJCDC C 610 Performance Bond Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved 3 of 3 00 6113 16 PAYMENT BOND CONTRACTOR name and address SURETY name and address of principal place of business OWNER name and address City of Kilgore 815 N Kilgore Street Kilgore TX 75662 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement Amount Description name and location BOND Bond Number Date not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract Amount Modifications to this Bond Form A None See Paragraph 16
340. m and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently 3 Infill of Guards a Concentrated load of 200 Ibf 0 89 kN applied horizontally on an area of 1 ft b Uniform load of 25 Ibf ft applied horizontally Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently Thermal Movements Provide exterior railings that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change range in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling opening of joints overstressing of components failure of connections and other detrimental effects Base the engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss 1 Temperature Change Range 120 F ambient 180 F material surfaces Control of Corrosion Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials SUBMITTALS Product Data For the following CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 52 13 1 1 Manufacturer s product lines of mechanically connected railings 2 Grout anchoring cement and paint products B Shop Drawings 1 Include plans elevations sections details and attachments to other work Also provide locations and details for any post stiffeners as required by design 2 Include structural analysis and design calculations signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer licensed
341. m periods of limitations available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable 12 Notice to the Surety the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein When so furnished the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond 14 Definitions 14 1 Balance of the Contract Price The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made including allowance for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract 14 2 Construction Contract The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents 14 3 Contractor Defau
342. mal operating characteristics and limiting conditions Performance curves engineering data nameplate data and tests Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts Original Manufacturer s parts list illustrations detailed assembly drawings showing each part with part numbers and sequentially numbered parts list and diagrams required for maintenance Spare parts ordering instructions Where applicable identify installed spares and other provisions for future work e g reserved panel space unused components wiring and terminals 2 As installed color coded piping diagrams 9 Charts of valve tag numbers with the location and function of each valve 4 Drawings Supplement product data with Drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate a Format 1 Provide reinforced punched binder tab bind in with text 2 Reduced to 8 1 2 x 11 or 11 x 17 folded to 8 1 2 x 11 3 Where reduction is impractical fold and place in 8 1 2 x 11 envelopes bound in text 4 Identify Specification section and product on Drawings and envelopes b Relations of component parts of equipment and systems c Control and flow diagrams d Coordinate drawings with Project record documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation 5 Instructions and Procedures Within text as required to supplement product data a Format CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 78 23 3 6 1 Orga
343. mance test documentation from manufacturer Comments the undersigned Manufacturer s Representative hereby certify that am i a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer ii empowered by the manufacturer to inspect approve and operate its equipment and iii authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment furnished by the manufacturer is complete and operational except as may be otherwise indicated herein further certify that all information contained herein is true and accurate Date 20 Manufacturer By Manufacturer s Authorized Representative Authorized Signature CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 1 1 UNIT PROCESS STARTUP FORM OWNER PROJECT Unit Process Description Include description and equipment number of all equipment and devices Startup Procedure Describe procedure for sequential startup and evaluation including valves to be opened closed order of equipment startup etc Startup Requirements Water power chemicals etc Evaluation Comments CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 01 79 00 2 1 FACILITY PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION CERTIFICATION FORM OWNER PROJECT Unit Process Description List unit processes involved in facility startup Unit Processes Startup Sequence Describe sequence for startup including computerized operations if any Contractor Certification that Facility is capable of performing its intended function s including full
344. manufacturer there is no option C Substitutions 1 Fora period of 30 days after Contract Date Engineer will consider written requests from Contractor for substitution of Products 2 Submit a separate request for each Product supported with complete data and with drawings and samples as appropriate including a pop y f Comparison of qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified Changes required in other elements of the Work because of the substitution Effect on the construction schedule Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the Product specified Any required license fees or royalties Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials 3 Engineer shall be the judge of the acceptability of the proposed substitution D Contractor s Representation 1 The request for a substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor a Has investigated the proposed Product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the Product specified Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work and make such other changes as may be required to make the Work Waives all claims for additional costs under his responsibility that may subsequently become apparent E Engineer will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness and notify Con
345. masonry or concrete construction Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting Galvanize plates after fabrication Prime plates with zinc rich primer CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 7 2 11 2 12 2 13 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work Provide each unit with not less than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM Unless otherwise indicated fabricate units from steel shapes plates and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible Provide cutouts fittings and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work 1 Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim Prime interior miscellaneous steel trim with zinc rich primer METAL LADDERS General 1 Comply with the more stringent requirements of OSHA and ANSI A14 3 unless indicated otherwise 2 Space side rails 16 clear apart unless otherwise indicated 3 Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 o c with welded or bolted brackets made from same metal as ladder 4 All ladders including ladders less than 20 feet
346. material type and class for application and service indicated PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A B 3 2 A B CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS Feeders Copper stranded Branch Circuits Copper Solid for No 10 AWG and smaller stranded for No 8 AWG and larger 1 Control circuits motor branch circuits and branch circuits to vibrating equipment shall be stranded for all conductor sizes CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS Service Entrance Type RHH RHW USE single conductors in raceway Exposed Feeders Type RHH RHW USE single conductors in raceway CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 26 05 19 2 3 3 Feeders Concealed in Ceilings Walls Partitions and Crawlspaces Type RHH RHW USE single conductors in raceway Feeders Concealed in Concrete below Slabs on Grade and Underground Type RHH RHW USE single conductors in raceway Feeders in Cable Tray Type RHH RHW USE single conductors in raceway for larger than 4 0 AWG Otherwise Type TC tray cable Exposed Branch Circuits Including in Crawlspaces Type THHN THWN single conductors in raceway Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings Walls and Partitions Type THHN THWN single conductors in raceway Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete below Slabs on Grade and Underground Type XHHW single conductors in raceway Variable Frequency Drive Branch Circuits Shielded cable size adjusted for published ampacity of cable
347. may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8 To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor Subcontractors and Engineer and the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition 1 was not shown or indicated in the Drawings Specifications or other Contract Documents identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5 06 B or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work and 2 was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible Nothing in this Paragraph 5 06 H shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual s or entity s own negligence To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontract
348. me after either such request Owner Contractor and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete the provisions of Paragraph 15 03 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 6 05 regarding builder s risk or other property insurance 15 05 Final Inspection A Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work or agreed portion thereof is incomplete or defective Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies 15 06 Final Payment A Application for Payment 1 After Contractor has in the opinion of Engineer satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered in accordance wi
349. med by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement 2 there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and 3 Contractor believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease ARTICLE 14 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS CORRECTION REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14 01 Access to Work A Owner Engineer their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner independent testing laboratories and authorities having jurisdiction will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation inspection and testing Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable 14 02 Tests Inspections and Approvals A Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work or specific parts thereof for all required inspections and tests and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector testing laboratory or other qualified in
350. ments CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 together or CG 20 10 07 04 and CG 20 37 07 04 together or their equivalent 8 For design professional additional insureds ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04 Additional Insured Engineers Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured or its equivalent Automobile liability Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership maintenance or use of any motor vehicle The automobile liability policy shall be written on an occurrence basis Umbrella or excess liability Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer s liability commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above Subject to industry standard exclusions the coverage afforded shall follow form as to each and every one of the underlying policies Contractor s pollution liability insurance Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy covering third party injury and property damage claims including clean up costs as a result of pollution conditions arising from Contractor s operations and completed operations This insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion Additional insureds The Contractor s commercial general liabili
351. merican Council of Independent laboratories Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications B Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various sections of the specifications standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation American Society of Testing Materials ASTM or other testing associations Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issues by these organizations DELIVERY AND STORAGE A Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures VERIFICATION TESTING A Provide verification testing when tests indicate that materials or the results of construction activities are not in conformance with Contract Documents B Verification testing is to be provided at the Contactor s expense to verify products or constructed works are in compliance after correction have been made C Tests must comply with recognized methods or with methods recommended by the testing laboratory and approved by the Engineer TEST REPORTS A Test reports are to be prepared for all tests 1 Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms These reports must include the following a Name of the Owner project title and number equipment installer and general contractor Name of the laboratory address and telephone number Name and sig
352. mes the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency 1 Material for Anchors in Interior Locations Carbon steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 Class Fe Zn 5 2 Material for Anchors in Exterior Locations ASTM F 593 AISI Type 316 Condition CW for bolts and ASTM F 594 for AISI Type 316 Condition CW nuts 3 Expansion anchors shall not be substituted for adhesive anchors L Adhesive Anchors 1 Threaded Rod a ASTM F 593 stainless steel threaded rod diameter as shown on Drawings CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 4 2 6 b Length as required to provide minimum depth of embedment C Clean and fee of grease oil or other deleterious material d For hollow unit masonry provide galvanized or stainless steel wire cloth screen tube to fit threaded rod 2 Adhesive a Two component insensitive to moisture designed to be used in adverse freeze thaw environments with gray color after mixing b Cure Temperature Pot Life and Workability Compatible for intended use and environmental conditions C Nonsag with selected viscosity based on installation temperature and overhead application where applicable d HILTI HIT HY 150 or approved equal 3 Packaging a Disposable self contained cartridge system capable of dispensing both components in the proper mixing ratio and fitting into a manually or pneumatically
353. mil dry film thickness Touchup Painting Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds bolted connections and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 9 painting Sections Galvanized Surfaces Clean field welds bolted connections and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780 END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 14 SECTION 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 A A SUMMARY Section Includes 1 Aluminum Railings Related Sections 1 Section 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 2 Section 09 90 00 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS General In engineering railings to withstand structural loads indicated design of railing materials shall be based on the following 1 Aluminum Railing Design in accordance with Aluminum Design Manual latest edition 2 Allowable Deflections L 180 max Structural Performance Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated 1 Handrails a Uniform load of 50 Ibf ft applied in any direction b Concentrated load of 200 Ibf applied in any direction C Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently 2 Top Rails of Guards a Uniform load of 50 Ibf ft 0 73 KN m applied in any direction b Concentrated load of 200 Ibf applied in any direction c Unifor
354. minum by cleaning and removing marks before anodizing RAIL AND POSTS Nominal 1 1 2 diameter Rails 1 900 outside diameter by 0 145 wall thickness Schedule 40 Posts 1 900 outside diameter by 0 200 wall thickness Schedule 80 FITTINGS General 1 Refer to drawings for fitting joint and base details 2 Materials and finishes for all fittings joints and bases shall match the railing material Alloy or material grade shall meet or exceed the alloy or material grade specified FASTENERS General Provide the following 1 In accordance with Section 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 2 Aluminum Stainless Steel Railings Type 304 or 316 stainless steel fasteners Locknuts Washers and Screws 1 Elastic Locknuts Steel Flat Washers RHMS Rounded Head Machine Screws Type A 304 or A 316 stainless steel 2 Flat Washers Molded Nylon Concrete Anchors As specified in 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications FABRICATION General Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design dimensions member sizes and spacing details finish and anchorage but not less than that required to support structural loads Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces Cut d
355. mit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective 14 06 Owner May Stop the Work A If the Work is defective or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof until the cause for such order has been eliminated however this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor any Subcontractor any Supplier any other individual or entity or any surety for or employee or agent of any of them 14 07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents then Owner may after seven days written notice to Contractor correct or remedy any such deficiency In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14 07 Owner shall proceed expeditiously In connection with such corrective or remedial action Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site take possession
356. n approval of Owner Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel 4 04 Progress Schedule A Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2 05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below 1 Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2 05 proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 9 of 58 2 Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11 Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements or during any appeal process except as permitted by Paragraph 16 04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwis
357. n furnish a 4 by 4 steel panel for each grade of sandblast specified herein prepared to specified requirements b Provide panel representative of the steel used prevent deterioration of surface quality c Upon approval of Engineer panel to be reference source for inspection d Unless otherwise specified before painting work is started prepare minimum 8 by 10 samples with type of paint and application specified on similar substrate to which paint is to be applied e Furnish additional samples as required until colors finishes and textures are approved f Approved samples to be the quality standard for final finishes C Quality Control Submittals 1 2 4 5 Applicator s Qualification List of references substantiating experience Factory Applied Coatings Manufacturer s certification stating factory applied coating system meets or exceeds requirements specified If the Manufacturer of finish coating differs from that of shop primer provide both Manufacturers written confirmation that materials are compatible Manufacturer s written instructions and special details for applying each type of paint Manufacturers Certification of Proper Installation D Contract Closeout Submittals Special guarantee CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 2 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 Provide documentation that paint or coatings used on surfaces in contact with water being treated is NSF 61 approved for use in a
358. n he she is not personally on site a competent superintendent or foreman who shall be the legal representative of the Contractor shall represent him ACCESS TO WORK A The Contractor shall provide access for inspection of the Work by the Owner and or official Governmental agencies END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 011100 2 01 26 00 1 00 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 04 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A C Promptly implement Change Order procedures 1 Provide full written data required to evaluate changes 2 Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material force account basis 3 Provide full documentation to Engineer on request Designate in writing the member of Contractor s organization 1 Person authorized to accept changes in the Work 2 Person responsible for informing others in the Contractor s employ of the authorization of changes in the Work Owner will designate in writing the person who is authorized to execute Change Orders RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Agreement The amounts of established unit prices B Conditions of the Contract 1 Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting from changes in Work made on a time and material basis 2 Contractor s claims for additional costs C Section 01 29 00 Payment Procedures D Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents E Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures DEFINITIONS A
359. n of Welding Inspectors ASTM International ASTM a A36 A36M Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel b A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings c A123 A123M Standard Specification for Zinc Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Products d A148 A148M Standard Specification for Steel Castings High Strength for Structural Purposes e 6A167 Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate Sheet and Strip f A193 A193M Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature Service A276 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes A283 A283M Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 2 gt on CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 2 i A285 A285M Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates Carbon Steel Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength j A325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts Steel Heat Treated 120 105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength k A384 Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion during Hot Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies l A385 Standard Practice for Providing High Quality Zinc Coatings Hot Dip m A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings A666 Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet Strip Plate and Flat Bar 0 D3034 Standard Spec
360. n submitted in a timely manner and otherwise meet the requirements of the Contract All such payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed or in the event there is no Schedule of Values as provided elsewhere in the Contract 1 Prior to Substantial Completion progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but in each case less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Owner may withhold including but not limited to liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract a 95 percent of Work completed with the balance being retainage and b 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work with the balance being retainage B Upon Substantial Completion Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 95 percent of the Work completed less such amounts set off by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 15 01 E of the General Conditions Final Payment A Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 15 06 of the General Conditions Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 15 06 ARTICLE 7 INTEREST 7 01 All amounts not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of 3 percent per annum
361. nal sum set forth on the face of this Bond Payment of the penal sum is the extent of Bidder s and Surety s liability Recovery of such penal sum under the terms of this Bond shall be Owner s sole and exclusive remedy upon default of Bidder 2 Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents 3 This obligation shall be null and void if 3 1 Owner accepts Bidder s Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents or 3 2 All Bids are rejected by Owner or 3 3 Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and if applicable consented to by Surety when required by Paragraph 5 hereof 4 Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default of Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner which notice will be given with reasonable promptness identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement
362. nated personnel Engineer have been assigned by the Owner to act as Owner s representative assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT TIMES 4 01 Time of the Essence A All time limits for Milestones if any Substantial Completion and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract 4 02 Contract Times Days A The Work will be substantially completed within 180 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4 01 of the General Conditions and This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 520 Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract Stipulated Price Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 1 of 7 completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15 06 of the General Conditions within 180 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run 4 03 Liquidated Damages A Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the
363. nature of the laboratory personnel performing the test Description of the product being sampled or tested Date and time of sampling inspection and testing Date the report was issues Description of the test performed Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling Location at the site or structure where the test was taken Standard or test procedure used in making the test A description of the results of the test Statement of compliance or non compliance with the Contract Documents m Interpretations of test results if appropriate sam Oa So ae eee CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 014000 3 1 08 1 09 2 00 2 01 3 00 3 01 B 2 Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor or his suppliers or vendors per Section 01 33 00 3 Engineer will prepare test reports on test performed by the Engineer Distribute copies of the test reports to the Engineer within 24 hours of completing the test Flag test reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention Hard copies of test reports are to be distributed to individuals designated at the pre construction conference Payment for Work subject to testing may be withheld until the Contractor s quality control test reports of the Work are submitted to the Owner s Representative NON CONFORMING WORK A Immediately correct any Work that does not comply with the Contract Documents or submit a written explanati
364. ncluding Project Owner s contact information EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 5 of 8 12 SAFETY PROGRAM Name of Contractor s Safety Officer Include the following as attachments Provide as an Attachment Contractor s and Contractor s proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of the Bid OSHA No 500 Log amp Summary of Occupational Injuries amp Illnesses for the past 5 years Provide as an Attachment Contractor s and Contractor s proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of the Bid list of all OSHA Citations amp Notifications of Penalty monetary or other received within the last 5 years indicate disposition as applicable IF NONE SO STATE Provide as an Attachment Contractor s and Contractor s proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of the Bid list of all safety citations or violations under any state all received within the last 5 years indicate disposition as applicable IF NONE SO STATE Provide the following for the firm listed in Section 1 and for each proposed Subcontractor furnish
365. ncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy then Contractor shall promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7 15 identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer Engineer s Review Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor s resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question determine the extent if any to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility and advise Owner in writing of Engineer s findings conclusions and recommendations During such time Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility Owner s Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility After receipt of Engineer s written findings conclusions and recommendations Owner shall issue a writt
366. ncrete s Ability to Resist Chloride lon Penetration E 699 Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing Quality Assurance and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee 1 2 SUBMITTALS A Information Submittals T Mortar System CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 03 0100 1 2 3 a Manufacturer s installation bulletin b Manufacturer s product data sheets Certificates a Certificate of Compliance that proposed product systems meet or exceed specified performance criteria Statements of Qualification a Contractor s installers b Mortar system Manufacturer s representative 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Qualifications 1 Install materials in accordance with all safety and weather conditions required by manufacturer or as modified by applicable rules and regulations of local state and federal authorities having jurisdiction Consult Material Safety Data Sheets for complete handling recommendations Contractor qualifications Contractor shall be qualified in the field of concrete repair and protection with a successful track record of 5 years or more Contractor shall maintain qualified personnel who have received product training by a manufacturer s representative Manufacturing qualifications The manufacturer of the specified product shall be ISO 9001 certified and have in existence a recognized ongoing quality assurance program independently audite
367. nd characteristics Mounting arrangement size and location of conduit entries including lugs Factory test results for each motor 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Provide routine short commercial test data complying with NEMA MG 1 12 51 and MG 1 23 46 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 260515 1 2 1 4 A B C Test thermally protected motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1 winding temperature and trip current tests Comply with NEMA MG 1 Motors for applications in hazardous locations shall bear the UL label listing its use in accordance with the NEC COORDINATION Furnish reviewed shop drawings from motor controller manufacturer for coordination and sizing of the controller Coordinate supplied motor connection box with conduits sizes indicated in the drawings Coordinate motor leads and lugs with wire sizes indicated in the drawings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A F GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Unless otherwise specified or specifically required by the manufacturer of the equipment to be driven all motors shall be single speed squirrel cage a c induction type motors Electric motors shall be NEMA Design B constant speed squirrel cage induction motors having normal starting torque with low starting current except for motors controlled by variable speed operation and other special motors In no case shall starting torque or breakdown torque be less than the value specified in ANSI NEMA MG 1 In all cases motors shall be
368. nd grubbing exceed 750 000 square feet without approval of the Engineer D The Engineer will limit the area of excavation borrow and embankment operations in progress commensurate with the Contractor s capability and progress in keeping the finish grading mulching seeding and other such permanent pollution control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule Should seasonal limitations make such coordination unrealistic temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified E Under no conditions shall the amount of surface area or erodible earth material exposed at one time by excavation or fill within the project area exceed 750 000 square feet without prior approval by the Engineer F The Engineer may increase or decrease the amount of surface area of erodible earth material to be exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing excavation borrow and fill operations as determined by his analysis of project conditions G In the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control laws rules or regulations or other federal state or local agencies the more restrictive laws rules and regulations shall apply END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015700 4 01 58 00 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Provide temporary on site informational signs to identify key elements of construction facilities B Remove signs on completion
369. nd incidentals necessary to prevent storm water pollution for the duration of the Project Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any storm water system including open channels Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent storm water pollution E Cost for Temporary Controls as described in this section and provided by Suppliers and Subcontractors as described in this section are to be included in the Cost of Work RELATED DOCUMENTS A Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work B Section 01 54 00 Construction Aids C Section 01 58 00 Project Identification SUBMITTALS A Provide copies of notices records and reports required the Contract Document or regulations as Record Data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures B Provide documents requiring approval by the Owner or Engineer as Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures DUST CONTROL A Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operation and provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere WATER CONTROL A Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project the site or adjoining properties 1 Control fill grading and ditching to direct surface drainage away from excavations pits tunnels
370. nd provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein When so furnished the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made Definitions 16 1 Claim A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum 1 The name of the Claimant 2 The name of the person for whom the labor was done or materials or equipment furnished 3 A copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor materials or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract 4 A brief description of the labor materials or equipment furnished 5 The date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract 6 The total amount earned by the Claimant for labor materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim 7 The total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant and 8 The total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim 17 16 2 Claimant An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of th
371. nd the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work provided that any such claim cost loss or damage is attributable to bodily injury sickness disease or death or to injury to or destruction of tangible property other than the Work itself including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor any Subcontractor any Supplier or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers directors members partners employees agents consultants or subcontractors by any employee or the survivor or personal representative of such employee of Contractor any Subcontractor any Supplier or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7 18 A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
372. ndirectly in whole or in part to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 29 of 58 7 13 7 14 7 15 7 16 F Contractor s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15 06 B that the Work is acceptable except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion G Contractor s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents Safety Representative A Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs Hazard Communication Programs A Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or ot
373. ndition in manufacturer s original container or packaging with identifying labels intact and legible Include date of manufacture on label SC 7 04 OR EQUALS A Delete Paragraph 7 04 A and insert the following in lieu thereof A Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type function appearance and quality required If the specification or description contains the words or equal or or equal allowed or or equal item is permitted Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below Unless these words are specifically written in the description of such item no substitution is allowed per this Contract If the item s description is followed by words reading that no like no equivalent or no or equal item is permitted then no substitution of like items or like manufacturers is allowed as part of this Contract 1 If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so th
374. negotiated contract Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work Taxes A Contractor shall pay all sales consumer use and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work Laws and Regulations A Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor s compliance with any Laws or Regulations If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and losses and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to such Work or other action It shall not be Contractor s responsibility to make certain that the Work des
375. ner s written instructions or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage Owner may have the defective EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 54 of 58 Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced Contractor shall pay all claims costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications Where defective Work and damage to other Work resulting therefrom has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed Contractor
376. nforcement of Laws and Regulations water damage other than that caused by flood and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions If insurance against mechanical breakdown boiler explosion and artificially generated electric current earthquake volcanic activity and other earth movement or flood are not commercially available under builder s risk policies by endorsement or otherwise such insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor cover as insured property at least the following a the Work and all materials supplies machinery apparatus equipment fixtures and other property of a similar nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation fabrication construction erection or completion of the Work including Owner furnished or assigned property b spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Contract and c temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site or to the Work under construction or which are intended to provide temporary support for the Work under construction including scaffolding form work fences shoring falsework and temporary structures cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and ar
377. nform to the job conditions to conform to details of installation supplied by the manufacturers of the equipment to be installed and thereby to provide complete operating systems The electrical plans show diagrammatically the locations of the various electrical outlets and apparatus and the general method of circuiting and controlling Exact locations of these outlets and apparatus shall be determined by reference to the general plans and to all detail drawings etc by measurements at the buildings and in cooperation with other crafts and in all cases shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and Engineer The Engineer reserves the right to make any reasonable change in location of any outlet or apparatus before installation without additional cost to the Owner These specifications and the accompanying drawings are intended to cover systems which will not interfere with the structure of the buildings which will fit into the several available spaces and which will ensure complete and satisfactory systems Each bidder shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the material and apparatus into the buildings Should the particular equipment which any bidder proposes to install require other space conditions than those indicated on the Drawings the Bidder shall arrange for such space with the Engineer before submitting the bid Should changes become necessary on account of failure to comply with this clause the Contractor shall make such
378. nge Directive or a Field Order 1 Change Orders a If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times such amendment or supplement must be set forth in a Change Order A Change Order also may be used to establish amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times b Owner and Contractor may amend those terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve 1 the performance or acceptability of the Work 2 the EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 38 of 58 design as set forth in the Drawings Specifications or otherwise or 3 other engineering or technical matters without the recommendation of the Engineer Such an amendment shall be set forth in a Change Order 2 Work Change Directives A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive s effect if any on the Contract Price and Contract Times or if negotiations are u
379. ngineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 22 of 58 Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 6 06 B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss damage or consequential loss the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor Subcontractors or Engineer or the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants or subcontractors of each and any of them Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the agreement under which a Subcontractor performs a portion of the Work contains provisions whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner Contractor all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds the Engineer and its consultants and the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by arising out of relating to or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder s risk insurance and any other property insurance applicable to the Work 6 07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds A Any insured loss under the builder s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6 05 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the policy Such
380. nimum sensor size of 8 megapixels and at an image resolution of not less than 1600 by 1200 pixels and 400 dpi EXECUTION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field and that are in focus to clearly show the Work Photographs with blurry or out of focus areas will not be accepted 1 Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location B Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera without alteration manipulation editing or modifications using image editing software 1 Date and Time Include date and time in file name for each image 2 Key Plan Include digital copy of key plan with each electronic submittal include point of view identification in each photo file name 3 Field Office Images Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at Project Site available at all times for reference C Preconstruction Photographs Before commencement of the Work take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties including existing items to remain during construction from different vantage points CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 013233 1 1 Provide construction staking before taking construction photographs 2 Take sufficient number photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work 3 Take sufficient photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to
381. nish Plain or Hot Dip Zinc coated ASTM A153 Class C as indicated C Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts Regular hexagon head annealed stainless steel bolts nuts and where indicated flat washers ASTM F 593 AISI Type 316 Condition CW for bolts and ASTM F 594 for AISI Type 316 Condition CW nuts 1 All threads on stainless steel rods bolts shall be protected with antiseize lubricant suitable for submerged stainless bolts and complying with Federal Specification MIL A 907E D Anchor Bolts ASTM F 1554 Grade 36 1 Provide hot dip or mechanically deposited zinc coated anchor bolts where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized E Machine Screws ASME B 18 6 3 F Lag Bolts ASME B 18 2 1 G Wood Screws Flat head ASME B18 6 1 H Plain Washers Round ASME B 18 22 1 l Lock Washers Helical spring type ASME B 18 21 1 J Cast in Place Anchors in Concrete Anchors capable of sustaining without failure a load equal to four times the load imposed as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency 1 Threaded or wedge type galvanized ferrous castings either ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 27 cast steel Provide bolts washers and shims as needed hot dip galvanized per ASTM A 153 K Expansion Anchors Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain without failure a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four ti
382. nishes 2 Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable temporary protective covering before shipping 3 Appearance of Finished Work Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one half of the range of approved Samples Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast 4 Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance including color and texture of railings or posts MATERIALS AND FINISHES Aluminum 1 General Provide alloy and temper as recommended by manufacturer to meet the type of use and finish indicated and with not less than the strength and durability properties designated below Extruded Structural Pipe and Round Tubing ASTM B 429 Alloy 6063 T6 Drawn Seamless Tubing ASTM B 210 Alloy 6063 T832 Plate and Sheet ASTM B 209 Alloy 6061 T6 Die and Hand Forgings ASTM B 247 Alloy 6061 T6 Castings ASTM B 26 Alloy A356 0 T6 Finish as follows IN INN CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 52 13 3 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 a Handrail Pipe and Posts Anodized finish shall be AA M32 C22 A41 and shall meet the requirements of AAMA 607 1 b Cast Fittings and Toeboards Anodized finish shall be AA M10 C22 A41 and shall meet the requirements of AAMA 607 1 C Pretreat alu
383. nize in consistent format under separate heading for each different pro cedure 2 Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure 3 Provide information sheet for Owner s personnel including a Proper procedures in event of failure b Instances that might affect validity of guarantee or Bond Installation Instructions Including alignment adjusting calibrating and checking Operating Procedures 1 Startup break in routine and normal operating instructions 2 Test procedures and results of factory tests where required 3 Regulation control stopping and emergency instructions 4 Description of operation sequence by control Manufacturer 5 Shutdown instructions for both short and extended duration 6 Summer and winter operating instructions as applicable 7 Safety precautions 8 Special operating instructions d Maintenance and Overhaul Procedures 1 Routine maintenance 2 Guide to troubleshooting 3 Disassembly removal repair reinstallation and re assembly Guarantee Bond and Service Agreement In accordance with Section 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES B Content for Each Electric or Electronic Item or System 1 Sy S 8 Description of Unit and Component Parts a Function normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions b Performance curves engineering data nameplate data and tests c Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts d In
384. nized standards or has been tested and found safe for use in a specified manner Labeled means equipment that embodies a valid label symbol or other identifying mark of a nationally recognize testing laboratory such as Underwriters laboratories Inc and CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 014216 1 production is periodically inspected in accordance with nationally recognized standards or tests to determine safe use in a specified manner O Certified used in context with materials and equipment means the material and equipment has been tested and found by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet specification requirements or nationally recognized standards if requirements are not specified and is safe for use in the specified manner Production of the equipment must be periodically inspected by a nationally recognized testing laboratory and the equipment must bear a label tag or other record of certification P Certified used in context with labor performance or ability to install materials and equipment means that the abilities of the proposed installer have been tested by a representative of the specified testing agency authorized to issue certificates of competency and has met the prescribed standards for certification Q Certified used in context with test reports payment requests or other statements of fact means that the statements made on the document are a true statement as attested to by the certifying enti
385. nnnnnnnnnnenunenennnnnnsnnnenennnnnnn 35 9 01 Communications to Contractori 2 id cidcid eiii diodes 35 9 02 _ Replacement of Engineer san A dass 36 9 03 iF rnish Dat i ne e rat 36 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page ii 9 04 Pay When DUG x in A a eee aaa 36 9 05 Lands and Easements Reports Tests and Drawings cssssscccccccsssssssseecceeesssssssseeeceeessssssaeeeeess 36 9 06 MOIN E i a ET SNE AE act 36 9 07 E aT a1 AOR o E AE AE A A ti e A E EE AT A Lit 36 9 08 Inspections Tests and APProval cscssccccccccssssssseccccsssssesseeececeesessessseeceseseesnaaseeeeeeesseessnaaeeeess 36 9 09 Limitations on Owner s Responsibilities oooooooooocnnccnononannnnnnononnnnnonnnnnnnnnonnanonnnnnnncnnnnnanononnnnnos 36 9 10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition esssesssessssssesssisssessrrssrrrsrressrsssrnrsrensrersrssrensrens 36 9 11 Evidence of Financial ArrangementS ocooococnncncccnonononnncnnnnnnananonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnss 36 9 12 Safety Programs oerein AT ESTE EAE E A A NARE AE E A A E T E E 36 ARTICLE 10 Engineer s Status During Construction ooocccccnonoccconnonocnnnnonannncnononnnnononononnn conan nnnonnnnnnnnnnns 37
386. nnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninnnnnns 48 14 07 Owner May Correct Defective Work ccccconocooooonnnnncnononnnnnnnnnnnnnanononononnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnonen n 48 ARTICLE 15 Payments to Contractor Set Offs Completion Correction Period cccconnnnooocnnnnnnos 49 15 01 Progress PayMents ii ii chek 49 15 02 Contractor s Warranty Of Title ooo ooocncccccnnnnooonnnncnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nnnnncnnnnnos 51 15 03 Substantial Completito nada ihnen est eine 52 15 04 Partial Use AO iaa 52 15 05 Final Inspection hes 53 15 067 Fina A O O 53 15 07 Waiver Of Caisse erlegen le eaa e a e avedasets E aa ea a aa EES 54 15 08 Correction Period r a ae ae aiaa a a aae Ea t 54 ARTICLE 16 Suspension of Work and Termination cooooococcnonoccccconnonnnnnnnnncnnnonnnnnnnnononn cnn cono nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 55 16 01 Owner May Suspend Work cccessscceeceeesssssseeececesesssesaeeeeeeeessssseseeeeeessscesaaseeeeeeeessceseeeeeeeeseeees 55 16 02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ise are ll ann IH RI nese hala See 55 16 03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience cccccncnnnnnnnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnanenos 56 16 04 Contractor May Stop Work Or Terminate ccccccccccccccssssssssssecessssssssseeeeceescsesesaaeeeeesssessaaeeeeeeeesees 56 ARTICLE 17 Final Resolution of Disputes iii to nd de lidad 57 17 0
387. nnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnn 24 7 04 2OrEquals a anne NO 24 7 05 S bstit tes 23432 thes eels ea ie Se ese ee ae ie ein 25 7 06 Concerning Subcontractors Suppliers and Others cccssccccccceeessssseseeeeeesssesessaeeeeeeeessssssseeeeeess 26 7 07 P tentiFees and Royalties ima tt Ad aia ta dat 27 7 08 Permits viii a tie 28 7 09 AAA OA 28 7 10 Laws and REGULATIONS ui sds ca tin Hesse Eaei ia eee 28 7 11 RECOrA DOCUMENTS iii nara aa AE Ee aaee aaa ea IAN ARA 29 TAQ Safety and Protection iia A ai 29 7 13 SatetyiRepresentative ii A un Nine Et 30 7 14 Hazard Communication Programs c ccccccccccssssssssssccecsessssssaeeeeceessseesesaeeeeeeseessnsaaeeeeeesesseessneeeeens 30 7 15 EMErEENCIE Sirenas a Soe a td derer 30 7 16 Shop Drawings Samples and Other SubmittalS ccccncoooonocnnnnccnononnnnnnnnnnnnanonononnnnnncnnononnnnnnnonos 30 7 17 Contractor s General Warranty and Guarantee cccccccnnnnononnnonnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnanononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanos 32 7 18 INdemMnific tion 2 240eet a 33 7 19 Delegation of Professional Design Services cccscccccccccesssssssssecceesssssssnseeeeceeecsesssaseeeeeseessssnaeeeeess 33 ARTICLE 8 Other Work at the Site nn een sr Rennen 34 8 01 Other Work se cia adan tan Naaah 34 8 02 A TT 34 8 03 Legal Relations Ps id A en is ci tits 35 ARTICLE 9 Owners Responsibilities 2222222222000000000000nnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
388. not limited to copies of policies and endorsements and documentation of applicable self insured retentions and deductibles Owner may block out redact any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other party s full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner or Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the other party s obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by the Contract such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site impose an appropriate set off against payment and exercise Owner s termination rights under Article 16 Without prejudice to any other right or remedy if a party has failed to obtain required insurance the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly
389. not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements and such alternates unit prices and other data as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award B For the determination of the apparent low Bidder when unit price bids are submitted Bids will be compared on the basis of the total of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and unit price Bid for that item together with any lump sum items In evaluating whether a Bidder is responsible Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidder and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors and Suppliers proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors and Suppliers must be submitted as provided in the Bidding Documents Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the responsibility qualifications and financial ability of Bidders and any proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers ARTICLE 20 BONDS AND INSURANCE 20 01 Article 6 of the General Conditions as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions sets forth Owner s requirements as to performance and payment bonds and insurance When the Successful Bidder delivers the Agreement executed by Successful Bidder to Owner it shall be accompanied by required bonds and insurance documentation ARTICLE 21 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21 01 When Owner issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder it shall be accompanie
390. ns or other burdens on Owner s property have been paid or otherwise satisfied If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien or Owner at its option may issue joint checks payable to Contractor and specified Subcontractors and Suppliers EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 53 of 58 B Engineer s Review of Application and Acceptance 1 If on the basis of Engineer s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection and Engineer s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor s other obligations under the Contract have been fulfilled Engineer will within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment indicate in writing Engineer s recommendation of final payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment Such recommendation shall account for any set offs against payment that are necessary in Engineer s opinion to protect Owner from loss for the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments A
391. nsuccessful by a determination under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments expressly including Paragraph 11 04 regarding change of Contract Price Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times or both no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive Owner must submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times or both no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive 3 Field Orders Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor which shall perform the Work involved promptly If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both then before proceeding with the Work at issue Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein 11 02 Owner Authorized Changes in the Work A Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety Owner may at any time or from time to time order additions deletions or revisions in the Work Such changes shall be supported by Engineer s
392. ntary Conditions as insureds and the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them under such policies for losses and damages so caused None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary or otherwise payable under any policy so issued Owner waives all rights against Contractor Subcontractors and Engineer and the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for 1 loss due to business interruption loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner s property or the Work caused by arising out of or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner and 2 loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15 04 after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 15 03 or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15 06 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of E
393. ntity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier unless Owner has already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable during the bidding process or otherwise Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive reasonable objection within five days Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements provided however that Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors Suppliers or other individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner and Owner has EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 26 of 58 accepted it either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity so identified solely on the basis of substantive reasonable objection after due investigation Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity
394. nto structure at center column and access bridge support locations Details of torque sensing and load indication device Identification of outside utility requirements for each component such as air water and power Power and control wiring diagrams including terminals and numbers Functional description of internal and external instrumentation and controls to be supplied including list of parameters monitored controlled or alarmed Painting Coating System s Include manufacturer s descriptive technical catalogue literature and specifications Diameter of ball race Motor nameplate data per NEMA MG 1 motor manufacturer and any appurtenances Functional and Performance test description and results 2 Quality Control Submittals a aan CITY OF KILGORE Designer qualifications 1 Designer Professional engineer registered in the state of the Project 2 Must show 10 years of experience with clarifier mechanism design Manufacturer s Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Division 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ANAB accredited ISO 9001 quality system certification Special shipping storage and protection and handling instructions Test procedures Test results reports and certifications WW15 004 44 42 23 4 1 6 A B 1 7 A B g Operation and Maintenance Data As specified in Division 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS h Manufacturer s Certificate of Proper Installation 3 Contract
395. ntract Documents Agreement The written instrument executed by Owner and Contractor that sets forth the Contract Price and Contract Times identifies the parties and the Engineer and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents Application for Payment The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents Bid The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed Bidder An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner Bidding Documents The Bidding Requirements the proposed Contract Documents and all Addenda Bidding Requirements The advertisement or invitation to bid Instructions to Bidders Bid Bond or other Bid security if any the Bid Form and the Bid with any attachments Change Order A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition deletion or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times or other revision to the Contract issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract Change Proposal A written request by Contractor duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or both contesting an initi
396. nts Coverage for testing and startup Any loss to property while in transit Any loss at the Site Any loss while in storage both on site and off site WW15 004 00 73 00 7 viii Any loss to temporary project works if their value is included in the Contract Price b Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable Contractor s Installation Floater will provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation The Contractor will be solely responsible for any deductible carried under this coverage and claims on materials supplies machinery fixture and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit orin storage This policy will include a waiver of subrogation for those listed as additional insured in these Supplemental Conditions Automobile Liability under Paragraph 6 03 D of the General Conditions Bodily Injury Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury and Property Damage 300 000 Excess or Umbrella Liability Excess or Umbrella Liability is not required for contract values less than 1 000 000 Contractor s Pollution Liability Pollution Liability is not required for this contract Contractor s Professional Liability Contractor s Contractual Liability Insurance Each Claim 1 000 000 Annual Aggregate 1 000 000 Note Coverage must be maintained at least two 2 years
397. nts consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claim and against all costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to any claim or action legal or equitable brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly in whole or in part by or based upon Contractor s performance of the Work or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials rubbish and other debris Removal and disposal of such waste materials rubbish and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations Cleaning Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools appliances construction equipment and machinery and EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engine
398. nufacturer shall coordinate with Contractor during all phases of installation to ensure that manufacturer s representative is present during critical installation operations FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Prior to placement of clarifiers into service check weir plate settings by filling clarifiers with water to design elevation shown on the Drawings Readjust as recommended by Engineer Weirs Level to within plus or minus 1 16 inch of design elevation Functional Tests Conduct on each mechanism Test for continuous 3 hour period without malfunction as witnessed by and approved by Owner or Engineer CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 15 3 5 3 6 3 7 Performance Test dl Conduct on each completed assembly in accordance with accepted test procedures 2 Perform under actual or approved simulated operating conditions 3 Perform to confirm mechanical and structural compliance with specified torque requirements 4 Load each mechanism to 120 percent of Design Running Torque to demonstrate mechanism s structural capability to withstand resulting loads a Apply loads to mechanism s rake arms through cables or other means anchored to basin floor or wall Utilize hydraulic cylinder springs or other means that allows machine to rotate for peripheral distance of at least 3 feet under load b Accomplish testing with machine in operation Conduct static torque test on mechanism Anchor both collector arms start collector drive and l
399. nuous neoprene gasket to insulate aluminum gratings checker plate and handrail post bases from access walkway support bridge and other components 2 Use insulating washers and Teflon sleeves at bolted connections ACCESSORIES Lifting Lugs Provide on equipment assemblies and components weighing over 100 pounds Anchor Bolts Provide coated Type 316 stainless steel bolts sized by equipment manufacturer and at least 1 2 inch in diameter Fasteners Provide coated Type 316 stainless steel assembly hardware compliant with ASTM F 593 Equipment Identification Plates Provide 16 gauge Type 316 stainless steel identification plate securely mounted on each separate equipment component and panel in a readily visible location Plate shall bear 1 4 inch high engraved block type black enamel filled equipment identification number and letters TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS Tools The work includes furnishing one complete set of special tools recommended by the manufacturer for maintenance and repair of each separate type of equipment tools shall be stored in tool boxes and identified with the equipment number by means of stainless steel or solid plastic name tags attached to the box Spare Parts 1 All equipment shall be furnished with the specified manufacturers spare parts as indicated in the individual equipment sections 2 Spare parts shall be tagged by project equipment number and identified as to part number equipment manufacturer and su
400. ny arbitration service shall be shared equally by Owner and Contractor ARTICLE 18 MISCELLANEOUS A CITY OF KILGORE Add a new Paragraph 18 02 B as follows B All references and conditions for a calendar day contract in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions shall apply for a Fixed Date Contract A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the actual calendar days involved Delete Paragraph 18 08 and replace with the following 18 08 Headings The Article and paragraph headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions or as a limitation of the scope of the particular section to which they refer This Agreement will be fairly interpreted in accordance with its terms and conditions and not for or against either Party Add a new Paragraph 18 09 as follows 18 09 Independent Contractor A Each Party will perform its duties under this Agreement as an independent contractor The Parties and their personnel will not be considered to be employees or agents of the other Party Nothing in this Agreement will be interpreted as granting either Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other This Agreement will not constitute create or be interpreted as a joint venture partnership or formal bu
401. ny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party If the receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction the Claim is deemed denied thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial A denial of the Claim shall be final EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 42 of 58 and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes Final and Binding Results If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim whether through approval of the Claim direct negotiations mediation or otherwise or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part or denied in full and such actions become final and binding then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract including the Work the Contract Times or the Contract Price ARTICLE 13 COST OF THE WORK ALLOWANCES UNIT PRICE WORK 13 01 Cost of the Work A Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all co
402. o not apply more of the bond coat than can be covered with grout before the bond coat dries Do not re temper this bond coat B Equipment preparation 1 Preparation of equipment for grouting basin bottom slabs a Setting the screeds 1 Bolt nominal 2 inch by 4 inch section of lumber blades on arms of equipment mechanism 2 Locate leading edge of lumber approximately 2 inches in front of blade and cut it parallel to centerline of arm 3 Securely nail nominal 2 inch by 6 inch screed board to ends of 2 by 4 lumber in manner such that screed runs parallel to centerline of arm 4 Nail bent sheet metal to lower edge of screed board 5 Ensure that bottom of screed board is 1 1 2 inches below steel blades on arms of equipment mechanism 3 2 APPLICATION A Grouting basin bottom slabs 1 Placement general a b Place grout in accordance with equipment manufacturer s instructions and in accordance with limitations and precautions given in such instructions Bring promptly to attention of the ENGINEER conflicts between manufacturer s instructions and this Section 2 Placing grout a b E CITY OF KILGORE Use grouting equipment to apply grout for basin bottom slabs Perform grouting continuously without interruptions until basin slab is covered Place ring of grout approximately 3 feet wide on outer edge of slab and gradually widened towards center following spiral pattern until basin bottom slab is covered
403. o remove its property and complete or correct items on the punch list 15 04 Partial Use or Occupancy A Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents or which Owner Engineer and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor s performance of the remainder of the Work subject to the following conditions 1 At any time Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially complete If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete Contractor Owner and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 15 03 A through E for that part of the Work EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 52 of 58 At any time Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work Within a reasonable ti
404. o that specified and 3 be suited to the same use as that specified b will state 1 the extent if any to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times 2 whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and 3 whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty c will identify 1 all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified and 2 available engineering sales maintenance repair and replacement services d shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item including but not limited to changes in CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 00 73 00 11 Contract Price shared savings costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the ty
405. o the detriment of Owner b to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non competitive levels or c to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition collusive practice means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders with or without the knowledge of Owner a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial non competitive levels and coercive practice means harming or threatening to harm directly or indirectly persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 520 Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract Stipulated Price Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 6 of 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement This Agreement will be effective on which is the Effective Date of the Contract OWNER CONTRACTOR The City of Kilgore Texas By By Title Title If Contractor is a corporation a partnership or a joint venture attach evidence of authority to sign Attest Attest Title Title Address f
406. oad drive to 120 percent of Design Running Torque to demonstrate mechanism s structural capability to withstand resulting loads 5 Demonstrate mechanism overload devices verify actual torques at which Alarm and Cutout shutdown contacts are actuated a Correlate with scale indications b Prepare test report containing results MANUFACTURERS SERVICES A manufacturer s representative for the equipment specified herein shall be present at the job site for the minimum person days listed for the services listed travel time excluded 1 Installation Startup and Testing Services a 1 person day for installation assistance inspection and Certificate of Proper Installation b 1 person day for functional and performance testing c Provide Qualifications of Manufacturer s Representative 2 Training Services a 1 person day of prestart classroom or jobsite training of Owner s personnel b Training of Owner s personnel shall be at such times and at such locations as required and approved by the Owner See Section 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING MANUFACTURER S CERTIFICATES Provide Manufacturer s certificate s in accordance with Section 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SUPPLEMENTS Supplement listed below following END OF SECTION is part of this Specification 1 Clarifier Mechanism Data Sheet Primary Clarifier No 1 END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 16 Section 44 42
407. of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 40 of 58 proposed relief and explain the reason for the proposed change with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents 1 Procedures Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly but in no event later than 30 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto or after such initial decision The Contractor shall submit supporting data including the proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time if any to the Engineer and Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal The supporting data shall be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate and complete and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal Engineer s Action Engineer will review each Change Proposal and within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor s supporting data either deny the Change Proposal in whole approve it in whole or deny it in part and approve it in part Such actions shall be in writing with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter
408. of accounting as specified in Section 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE A Submit Application for Payment to Engineer at the times stipulated in the Agreement B Number Two hard copies and one digital of each Application C When Engineer finds Application properly completed and correct he will transmit certificate for payment to Owner with copy to Contractor NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED OR UNUSED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for following 1 2 Loading hauling and disposing of rejected material Quantities of material wasted or disposed of in manner not called for under Contract Documents Rejected loads of material including material rejected after it has been placed by reason of failure of Contractor to conform to provisions of Contract Documents Defective Work not accepted by Owner Material remaining on hand after completion of Work MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT A No separate payment will be made for items not listed in this section Prices are to include all costs including overhead profit compliance with General Requirements and Technical Specifications and any and all incidentals required to complete the Project as specified in the Contract Documents and as shown on the Schedule of Values and including the following 1 Mobilization shall be included in the base bid and shown on the submitted Schedule of Values Mobilization includes the work necessary to perform preparatory work an
409. of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor s services related thereto and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere Contractor shall allow Owner Owner s representatives agents and employees Owner s other contractors and Engineer and Engineer s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph All claims costs losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14 07 will be charged against Contractor as set offs against EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 48 of 58 payments due under Article 15 Such claims costs losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction removal or replacement of Contractor s defective Work Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14 07 ARTICLE 15 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR SET OFFS COMPLETION CORRECTION PERIOD 15 0
410. of authority to sign Name typed or printed Title Signature of Corporate Secretary Business address Phone Facsimile E mail END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 00 45 46 02 1 00 52 13 CONTRACT AGREEMENT FORM AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between the City of Kilgore Owner and Contractor Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows ARTICLE 1 WORK 1 01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents The Work is generally described as follows The Work under this contract consists of the rehabilitation of a 55 diameter primary clarifier located at the City of Kilgore Wastewater Treatment Plant The rehabilitation consists of removing and disposing all mechanical equipment cleaning preparing and repairing concrete surfaces and installation of new scraping mechanism and all associated equipment and appurtenances ARTICLE 2 THE PROJECT 2 01 The Project of which the Work under the Contract Documents is a part is generally described as follows Primary Clarifier No 1 Rehabilitation ARTICLE 3 ENGINEER 3 01 The Project has been designed by Garver LLC Owner assumes all responsibility for modifications clarifications interpretations adjustments or changes made to the Construction Contract Documents 3 02 The Public Works Department of the City of Kilgore and its desig
411. of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site Insurance A Owner s responsibilities if any with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 6 Change Orders A Owners responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11 Inspections Tests and Approvals A Owners responsibility with respect to certain inspections tests and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 14 02 B Limitations on Owner s Responsibilities A The Owner shall not supervise direct or have control or authority over nor be responsible for Contractor s means methods techniques sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work Owner will not be responsible for Contractor s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A Owner s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5 06 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A Upon request of Contractor Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner s obligations under the Contract Documents including obligations under proposed changes in the Work
412. oing business in the locality of the Site information and observations obtained from visits to the Site the Contract Documents and the Site related reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents if any with respect to the effect of such information observations and documents on 1 the cost progress and performance of the Work 2 the means methods techniques sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and 3 Contractor s safety precautions and programs Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph Contractor agrees that no further examinations investigations explorations tests studies or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts errors ambiguities or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work Contractor s entry into this Contract constitutes
413. oject Description of affected Work Necessity for cutting alteration or excavation Effect on Work of Owner or any separate Contractor or on structural or weatherproof integrity of Project Description of proposed Work a Scope of cutting patching alteration or excavation b Trades who will execute the work c Products proposed to be used d Extent of refinishing to be done Alternatives to cutting and patching Cost proposal when applicable Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected C Should conditions of Work or the schedule indicate a change of products from original installation Contractor shall submit request for substitution D Submit written notice to Engineer designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 73 29 1 2 00 2 01 3 00 3 01 3 02 3 03 PRODUCTS MATERIALS A Comply with specifications and standards for each specific product involved EXECUTION INSPECTIONS A Inspect existing conditions of Project including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching B After uncovering work inspect conditions affecting installation of products or performance of Work C Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Engineer in writing do not proceed with work until Engineer has provided further instructions PREPARATION A Provide adequate temporary support as necessar
414. on Date of Organization Executive Officers President Vice President s Treasurer Secretary EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 2 of 8 _ LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY State of Organization Date of Organization Members _ JOINT VENTURE Sate of Organization Date of Organization Form of Organization Joint Venture Managing Partner Name Address Joint Venture Managing Partner Name Address Joint Venture Managing Partner Name Address EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 3 of 8 7 LICENSING 8 CERTIFICATIONS Jurisdiction Type of License License Number Jurisdiction Type of License License Number CERTIFIED BY Disadvantage Business Enterprise Minority Business Enterprise Woman Owned Enterprise Small Business Enterprise Other 9 BONDING INFORMATION Bonding Company Address Bonding Agent Address Contact Name Phone Aggregate Bonding Capacity Available Bonding Capacity as of date of this submittal EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Socie
415. on or Removal and Replacement Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work Contractor shall correct all such defective Work whether or not fabricated installed or completed or if Engineer has rejected the defective Work remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective Preservation of Warranties When correcting defective Work Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner s special warranty and guarantee if any on said Work Costs and Damages In addition to its correction removal and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work Contractor shall pay all claims costs losses and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work including but not limited to the cost of the inspection testing correction removal replacement or reconstruction of such defective Work fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work Prior to final payment if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims costs losses and damages resulting from defective Work then Owner may impose a reasonable set off against payments due under Article 15 14 04 Acceptance of Defective Work A If instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work Owner prefers to accept it Owner may do so subject if su
416. on of why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action to the Work will be performed Payment for non conforming Work shall be withheld until Work is brought into compliance with the Contract Documents LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY OF THE TESTING LABORATORY A The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing consultation on the test performed and to an advisory capacity The testing laboratory is not authorized to 1 Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents 2 Accept or reject any portion of the Work 3 Perform any of the duties of the Contractor 4 Stop the work PRODUCTS TESTING APPARATUS A Furnish testing apparatus and related accessories necessary to perform the tests EXECUTION QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM A B Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each section of the specifications and where indicated on the drawings Provide a quality control program that includes the following phases for each definable Work task A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks has separate control requirements maybe be provided by different trades of disciplines or may be work by the same trade in a different environment 1 Planning Phase Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task a Review the contract drawings b Review submittals and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract
417. onal Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 9 00 41 00 BID FORM CITY OF KILGORE PRIMARY CLARIFIER NO 1 REHABILITATION WW15 004 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE T Bid Recipient ses nenne ea ae nennen mehr sa as potae oaae aeaa a i 2 ARTICLE 2 Bidders AcknowledgeMe nt ccccessssssnnsccecesesssseneeeceeeeessnsaseeseecensssssnseeeeceesesssssssanseeeesensaes 2 ARTICLE 3 Bidder s Representations ccsssccccccccssssssssseccecsssesssneeeeeceeseseessaseeceesssessaaasseeeeeesesesesaseeeeesseees 2 ARTICLE 4 Bidder s Certifications sccsive cov tovesvisteele retell td liz 3 ARTICLES Basis Of Bid us el ches AAA dis 4 ARTICLE 6 Time Of Completo A Hae the ioe ee a hehe eee 4 ARTICLE 7 Attachments to this Biduan iai aaar a eaei ae a a a a ae 4 ARTICLE 8 Defined TE MS a aa a 2 ur akarata io A in idad 5 ARTICLES Venue A E T ar nenne rennen 5 ARTICLE TO Bid SubMitt l rs ne ee kann ne EAER T E ie 6 This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 410 Bid Form for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions
418. ond straps directly to basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts 2 Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment 3 Use exothermic welded connectors for outdoor locations but if a disconnect type connection is required use a bolted clamp F Grounding and Bonding for Piping 1 Metal Water Service Pipe Install insulated copper grounding conductors in conduit from building s main service equipment or grounding bus to main metal water service entrance to building Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug type connector to a pipe flange using one of the lug bolts of the flange Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end 2 Water Meter Piping Use braided type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters Connect to pipe with a bolted connector 3 Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve G Bonding Interior Metal Ducts Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans blowers electric heaters and air cleaners Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity H Grounding for Steel Buildin
419. onditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract EJCDC C 700 2013 Edition All provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof The address system used in these Supplementary Conditions is the same as the address system used in the General Conditions with the prefix SC added thereto ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC 1 01 DEFINED TERMS A Add the following statement to paragraph 1 01 A 40 Substantial completion shall still require the Contractor to complete the punch list items unless waived by Owner Add a new Paragraph 1 01 A 49 49 Written Amendment A written statement modifying the Contract Documents signed by Owner and Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction related aspects of the Contract Documents SC 1 02 TERMINOLOGY A CITY OF KILGORE Add a new Paragraph 1 02 B 2 as follows 2 At no additional cost to Owner With no extra compensation to Contractor At Contractor s own expense or similar words mean that the Contractor will perf
420. onents for field assembly CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 29 1 1 Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include but are not limited to the following a Allied Tube amp Conduit b Cooper B Line Inc a division of cooper Industries C ERICO International Corporation d GS Metals Corp e Thomas amp Betts Corporation f Unistrut Tyco International Ltd g Wesanco Inc 2 Metallic Coatings Hot dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA 4 3 Nonmetallic Coatings Manufacturer s standard PVC polyurethane or polyester coating applied according to MFMA 4 4 Channel Dimensions Selected for applicable load criteria B Raceway and Cable Supports As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101 NECA publications are available at www NECAnet org C Conduit and Cable Support Devices Steel hangers clamps and associated fittings designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported D Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit Factory fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits Plugs shall have number size and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported E Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints ASTM A 36 A 36M steel plates
421. ons Solvent Cleaning SP 1 Hand Tool Cleaning SP 2 Power Tool Cleaning SP 3 White Metal Blast Cleaning SP 5 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP 6 Brush Off Blast Cleaning SP 7 Pickling SP 8 Near White Blast Cleaning SP 10 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal SP 11 j Surface Preparation of Concrete SP 13 2 The words solvent cleaning hand tool cleaning wire brushing and blast cleaning or similar words of equal intent in these Specifications or in paint manufacturer s specifications refer to the applicable SSPC Specifications 3 Where OSHA or EPA regulations preclude standard abrasive blast cleaning wet or vacu blast methods may be required Coating Manufacturers recommendations for wet blast additives and first coat application shall apply If not otherwise required contractor shall provide abrasive blast cleaning by means of sand blasting or high pressure water 4 DeLavaud Process Ductile Iron Pipe a Use SSPC SP grades as guide only b For high performance epoxy coatings follow recommendations of pipe and coating Manufacturers C The surface preparation and application of the primer and finish coats shall be performed by the pipe Manufacturer 27M O 20 oo d For conventional alkyd coatings clean asphalt varnish supplied on pipe and apply one full coat of a tar stop before two full coats of the color coats specified 5 Hand tool clean areas that cannot be cleaned by powe
422. ons of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 13 of 58 5 05 Underground Facilities A Contractor s Responsibilities The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities including Owner or by others Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions 1 Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others and 2 the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and Contractor shall have full responsibility for a reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site b locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being at the Site c coordination of the Work with the owners including Owner of such Underground Facilities during construction and d the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work Notice by Contractor If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is u
423. ons to Bidders have the meanings indicated below A Issuing Office The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued ARTICLE 2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2 01 2 02 2 03 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Issuing Office in the number and format stated in the advertisement for bids Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license for any other use ARTICLE 3 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3 01 3 02 3 03 3 04 To demonstrate Bidder s qualifications to perform the Work Bidder shall submit with its Bid the Statement of Qualifications as found in Section 00 45 13 The criteria which will be used to determine the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder are as follows A Responsive Bidder Means a Bidder who has submitted a Bid which conforms in all material respects to the Bidding Documents B Responsible Bidder Means a Bidder who has the capacity and capability in all respects to perform fully the contract requirements and who has the integrity and reliability to assure good faith performance Among factors to be c
424. onsidered in determining whether the Bidder meets these standards are 1 Financial material equipment facility and personnel resources and expertise necessary to meet contractual requirements 2 A record of integrity 3 A record of Successful Completion defined as completion of a project within a reasonable time and budget 4 Qualified legally to contract with the Owner and 5 Has not failed to supply any necessary information in connection with the inquiry concerning responsibility A Bidder s failure to submit required qualification information within the times indicated may disqualify Bidder from receiving an award of the Contract No requirement in this Article 3 to submit information will prejudice the right of Owner to seek additional pertinent information regarding Bidder s qualifications This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page1 3 05 Bidder is advised to carefully review those portions of the Bid Form requiring Bidder s representations and certifications ARTICLE 4 SITE AND OTHER AREAS EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS EXAMINATION
425. ontrol regulations for blast cleaning confined space entry if required and disposition of spent aggregate and debris 10 Post Blast Cleaning and Other Cleaning Requirements a Clean surfaces of dust and residual particles from cleaning operations by dry no oil or water vapor air blast cleaning or other method prior to painting Vacuum clean enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem and wipe with a tack cloth b Paint surfaces the same day they are blasted Re blast surfaces that have started to rust before they are painted B Galvanized Surfaces 1 Remove soil cement spatter and other surface dirt with appropriate hand or power tools 2 Remove oil and grease by wiping or scrubbing the surface with a suitable solvent rags and brushes Use clean solvent and clean rags for the final wiping to avoid contaminating the surface 3 Obtain coating Manufacturer s recommendations for additional preparation that may be required C Concrete Surfaces 1 Do not begin until 30 days after concrete has been placed CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 7 Remove grease oil dirt salts or other chemicals loose materials or other foreign matter by solvent detergent or other suitable cleaning methods Clean to remove loose concrete and provide a surface for binding according to SP 13 Surface Preparation of Concrete Surface may not be cleaned by acid etching or open flame methods unless approved in writing by Eng
426. ools construction equipment and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution testing and completion of the Work B Any part or item of the work which is reasonably implied or normally required to make each installation satisfactorily and completely operable shall be performed by the Contractor and the expense thereof included in the applicable price bid for the item All miscellaneous appurtenances and other items of work that are incidental to meeting the intent of the plans and these Specifications are considered to be included in the applicable price bid for this project even though these appurtenances and items may not be specifically called for in the Specifications or shown on the Drawings C Comply with all applicable state and local codes and regulations pertaining to the nature and character of the work being performed D The Work under this contract consists of the rehabilitation of a 55 foot diameter concrete primary clarifier The rehabilitation consists of removal and disposal of existing clarifier grout and mechanical and electrical equipment cleaning preparing and repairing concrete surfaces and installation of new clarifier equipment and associated equipment and appurtenances Contractor shall provide all materials tools equipment labor superintendence transportation and incidentals necessary for the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents E The Project is located at the City of Kilgore Wastewater
427. operated caulking gun b Cartridge Marking Include manufacturer s name product name material type batch serial number and adhesive expiration date 4 Manufacturers and Products a Hilti Inc Tulsa OK HIT Doweling Anchor System HIT HY 150 HIT HY 20 for hollow masonry b Approved Equal MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded Shop Primers Provide primers that comply with Division 9 Universal Shop Primer Fast curing lead and chromate free universal modified alkyd primer complying with MPI 79 1 Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g L 3 5 Ib gal or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 2 Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc rich primer Zinc Rich Primer Complying with SSPC Paint 20 or SSPC Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat 1 Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g L 3 5 Ib gal or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 2 Available Products a Benjamin Moore amp Co Epoxy Zinc Rich Primer CM18119 b Carboline Company Carbozinc 621 C ICI Devoe Coatings Catha Coat 313 d International Coatings Limited Interzinc 315 Epoxy Zinc Rich Primer e PPG Architectural Finishes Inc Aquapon Zinc Rich Primer 97 670 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 5 f Sherwin Williams Company The Corothane GalvaPac Zinc
428. or Conditions of the Contract Section 01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents submission and the dates that reviewed Submittals will be needed 1 03 CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITIES A B Review and certify all submittals prior to submission Determine and verify 1 Field measurements Field construction requirements Location of all existing structures utilities and equipment related to the submittals Submittals are complete for their intended purpose Conflicts between the submittals related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved 6 Quantities and dimensions shown on the submittals Submit information per the procedures described in this section and the detailed specifications Furnish the following submittals 1 As specified in the each Technical Specification 2 Schedules data and other documentation as described in detail in this section or referenced in the General Conditions and Contract Documents Documentation required for the administration of the Contract Shop Drawings required for consideration of a contract modification Submittals as required in the detailed specifications Submittals not required will be retuned without Engineer s review Submit a schedule indicating the date submittals will be sent to the Engineer and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the project Make submittals promptly in accordance with t
429. or s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease and when both additions and credits are involved in any one change the adjustment in Contractor s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11 04 C 2 a through 11 04 C 2 e inclusive 11 05 Change of Contract Times A The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11 06 Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Article 12 An adjustment of the Contract Times shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 4 05 concerning delays in Contractor s progress 11 06 Change Proposals A Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the Contract Times or Contract Price appeal an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents contest a set off against payment due or seek other relief under the Contract The Change Proposal shall specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price or both or other EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society
430. or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract the Surety s obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety at the address described in Paragraph 13 of claims demands liens or suits against the Owner or the Owner s property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract and tendered defense of such claims demands liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph 3 the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety s expense defend indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim demand lien or suit The Surety s obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following 5 1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor 5 1 1 have furnished a written notice of non payment to the Contractor stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were or equipment was furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed within ninety 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment incl
431. or rougher using one of the following methods 1 Abrasive blasting 2 Steel shotblasting 3 High ultra high pressure water jetting Clean surface areas to be filled with new mortar of laitance and contamination by high pressure water blasting not more than 24 hours before applying bonding agent Saturated Surface Dry SSD existing concrete at time of application of mortar APPLICATION Mix mortar in mortar concrete mixer per manufactures recommendations 1 Do not re temper material Apply epoxy bonding agent per manufactures recommendations 1 Minimum thickness 20 mils Place mortar into prepared area from one side to the other Work material firmly into the side and bottom of patch to assure a good bond Level repair mortar and screed to elevation of existing concrete CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 03 01 00 4 E Finish to same texture as existing concrete around patch 3 4 CURING A Cure per ACI recommendations for portland cement concrete Moist cure with wet burlap and polyethylene a fine mist of water or a water based compatible curing compound Moist curing should commence immediately after finishing and continue for a minimum of 48 hours B Protect newly applied material from rain sun and wind until compressive strength is 70 of the 28 day compressive strength To prevent from freezing cover with insulating material Setting time is dependent on temperature and humidity 3 5 CLEANING A Leave finished work and wo
432. or acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents 2 the design as set forth in the Drawings Specifications or otherwise or 3 other engineering or EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 8 of 58 technical matters then Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or interpretation If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter in question either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12 3 05 Reuse of Documents A Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not 1 have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings Specifications or other documents or copies of any thereof prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants including electronic media editions or reuse any such Drawings Specifications other documents or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer or 2 have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner s express written consent or
433. or employees from those set forth in the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner Engineer or any of their officers directors members partners employees agents consultants or subcontractors any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 7 of 58 3 03 3 04 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A B Reporting Discrepancies 1 Contractor s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements Before undertaking each part of the Work Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein particularly with respect to applicable field measurements Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict error ambiguity or discrepancy that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict error ambiguity or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation by Enginee
434. or giving notices Address for giving notices 815 N Kilgore St Kilgore TX 75662 License No where applicable If Owner is a corporation attach evidence of authority to sign If Owner is a public body attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of this Agreement This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 520 Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract Stipulated Price Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 7 of 7 00 61 13 13 PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACTOR name and address SURETY name and address of principal place of business OWNER name and address City of Kilgore 815 N Kilgore Street Kilgore TX 75662 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement Amount Description name and location BOND Bond Number Date not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract Amount Modifications to this Bond Form None See Paragraph 16 Surety and Contractor intending to be legally bound hereby subject to the terms set forth below do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authoriz
435. or procedures and submittal requirements for warranties Refer to individual equipment specifications for warranty requirements 1 Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 26 into a separate set of vinyl covered three ring binders tabulated and indexed for easy reference E Provide complete warranty information for each item to include product or equipment to include date of beginning of warranty or bond duration of warranty or bond and names addresses and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 8 D E 1 21 A B C Upon completion of the installation the Contractor shall adjust the systems to the satisfaction of the Engineer This guarantee shall include the capacity and integrated performance of the component parts of the various systems in accordance with the intent of the specifications The Contractor shall conduct complete tests required by the Engineer to demonstrate the ability of the various systems CLEANING Refer to the General and Supplementary Conditions for general requirements for final cleaning Clean all light fixtures lamps and lenses prior to final acceptance Replace all inoperative lamps The electrical system shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and outside of all enclosures to remove all debris dust concrete splatter plaster paint and lint PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A MATERIALS AN
436. or to date of submittal of application Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation sheets Execute certification with signature of a responsible officer of Contract firm B Continuation Sheets 1 Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of Work with item number and scheduled dollar value for each item Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored a Round off values to nearest dollar or as specified for Schedule of Values List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission atthe end ofthe continuation sheets a List by Change Order Number and description as for an original component item of work SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A When the Owner or the Engineer requires substantiating data Contractor shall submit suitable information with a cover letter identifying 1 2 3 4 Project Application number and date Detailed list of enclosures For stored products a Item number and identification as shown on application CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 012900 1 1 06 1 07 1 08 1 09 b Description of specific material B Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A Fillin Application form as specified for progress payments B Use continuation sheet to present the final statement
437. ority to transmit and receive information render decisions relative to the Contract and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party Initial Acceptance of Schedules A At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor Engineer and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2 03 A Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer 1 The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule for sequencing scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor s full responsibility therefor 2 Contractor s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page
438. orm or provide specified Work and that all cost for performing the Work is included in the Contract Price Delete Paragraph 1 02 C and add the following C Day 1 A calendar day shall be a day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight and is any day of the year with no days being excluded 2 A working day shall be a day which permits construction of the principal units of the Work for a period of not less than 7 hours between 7 00 a m and 6 00 p m Working days do not include days on which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor prevent Contractor from working the seven hours defining a working day Working days do not include Saturdays Sundays or any of the following holidays New Year President s Day Good Friday Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Thanksgiving Day the day after Thanksgiving and Christmas Eve and Christmas Day Add new Paragraphs 1 02 E 5 and 1 02 E 6 as follows 5 Specifications are written in modified brief style Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind class and type even though the word all is not stated WW15 004 00 73 00 1 6 Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence It is understood that the words furnish install provide or similar words include the meaning of the phrase The Contractor shall before these words ARTICL
439. ors of each and any of them from and against all claims costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to the failure to control contain or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible or to a Hazardous Environmental EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 16 of 58 Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible Nothing in this Paragraph 5 06 J shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual s or entity s own negligence The provisions of Paragraphs 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site ARTICLE 6 BONDS AND INSURANCE 6 01 6 02 Performance Payment and Other Bonds A Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor s ob
440. ould constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents D Payment Becomes Due 1 Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer s recommendation the amount recommended subject to any Owner set offs will become due and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 50 of 58 E Reductions in Payment by Owner 1 In addition to any reductions in payment set offs recommended by Engineer Owner is entitled to impose a set off against payment based on any of the following a claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work or Owner has incurred costs losses or damages on account of Contractor s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work including but not limited to claims costs losses or damages from workplace injuries adjacent property damage non compliance with Laws and Regulations and patent infringement b Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage delay disruption and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site c Contractor has failed to provid
441. ound corners and fasten to manhole walls Connect to cable armor and cable shields as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits EQUIPMENT GROUNDING Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items in addition to those required by NFPA 70 Feeders and branch circuits Lighting circuits Receptacle circuits Single phase motor and appliance branch circuits Three phase motor and appliance branch circuits Flexible raceway runs RED Air Duct Equipment Circuits Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more including air cleaners heaters dampers humidifiers and other duct electrical equipment Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping Water Heater Heat Tracing and Antifrost Heating Cables Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat tracing cable Bond conductor to heater units piping connected equipment and components Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting fixtures Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch circuit conductors INSTALLATION Grounding Conductors Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or requ
442. ounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations This insurance shall EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 20 of 58 10 11 12 13 include the Owner and Contractor as named insureds and all Subcontractors and any individuals or entities required by the Supplementary Conditions to be insured under such builder s risk policy as insureds or named insureds For purposes of the remainder of this Paragraph 6 05 Paragraphs 6 06 and 6 07 and any corresponding Supplementary Conditions the parties required to be insured shall collectively be referred to as insureds be written on a builder s risk all risk policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work temporary buildings falsework and materials and equipment in transit and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss fire lightning windstorm riot civil commotion terrorism vehicle impact aircraft smoke theft vandalism and malicious mischief mechanical breakdown boiler explosion and artificially generated electric current earthquake volcanic activity and other earth movement flood collapse explosion debris removal demolition occasioned by e
443. paint CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015800 1 B Paint graphics in styles sizes and colors selected C Install at a height for optimum visibility on ground mounted poles or attached to temporary structural surfaces 3 02 MAINTENANCE A Maintain signs and supports in a neat clean condition repair damage to structure framing or sign B Relocate information signs as required by progress of the work 3 03 REMOVAL A Remove sign framing supports and foundations at completion of project END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015800 2 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Material and equipment incorporated into the Work 1 Conform to applicable specifications and standards 2 Comply with size make type and quality specified or as specifically approved in writing by the Engineer 3 Manufactured and Fabricated Products a Design fabricate and assemble in accord with the best engineering and shop practices b Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages to be interchangeable c Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical and by the same manufacturer d Products shall be suitable for service conditions e Equipment capacities sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing 4 Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designated or specified
444. panies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 2 of 4 SCHEDULE B PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE Include ALL Projects Completed within last 5 years Project Name Owner s Contact Person Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone H EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 3 of 4 SCHEDULE C LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE ITEM PURCHASE DATE CONDITION ACQUIRED VALUE EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 4 of 4 00 45 46 01 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW Section 2252 002 T
445. pe Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification Identify field installed alarm control signal sound intercommunications voice and data connections 1 Identify conductors cables and terminals in enclosures and at junctions terminals and pull points Identify by system and circuit designation 2 Use system of marker type designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory installed connections 3 Coordinate identification with Project Drawings manufacturer s wiring diagrams and Operation and Maintenance Manual Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets Boxes and Enclosures for Power and Lighting comply with 29 CFR 1910 145 and apply metal backed butyrate warning signs Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background Apply to exterior of door cover or other access 1 Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources Apply to door or cover of equipment including but not limited to the following a Power transfer switches b Controls with external control power connections 2 Equipment Requiring Workspace Clearance According to NFPA 70 Unless otherwise indicated apply to door or cover of equipment but not on flush panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces Instruction Signs 1 Operating Instructions Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance
446. pe function appearance and quality required If the specification or description contains the words or equal or or equal allowed or or equal item is permitted Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below Unless these words are specifically written in the description of such item no substitution is allowed per this Contract If the item s description is followed by words reading that no like no equivalent or no or equal item is permitted then no substitution of like items or like manufacturers is allowed as part of this Contract SC 7 09 TAXES A Add a new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 7 09A B Owner is exempt from payment of sales and compensating use taxes of the State of Texas and of cities and counties thereof on all materials to be incorporated into the Work 1 Owner will furnish the required certificates of tax exemption to Contractor for use in the purchase of supplies and materials to be incorporated into the Work 2 Owner s exemption does not apply to construction tools machinery equipment or other property purchased by or leased by Contractor or to supplies and materials not incorporated into the Work SC 7 10 LAWS AND REGULATIONS A Delete the last sentence of Paragraph 7 10 B SC 7 11 RECORD DOCUMENTS A Add the following to th
447. plete project or part thereof to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents C Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents if there is a discrepancy between the electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents including any printed copies derived from such electronic or digital versions and the printed record version the printed record version shall govern D The Contract supersedes prior negotiations representations and agreements whether written or oral E Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein Reference Standards A Standards Specifications Codes Laws and Regulations 1 Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications manuals reference standards or codes of any technical society organization or association or to Laws or Regulations whether such reference be specific or by implication shall mean the standard specification manual reference standard code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents 2 No provision of any such standard specification manual reference standard or code or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner Contractor or Engineer or any of their subcontractors consultants agents
448. ployees officers subcontractors directors or any party contracting to perform part or all of the Work or to supply any equipment or materials Contractor shall take steps including but not limited to increasing the number of personnel shifts and or overtime operations days of work and or amount of construction equipment until such time as the Work is back on schedule Contractor shall also submit for review not later than the time of submittal of the next request for partial payment such supplementary schedule or schedules as may be necessary to demonstrate the manner in which the acceptable rate of progress will be regained all without additional cost to Owner CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 73 00 4 ARTICLE 5 SC 5 01 SC 5 03 SC 5 04 SC 5 05 SC 5 06 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AVAILABILITY OF LANDS A Add the following to Paragraph 5 01 C A copy of the written agreements for the use of such land shall be provided to the Owner for record purposes SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 5 03 B C The following drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or adjacent to the Site except Underground Facilities are known to Owner 1 City of Kilgore Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements dated April 3 1984 as prepared
449. pon then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work a for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13 01 B 1 and 13 01 B 2 the Contractor s fee shall be 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 13 01 B 3 the Contractor s fee shall be five percent where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon the intent of Paragraphs 11 01 C 2 a and 11 01 C 2 b is that the Contractor s fee shall be based on 1 a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13 01 A 1 and 13 01 A 2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier and 2 with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work a fee of five percent of the amount fee plus underlying costs incurred attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor provided however that for any such subcontracted work the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the work no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13 01 B 4 13 01 B 5 and 13 01 C the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contract
450. potable water system QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualifications 1 Applicator Minimum 5 years experience in application of specified products Regulatory Requirements 1 Meet federal state and local requirements limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds 2 Perform surface preparation and painting in accordance with recommendations of the following a Paint Manufacturer s instructions b SSPC PA Guide No 3 Guide to Safety in Paint Applications C Federal state and local agencies having jurisdiction Mockup i Before proceeding with work under this section finish one complete space or item of each color scheme required showing selected colors finish texture materials quality of work and special details 2 After approval sample spaces or items shall serve as a standard for similar work throughout the Project DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Store products in a protected area that is heated or cooled to maintain temperatures within the range recommended by paint Manufacturer Shipping 1 Where pre coated items are to be shipped to the site protect coating from damage Batten coated items to prevent abrasion 2 Use nonmetallic or padded slings and straps in handling ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Do not apply paint in temperatures outside of Manufacturer s recommended maximum or minimum allowable or in dust smoke laden atmosphere damp or humid weather Do not perform abrasive blast cleaning whene
451. pplier individual or entity so listed and against which Owner or Engineer makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer subject to subsequent revocation of such acceptance as provided in Paragraph 7 06 of the General Conditions ARTICLE 13 PREPARATION OF BID 13 01 13 02 13 03 13 04 13 05 13 06 13 07 13 08 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents A All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form A Bid price shall be indicated for each section Bid item alternate adjustment unit price item and unit price item listed therein B If the Bid Form expressly indicates that submitting pricing on a specific alternate item is optional and Bidder elects to not furnish pricing for such optional alternate item then Bidder may enter the words No Bid or Not Applicable A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by a corporate officer whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of authority to sign The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member or other authorized person and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign The state of formation of the firm and th
452. promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 26 5 SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 A B 1 3 A B 1 4 A B 1 5 A 1 6 A SUMMARY This Section includes the following 1 Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems 2 Construction requirements for concrete bases DEFINITIONS RMC Rigid metal conduit NECA National Electrical Contractors Association PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components SUBMITTALS Product Data For the following 1 Steel slotted support systems Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following 1 Trapeze hangers Include Product Data for components 2 Steel slotted channel systems Include Product Data for components 3 Equipment supports QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with NFPA 70 COORDINATION Coordinate size and location of concrete bases Cast anchor bolt inserts into bases PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A SUPPORT ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS Steel Slotted Support Systems Comply with MFMA 4 factory fabricated comp
453. ptance 2 Lesson Plan Submit proposed lesson plan not less than 21 days prior to scheduled training and revise as necessary for acceptance 3 Training Session Tapes Furnish Owner with two complete sets of DVDs fully indexed and cataloged with printed label stating session and date taped Facility Startup and Performance Demonstration Plan Functional and performance test results Completed Unit Process Startup Form for each unit process Completed Facility Performance Demonstration Certification Form NE QUALIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER S REPRESENTATIVE Authorized representative of the Manufacturer factory trained and experienced in the technical applications installation operation and maintenance of respective equipment subsystem or system with full authority by the equipment Manufacturer to issue the certifications required of the Manufacturer Additional qualifications may be specified elsewhere Representative subject to acceptance by Owner and Engineer No substitute representatives will be allowed unless prior written approval by such has been given FACILITY STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION PLAN Develop a written plan in conjunction with Owner s operations personnel to include the following 1 Step by step instructions for startup of each unit process and the complete facility 2 Unit Process Startup Form sample attached to minimally include the following a Description of the unit process including e
454. ptness the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner If the Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 5 4 and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has denied liability in whole or in part without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner 7 Ifthe Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5 1 5 2 or 5 3 then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price the Surety is obligated without duplication for 7 1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract 7 2 additional legal design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor s Default and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5 and 7 3 liquidated damages or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract actual damages caused by delayed performance or non performance
455. pyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 2 Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work appear in Paragraph 5 06 of the General Conditions 4 03 Site Visit and Testing by Bidders A Bidder shall conduct the required Site visit during normal working hours and shall not disturb any ongoing operations at the Site Appointments for site visits shall be made by contacting the Issuing Office B Bidder is not required to conduct any subsurface testing or exhaustive investigations of Site conditions 4 04 Owner s Safety Program A Site visits and work at the Site may be governed by an Owner safety program As the General Conditions indicate if an Owner safety program exists it will be noted in the Supplementary Conditions ARTICLE 5 BIDDER S REPRESENTATIONS 5 01 Itis the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to A examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding Documents B visit the Site conduct a thoroug
456. quipment numbers nomenclature of each item of equipment and all included devices b Detailed procedure for startup of the unit process including valves to be opened closed order of equipment startup etc c Startup requirements for each unit process including water power chemicals etc d Space for evaluation comments 3 Facility Performance Demonstration Certification Form sample attached to minimally include the following a Description of unit processes included in the facility startup b Sequence of unit process startup to achieve facility startup Description of computerized operations if any included in the facility d Contractor certification facility is capable of performing its intended function s including fully automatic operation e Signature spaces for Contractor and Engineer CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A GENERAL Furnish Manufacturers services when required by an individual specification section to meet the requirements of this Section Where time is necessary in excess of that stated in the Specifications for Manufacturer s services or when a minimum time is not specified the time required to perform the specified services shall be considered incidental Schedule Manufacturer s services to avoid conflict with other onsite testing or other Manufacturer s onsite services Determine before scheduling services that al
457. r 4 If required by the equipment arrangement provide a counter weight to the rake arm to balance the scum skimmer arms during rake arm motion CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 11 2 10 2 11 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES General 1 Conform to Division 26 ELECTRICAL 2 Provide all necessary electrical components and wiring for a complete functional system 3 Where indicated motor starters for constant speed 460 volt motors shall be provided in a separate motor control center specified in Division 26 ELECTRICAL Provide all necessary control functions to properly interface with this motor starter Wiring The Drawings and Specifications indicate the anticipated wiring for the equipment provided under this section If additional wiring is required or if required wiring does not match what is indicated the Contractor shall make the necessary modifications to the electrical wiring and documentation as part of the lump sum price Wiring shall meet the requirements of Division 26 ELECTRICAL and NFPA 70 Insulation shall be rated 600 volts minimum Low voltage 24V signals shall be run in twisted shielded pair cable Electrical Raceways Electrical wiring shall be installed in conduit meeting the requirements of Division 26 ELECTRICAL Raceways shall be installed in accordance with Division 26 ELECTRICAL and NFPA 70 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS All instrumentation and control components shall be provided in a
458. r and 3 Bidder s safety precautions and programs F agree based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph that at the time of submitting its Bid no further examinations investigations explorations tests studies or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 3 Work at the price bid and within the times required and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents G become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents H promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts errors ambiguities or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work and
459. r or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11 01 2 Contractor s Review of Contract Documents If before or during the performance of the Work Contractor discovers any conflict error ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and a any applicable Law or Regulation b actual field conditions c any standard specification manual reference standard or code or d any instruction of any Supplier then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7 15 until the conflict error ambiguity or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11 01 3 Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict error ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof Resolving Discrepancies 1 Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer shall take precedence in resolving any conflict error ambiguity or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and a the provisions of any standard specification manu
460. r hazardous classified locations that conform to UL 674 and have an applied UL listing marking Motor Horsepower 0 75 max Enclosure Type TEFC Voltage 460 Material Cast Iron A48 Class 35B Phase 3 Mounting Type Horizontal Vertical Frequency 60 Load Class Constant Torque Hazardous Location Synchronous Speed 1 725 rpm Multispeed Two Speed rpm Service Factor ho Kiis 0 X 1 15 Variable Speed Drive See Division 26 ELECTRIC Provide Inverter Duty Rated Motors Winding C One C Two IX Thermal protection embedded in windings Motor nameplate horsepower shall not be exceeded at any operational point Provide x Space Heater x Oversize main terminal conduit box for motors C Moisture detection switches SPECIAL FEATURES NOTES New walkway and control panel to be included with equipment package CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 2 1
461. r of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents shall not under any circumstances change the Contract Times or Contract Price unless such changes are included in a Change Order Neither Engineer s receipt review acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing Sample or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 31 of 58 E 8 Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 16 D 4 Resubmittal Procedures Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals Engineer will record Engineer s time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawings sample or other item req
462. r to monitor the work progress to anticipate the time and amount of progress payments and to relate submittal processing to sequential activities of the work Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of submittals and the dates when submittals must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the work per the schedule submitted RELATED REQUIREMENTS A B E Conditions of the Contract Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures FORM OF SCHEDULES A Prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart 1 Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation 2 Horizontal time scale Identify the first workday of each week 3 Scale and spacing Allow space for notations and future revisions B Format of listings The chronological order of the start of each item of work C Identification of listings By major specification section numbers CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A Construction Progress Schedule construction by activity 1 Show the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of construction Where applicable specifically list a Site clearing b Site utilities c Foundation work d Structural framing e Subcontractor work f Equipment installations g Finishings 2 Show projected percentage of completion for each item as of the first day of each month B Submitta
463. r to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms of the Contract When applicable any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price shall be conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor s rights against such other contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage delay disruption or interference that is the subject of the adjustment Contractor s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times B Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging delaying disrupting or interfering with the work of Owner any other contractor or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages delays disrupts or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner then Owner may impose a set off against payments due to Contractor and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this paragraph C When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner s employees Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work and for the reasonable direct delay disruption and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of Contrac
464. r tool cleaning CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 6 6 Round or chamfer sharp edges and grind smooth burrs jagged edges and surface defects 7 Welds and Adjacent Areas a Prepare such that there is 1 No undercutting or reverse ridges on weld bead 2 No weld spatter on or adjacent to weld or any other area to be painted 3 No sharp peaks or ridges along weld bead b Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with adjacent surface of weld bead 8 Pre blast Cleaning Requirements a Remove oil grease welding fluxes and other surface contaminants prior to blast cleaning b Cleaning Methods Steam hot water or cold water with appropriate detergent additives followed with clean water rinsing C Clean small isolated areas as above or solvent clean with suitable solvents and clean cloths 9 Blast Cleaning Requirements a Type of Equipment and Speed of Travel Design to obtain specified degree of cleanliness Minimum surface preparation is as specified herein and takes precedence over coating Manufacturer s recommendations b Select type and size of abrasive to produce a surface profile that meets coating Manufacturer s recommendations for particular primer to be used c Use only dry blast cleaning methods unless otherwise directed in writing by Engineer d Do not reuse abrasive material except for designed recyclable systems Must meet applicable federal state and local air pollution and environmental c
465. ractor s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13 01 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 43 of 58 Costs of special consultants including but not limited to engineers architects testing laboratories surveyors attorneys and accountants employed for services specifically related to the Work Supplemental costs including the following a The proportion of necessary transportation travel and subsistence expenses of Contractor s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work b Cost including transportation and maintenance of all materials supplies equipment machinery appliances office and temporary facilities at the Site and hand tools not owned by the workers which are consumed in the performance of the Work and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor c Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer and the costs of transportation loading unloading assembly dismantling and removal
466. raph 13 03 c Contractor s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times and d Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5 05 B 2 If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order 3 Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both no later than 30 days after Owner s issuance of the Owner s written statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question 5 06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A Reports and Drawings The Supplementary Conditions identify 1 those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site and 2 Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings B Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents If no such express identification has been made then Contractor may
467. rations Install cast iron wall pipes for sleeves Size sleeves to allow for 1 inch annular clear space between raceway and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION Install to seal underground exterior wall penetrations Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material and size Position raceway in center of sleeve Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway and sleeve Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal FIRESTOPPING Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire resistance rating of assembly PROTECTION Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings finishes and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 7 SECTION 26 05 33 13 PVC COATED CONDUIT PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A B 1 2 A B C 1 3 A B C SUMMARY This Section includes PVC coated raceways fittings boxes enclosures and cabinets for electrical wiring Related Sections include the following 1 Division 26 Section Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems SUBMITTALS Product Data for surface raceways wireways and fittings hinged cover enclosures and cabinets Custom enclo
468. rd documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction These record documents together with all approved Samples will be available to Engineer for reference Upon completion of the Work Contractor shall deliver these record documents to Engineer Safety and Protection A Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage injury or loss to 1 all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work 2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein whether in storage on or off the Site and 3 other property at the Site or adjacent thereto including trees shrubs lawns walks pavements roadways structures other work in progress utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal relocation or replacement in the course of construction Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property or to the protection of persons or property from damage injury or loss and shall erect
469. re not acceptable b Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked Approved as Noted and Revise and Resubmit These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the submittal c Dimensions or other data that do not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as At Variance With AVW the Contract Documents or other information provided The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with Contract Documents B Certifications Warranties and Service Agreements include documents as specifies in the detailed specifications as shown in the submittal schedule or as follows 1 Certified Test Report CTR A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the specifications 2 Certification of Local Field Service CLS A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 sa CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 3300 5 mile radius of the project site List names addresses and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate 3 Extended Warranty EW A guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the normal 1 year warranty described in the general Conditions Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner 4 Extended Service A
470. recommendation to the extent the change involves the design as set forth in the Drawings Specifications or otherwise or other engineering or technical matters Such changes may be accomplished by a Change Order if Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect if any of the changes on Contract Times or Contract Price or by a Work Change Directive Upon receipt of any such document Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved or in the case of a deletion in the Work promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted Work Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate Contractor to undertake work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations 11 03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended modified or supplemented except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7 15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14 05 11 04 Change of Contract Price A The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price
471. ree from condensation or other injurious environmental conditions Freedom from condensation shall be essential and shall be accomplished by the use of auxiliary heaters as required to raise the temperature to 5 degree C above the ambient temperature The equipment shall be protected from excessive dust In addition certain electronic equipment that requires cooling based upon its specific storage temperature range shall be stored in an air conditioned building All motors shall be stored in a clean dry ventilated and heated building The storage area shall be free from condensation or other injurious environmental conditions Freedom from condensation shall be essential and shall be accomplished by the use of auxiliary heaters as required to raise the temperature to 5 degree C above the ambient temperature The motors shall be protected from excessive dust Cables and wiring shall be kept in a dry location out of the sun Outdoor storage even when protected by a tarpaulin is unacceptable Equipment may be rejected if the storage criteria are not followed INSTALLATION Coordinate electrical equipment and materials installation with other building components Verify all dimensions by field measurements Arrange for chases slots and openings in other building components to allow for electrical installations The Contractor shall keep ends of conduits including those extending through roofs equipment and fixtures covered or closed with
472. rer s installation calibration and adjustment requirements and other requirements as specified D Performance Test Test or tests performed after any required functional test in presence of Engineer and Owner to demonstrate and confirm individual equipment meets performance requirements specified in individual sections E Unit Process As used in this Section a unit process is a portion of the facility that performs a specific process function such as but not limited to 1 Primary Clarifier and control panel F Facility Performance Demonstration 1 A demonstration conducted by Contractor with assistance of Owner to demonstrate and document the performance of the entire operating facility manually and automatically if required based on criteria developed in conjunction with Owner and as accepted by Engineer 2 Such demonstration is for the purposes of a Verifying to Owner entire facility performs as a whole and b Documenting performance characteristics of completed facility for Owner s records Neither the demonstration nor the evaluation is intended in any way to make performance of a unit process or entire facility the responsibility of Contractor unless such performance is otherwise specified CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 1 1 3 1 4 1 5 SUBMITTALS Informational Submittals 1 Training Schedule Submit not less than 21 days prior to start of equipment installation and revise as necessary for acce
473. rer s written instructions END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 29 5 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A B 1 2 1 3 A B C 1 4 A B SUMMARY This Section includes raceways fittings boxes enclosures and cabinets for electrical wiring Related Sections include the following 1 Division 26 Section PVC Coated Conduit DEFINITIONS LFMC Liquidtight flexible metal conduit LFNC Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit GRS Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit RNC Rigid nonmetallic conduit EMT Electrical Metallic Tubing SUBMITTALS Product Data for surface raceways wireways and fittings hinged cover enclosures and cabinets Custom enclosures and cabinets Source quality control test reports QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Components Devices and Accessories Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended use Comply with NFPA 70 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following 1 AFC Cable Systems Inc 2 Alflex Inc 3 Allied Tube amp Conduit a Tyco International Ltd Co CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 1 Anamet E
474. ress Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone HE EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 1 of 4 SCHEDULE B PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE Include ALL Projects Completed within last 5 years Project Name Owner s Contact Person Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Address Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone Name Company Telephone H EJCDC C 451 Qualifications Statement Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Com
475. rill and punch metals cleanly and accurately Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1 32 unless otherwise indicated Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 52 13 4 J K L Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water Provide weep holes where water may accumulate Cut reinforce drill and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware screws and similar items Non welded Connections Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush smooth rigid hairline joints 1 Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive if this is Manufacturer s standard splicing method Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings Provide wall returns at ends of wall mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1 4 or less Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure For removable railing posts fabricate slip fit sockets from stainless steel tube or pipe whose ID is sized for a close fit with posts l
476. rk area in a neat clean condition without evidence of spillovers onto adjacent areas END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 03 01 00 5 SECTION 03 60 01 BASIN BOTTOM GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 SUMMARY Section includes Grouting basin bottom slabs REFERENCES International Concrete Repair Institute ICRI 1 310 2 Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers Coatings and Polymer Overlays DEFINITIONS When grouting basin bottom slabs 1 Grout that has not bonded Is defined as grout that after placing and setting has hollow sound when tapped with 4 foot long nominal 2 inch by 4 inch piece of lumber Quality control submittals 1 Manufacturer s instructions a For equipment to be used in grouting basin bottom slabs 1 Submit grout placement instructions from manufacturer of equipment designated to operate in basin 2 Include in such instructions statements on limitations and precautions to be observed when using equipment for grout placement Jitterbug an expanded metal or grate tamper designed for finishing concrete surfaces with a rough surface profile QUALITY ASSURANCE Pre installation conference for grouting basin bottom slabs Schedule meeting with ENGINEER not less than 48 hours before planned grouting operations to discuss method of placement of grout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS A Cementitious Material Use the following cementitious mat
477. rm and proceeds diligently to cure such failure If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16 02 B Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work including all related claims costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals sustained by Owner such excess will be paid to Contractor If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims costs losses and damages exceeds such unpaid balance Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner Such claims costs losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a Change Order When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed Where Contractor s services have been so terminated by Owner the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any surety under any payment bond or performance bond Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under t
478. rnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer or Owner except through Contractor or in case of an emergency or as otherwise expressly allowed herein The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier to the extent practicable information about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by the particular Subcontractor or Supplier Nothing in the Contract Documents 1 shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity nor 2 shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor Supplier or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations 7 07 Patent Fees and Royalties A Contractor shall pay all license f
479. rocesses shall be as chosen by Contractor to meet schedule requirements Make adjustments repairs and corrections necessary to complete unit process startup Startup shall be considered complete when in opinion of Engineer unit process as operated in manner intended for 5 continuous days without significant interruption This period is in addition to functional or performance test periods specified elsewhere Significant Interruption May include any of the following events 1 Failure of Contractor to provide and maintain qualified onsite startup personnel as scheduled 2 Failure to meet specified functional operation for more than 2 consecutive hours 3 Failure of any critical equipment or unit process that is not satisfactorily corrected within 5 hours after failure 4 Failure of any non critical equipment or unit process that is not satisfactorily corrected within 8 hours after failure 5 As determined by Engineer A significant interruption will require startup then in progress to be stopped After corrections are made start up test period and start from beginning again CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 7 3 7 FACILITY PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION A When in the opinion of Engineer startup of all unit processes has been achieved sequence each unit process to the point that facility is operational B Demonstrate proper operation of required interfaces within and between individual unit processes C After facil
480. rovide all disconnect switches required by Code whether or not shown on the plans Contractor shall connect Owner furnished equipment when specified GENERAL CONDITIONS The work under this heading is subject to the General and Supplementary Conditions special conditions for mechanical and electrical work and the Contractor or subcontractor will be responsible for and be governed by all requirements thereunder as though specifically repeated herein COORDINATION The Contractor shall coordinate arrangement mounting and support of all electrical equipment 1 To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are indicated 2 To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations 3 To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at a required slope 4 So connecting raceways cables and wireways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment The Contractor shall coordinate electrical equipment to be mounted on vendor supplied walkways with supplier CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 5 1 13 SPECIAL NOTE A The mechanical structural and process plans and specifications including the general conditions and all supplements issued thereto information to bidders and other pertinent documents issued by the Engineer are a part of these specifications and the accompanying electrical plans and shall be complied with in every resp
481. rparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor with copies to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6 EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 5 of 58 2 02 2 03 2 04 2 05 Copies of Documents A Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement and one copy in electronic portable document format PDF Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the Contract including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other design professionals Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer Before Starting Construction A Preliminary Schedules Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract or as otherwise specifically required by the Contr
482. ry that control performance of work whether they are lawfully imposed by authorities having jurisdiction or not Installer means an entity engaged by Contractor either as an employee subcontractor or sub subcontractor to install materials and or equipment Installers are to have successfully completed a minimum of five projects similar in size and scope to this project have a minimum of five years of experience in the installation of similar materials and equipment and comply with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction Manufacturer means an entity engaged by Contractor as a subcontractor or sun subcontractor to furnish materials and or equipment Manufacturers are to have a minimum of five years of experience in the manufacture of materials and equipment similar in size capacity and scope to the specified materials and equipment Project site means the space available to perform the work either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing construction at the project site Testing laboratory means an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests either at the project site or elsewhere and to report and interpret the results of those inspections or tests Listed means equipment is included in a list published by a nationally recognized laboratory which makes periodic inspection of production of such equipment and states that such equipment meets nationally recog
483. s found to be due and owing to the Claimant The Surety s total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond plus the amount of reasonable attorney s fees provided under Paragraph 7 3 and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims if any under any construction performance bond By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond subject to the Owner s priority to use the funds for the completion of the work The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to or give notice on behalf of Claimants or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this Bond The Surety hereby waives notice of any change including changes of time to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts purchase orders and other obligations No suit or action shall be commenced
484. s force fit into base and ring gear and specially hardened to 38 46 Rockwell C 4 Ring Gear Pinion Gear and Main Bearing Ball Races a Oil bathed steel dust shield and felt seal protected CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 44 42 23 8 2 5 2 6 b Oil fill drain and level indicator devices and lubricant conforming to ANSI AGMA 9005 D94 Casing with manual condensate drain 5 Oil filling and level pipe drain plug and sight gauge Attach pipe to turntable bottom within base center for easy access Mechanism Overload Device 1 Mechanical Actuate integral contacts to indicate impending overload and shutoff drive motor at predetermined load 2 Impending Overload Contact Alarm Torque Actuate at 90 percent of Design Running Torque 3 Motor Shutdown Contact Cutout Torque Actuate at 120 percent of Design Running Torque 4 Provide shear pin limit switch to protect drive unit in case of control system failure Pin shall break at 160 percent of Design Running Torque or as recommended by Manufacturer 5 Contacts Single pole double throw rated 5 amps 120V ac 6 Enclosure NEMA Type 4X cast aluminum 7 Indicating Pointer Indicate relative load on graduated scale up to Ultimate Torque STATIONARY CENTER INFLUENT COLUMN A stationary cylindrical steel influent column of 14 minimum wall thickness shall be provided One end shall have a support flange for bolting to the tank floor over the influent line with a s
485. s will be evaluated by the Engineer The Contractor may be informed that the proposed modifications are not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents gt 1 05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal and for each unit price that has not previously been established with sufficient substantiating data to allow Engineer to evaluate the quotation On request provide additional data to support time and cost computations including but not limited to 1 Labor required 2 Equipment required 3 Products required a Recommended source of purchase and unit cost b Quantities required 4 Taxes insurance and bonds 5 Credit for work deleted from Contract similarly documented 6 Overhead and profit 7 Justification for any change in Contract Time Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time and material force account basis with documentation as required for a lump sum proposal plus additional information 1 Name of the Owner s authorized agent who ordered the work and date of the order 2 Dates and times work was performed and by whom 3 Time record summary of hours worked and hourly rates paid 4 Receipts and invoices for a Equipment used listing dates and times of use b Products used with list of quantities c Subcontracts 1 06 PREPARATION AND EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A Engineer will prepare e
486. sconnect switches Enclosed circuit breakers Motor starters Push bottom stations Power transfer equipment Contactors Remote controlled switches dimmer modules and control devices Power generating units Voice and data cable terminal equipment Terminals racks and patch panels for voice and data communications and for signal and control functions gt O 290 TD oe INSTALLATION Verify identity of each item before installing identification products Location Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work Self Adhesive Identification Products Clean surfaces before application using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device Attach nonadhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate Color Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification 600 V and Less Use the colors listed below for ungrounded service feeder and branch circuit conductors CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 53 4 1 Color shall be factory applied or for sized larger than No 6 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit field applied 2 Colors for 480 277 V Circuits a Phase A Brown b Phase B Orange C Phase C Yellow 3 Field Applied Color Co
487. sed substitute item will 1 perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design 2 be similar in substance to that specified and 3 be suited to the same use as that specified b will state 1 the extent if any to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times 2 whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and 3 whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty c will identify 1 all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified and EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 25 of 58 7 06 2 available engineering sales maintenance repair and replacement services d shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item including but not limited to changes in Contract Price shared savings costs of redesign and claims of other contractors af
488. sess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors Wiring at Outlets Install conductor at each outlet with at least 6 inches of slack Cable splicing in general will not be allowed Where applicable all wiring connections to be made using terminal block type connections Wire nut use will permitted only where allowed by the Owner and Engineer FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports 1 Megger Test of individual conductors to ground after installation 2 Visual observation of conductor at accessible locations Tests and Inspections 1 After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized test the following for compliance with requirements a All panel feeders b All motor feeders c All control wires for continuity 2 Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification Certify compliance with test parameters Test Reports Prepare a written report to record the following 1 Test procedures used 2 Test results that comply with requirements 3 Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 26 05 19 4 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTR
489. shall a achieve Milestones if any b achieve Substantial Completion and c complete the Work Contractor The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work Cost of the Work See Paragraph 13 01 for definition Drawings The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope extent and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor Effective Date of the Contract The date indicated in the Agreement on which the Contract becomes effective Engineer The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement Field Order A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times Hazardous Environmental Condition The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work or that are to be incorporated in the Work and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the Contract does not establish a Hazardous Environmental Condition Laws and Regulations Laws or Regulations Any and all applicable laws statutes rules regulations ordinances codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies agencies authorities and courts having jurisdiction Liens
490. shall be submitted to the Claims process set forth in this Article 1 Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer s decisions regarding Change Proposals 2 Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times or other relief under the Contract Documents and 3 Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the design as set forth in the Drawings Specifications or otherwise the acceptability of the Work or other engineering or technical matters Submittal of Claim The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly but in no event later than 30 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the decision under appeal The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the Engineer for its information only The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price or both Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith that the supporting data are accurate and complete and that to the best of Contractor s knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled Review and Resolution The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly giving fu
491. shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11 06 Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Article 12 An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows 1 where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13 03 or EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright O 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 39 of 58 C where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents then by a mutually agreed lump sum which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11 04 C 2 or where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum then on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 13 01 plus a Contractor s fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 11 04 C Contractor s Fee When applicable the Contractor s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows 1 2 a mutually acceptable fixed fee or if a fixed fee is not agreed u
492. siness organization of any kind Add a new Paragraph 18 10 as follows 18 10 Sovereign Immunity A The parties agree that the Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Agreement Add a new Paragraph 18 11 as follows WW15 004 00 73 00 17 18 11 Severability A Ifa court of competent jurisdiction renders any part of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable that part will be severed and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect F Add a new Paragraph 18 12 as follows 18 12 No Third Party Beneficiaries A Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any right in any third party not a signatory to this Agreement and the parties do not intend to create any third party beneficiaries by entering into this Agreement END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 73 00 18 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A This Section describes the project in general and provides an overview of the extent of the work to be performed Detailed requirements and extent of work are stated in the applicable Specification sections and or shown on the Drawings The Contractor shall except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in any applicable parts of these Contract Documents provide and pay for all labor materials equipment t
493. sruption or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following 1 severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires floods epidemics and earthquakes 2 abnormal weather conditions 3 acts or failures to act of utility owners other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner as contemplated in Article 8 and 4 acts of war or terrorism Delays disruption and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions are governed by Article 5 Paragraph 8 03 governs delays disruption and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for any delay disruption or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay disruption or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying
494. st method and results CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 6 3 6 4 When in Engineer s opinion equipment meets functional requirements specified such equipment will be accepted for purposes of advancing to performance testing phase if so required by individual Specification sections Such acceptance will be evidenced by Engineer Owner s signature as witness on Equipment Test Report Performance Testing 1 Conduct as specified in individual Specification sections 2 Notify Engineer and Owner in writing at least 10 days prior to scheduled date of test 3 Performance testing shall not commence until equipment has been accepted by Engineer as having satisfied functional test requirements specified 4 Type of fluid gas or solid for testing shall be as specified 5 Unless otherwise indicated furnish labor materials and supplies for conducting the test and taking samples and performance measurements 6 Prepare Equipment Test Report summarizing test method and results 7 When in Engineer s opinion equipment meets performance requirements specified such equipment will be accepted as to conforming to Contract requirements Such acceptance will be evidenced by Engineer s signature on Equipment Test Report STARTUP OF UNIT PROCESSES Prior to unit process startup equipment within unit process shall be accepted by Engineer as having met functional and performance testing requirements specified Startup sequencing of unit p
495. sts necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue as further defined below The provisions of this Paragraph 13 01 are used for two distinct purposes 1 To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost plus fee time and materials or other cost based terms or 2 To determine the value of a Change Order Change Proposal Claim set off or other adjustment in Contract Price When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment Costs Included Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner costs included in the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13 01 C and shall include only the following items 1 Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents foremen and other personnel employed full time on the Work Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work Payroll costs shall include but not b
496. sures and cabinets Source quality control test reports QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Components Devices and Accessories Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended use Comply with NFPA 70 All the conduit fittings and supporting products shall be provided by the same manufacturer to ensure that a five year product warrantee is achieved PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A 2 2 A MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include 1 Perma Cote 2 Plasti Bond 3 KorKap MATERIALS PVC coated Galvanized Rigid Conduit GRC and fittings shall meet all the performance standards specified herein and such performance standards shall require verification by a nationally recognized testing agency including American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM and Underwriter Laboratories UL CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 13 1 B The PVC coated galvanized rigid conduit shall be UL Listed The PVC coating shall have been investigated by UL as providing the primary corrosion protection for the rigid metal conduit Ferrous fittings for general service locations shall be UL Listed with PVC as the primary corrosion protection Hazardous location fittings prior to plastic coating shall be UL listed All conduits and fittings must
497. t As manufactured by one of the following a Carboline Thermaline 4900 b Dampney Thermalox 245 Silicione Zinc Dust c PPG Amercoat Amerlock 2 400 GFK d Tnemec Aeroion Series 971 Fluid Applied Insulation Coating 2 4 MIXING A Multiple Component Coatings 1 Oy eS Prepare using the contents of the container for each component as packaged by paint Manufacturer No partial batches will be permitted Do not use multiple component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life Furnish small quantity kits for touchup painting and for painting other small areas Mix only components specified and furnished by paint Manufacturer Do not intermix additional components for reasons of color or otherwise even within the same generic type of coating B Colors Formulate paints with colorants free of lead lead compounds or other materials that might be affected by presence of hydrogen sulfide or other gas likely to be present at the site PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Surface Preparation Verifications 1 Inspect and provide substrate surfaces prepared in accordance with these Specifications and the printed directions and recommendations of paint Manufacturer whose product is to be applied The more stringent requirements shall apply Provide Engineer minimum 7 days advance notice to start of shop or field surface preparation work and coating application work Perform such work only in presence of Eng
498. t except as expressly noted otherwise above There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9 The Contract Documents may only be amended modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS 10 01 Terms A Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions 10 02 Assignment of Contract A Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract no assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound and specifically but without limitation money that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents 10 03 Successors and Assigns A Owner and Contractor each binds itself its successors assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto its successors assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 520 Agreement Bet
499. t in future without exceeding specified design load limits 1 Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two bolt conduit clamps SUPPORT INSTALLATION Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 29 3 B Raceway Support Methods In addition to methods described in NECA 1 RMC may be supported by openings through structure members as permitted in NFPA 70 C Strength of Support Assemblies Where not indicated select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lbs D Mounting and Anchorage of Surface Mounted Equipment and Components Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code 1 To Wood Fasten with lag screws or through bolts 2 To New Concrete Bolt to concrete inserts 3 To Masonry Approved toggle type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units 4 To Existing Concrete Expansion anchor fasteners 5 Instead of expansion anchors powder actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater Do not use for anchorage to light
500. t in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents then Contractor shall promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7 15 notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith except with respect to an emergency until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 12 of 58 Engineer s Review After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question determine the necessity of Owner s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the condition conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5 04 A above obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in
501. t required F System No 4A Exposed Metal High Temperature 150 to 350 degrees Fahrenheit Use on the following areas or items 1 Metal surfaces subject to temperatures ranging from 150 to 350 degrees Fahrenheit 2 Pumps motors equipment items and accessories identified in the technical specifications to be coated with this system G System No 5 Buried Metal General Use on the following items or areas 1 Buried below grade portions of steel items except buried stainless steel or ductile iron pipe H System No 10 Galvanized Metal Conditioning Use on the following items or areas 1 Galvanized surfaces requiring painting 2 After application of System 10 apply finish coats as required for exposure System No 11 Galvanized Metal Repair Use on the following items or areas 1 New or existing galvanized surfaces that are abraded chipped or otherwise damaged J System No 12 Skid Resistant Aluminum and FRP Use on the following items or areas 1 Checker plate at exterior and interior wet locations 2 Aluminum plank at all exterior and interior accessible walking surfaces K System No 14 Exposed PVC Use on the following items or areas 1 All exterior exposed to view PVC and CPVC surfaces and FRP surfaces L System No 15 Aluminum and Dissimilar Metal Insulation Use on the following items or areas 1 Aluminum surfaces embedded or in contact with concrete masonry and other metals 2 Stainless steel surf
502. t the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15 07 Otherwise Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment Completion of Work The Work is complete subject to surviving obligations when it is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer s written recommendation of final payment Payment Becomes Due Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation the amount recommended by Engineer less any further sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer s recommendation including but not limited to set offs for liquidated damages and set offs allowed under the provisions above with respect to progress payments will become due and shall be paid by Owner to Contractor 15 07 Waiver of Claims A The making of final payment will not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from unsettled Liens from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15 05 from Contractor s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein from ou
503. tal Contract Sum C For unit price contracts and items 1 Submit a subschedule of unit cost and quantities for a Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 0129 73 1 2 The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Bid Proposal with each item identified the same as the line item in the Proposal 3 The unit quantity of bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste 4 The unit values for the material shall be broken down into a Cost of the material delivered and unloaded at the site with taxes paid b Installation costs including Contractor s overhead and profit 5 The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule of Values and the Contract Sum 2 00 PRODUCTS NOT USED 3 00 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 29 73 2 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Administer contract requirements to construct the project Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section Provide information as requested by the Engineer or Owner concerning this project 1 02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 03 COMMUNICATION DURING THE PROJECT A The Engineer is to be the first point of contract for all parties on matters concerning this project B The Engineer will coordinate correspondenc
504. tection ladder Metal Floor Plate and support E ER B Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 05 50 00 1 1 Include plans elevations sections and details of metal fabrications and their connections Show anchorage and accessory items 2 Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections 3 For installed products indicated to comply with design loads include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation C Samples for Verification For each type and finish of extruded nosing and tread D Mill Certificates Signed by Manufacturers of stainless steel sheet certifying that products furnished comply with requirements E Welding certificates 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Welding Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following 1 AWS D1 1 Structural Welding Code Steel 2 AWS D1 2 Structural Welding Code Aluminum 3 AWS D1 3 Structural Welding Code Sheet Steel 4 AWSD1 6 Structural Welding Code Stainless Steel 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Field Measurements Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings 1 Established Dimensions Where field measurements cannot be made without delay
505. ted by Owner in writing within 10 days after the service of such notice the Contract shall upon the expiration of said 10 days cease and terminate In the event of such termination the Owner shall immediately serve written notice upon the Surety and Contractor and Contractor shall be liable for all costs necessary to complete the Work B The Surety shall after receipt of notification from Owner of termination of the Contract take over and perform the Work utilizing a contractor which qualified under the prequalification criteria and which is acceptable to Engineer The Surety shall within 10 days after receipt of the notice of termination provide Owner with written notice of Surety s intent to take over and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and shall commence the Work within 10 days thereafter C If the Surety does not reply to the notice of termination or fails to perform the Work in compliance with the Contract Documents or provides the Owner with written notice that Surety does not intend to take over and perform the Work to completion Owner may without prejudice on the part of the Surety take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion by any method Owner may deem advisable for the account at the expense of Contractor and the Surety shall be liable to Owner for any excess cost or other damage occasioned Owner thereby In such event Owner may without liability for so doing take possession of and uti
506. tem Emergency power system Special electrical systems and CCTV DO OENES D After installation of the electrical system and before operating equipment functional checking shall be conducted in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations with the contract drawings and as follows 1 Functional checking shall include inspection testing and repair replacement or adjustments as necessary to ensure compliance with the requirements of the specifications Tests and inspections shall be recorded on appropriate yellow lined contract and shop drawings standard test forms and checklists to indicate that wiring and controls are in place in accordance with requirements and to form the basis of record drawings 2 The functional test procedures shall be signed and dated by the Contractor and presented to the Owner s construction observation personnel prior to operating any equipment a Visual Inspection The electrical system shall be examined as outlined below 1 Parts or components missing 2 Improper assembly 3 Parts or components not functioning properly 4 Finish not as specified 5 Materials not as specified 6 Connections not tight 7 Mounting and supports loose or unsatisfactory 8 Nameplates missing or inaccurate b Grounding System Tests 1 Measure the resistance of the counterpoise grounding system by the rate of fall of potential method Record all measurements on an approved standard test form made specifically for
507. terconnection wiring diagrams including control and lighting systems Circuit Directories of Panelboards a Electrical service b Controls C Communications List of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings Electrical interconnection wiring diagram including control and lighting systems As installed control diagrams by control Manufacturer Operating Procedures a Routine and normal operating instructions b Sequences required c Safety precautions d Special operating instructions Maintenance Procedures a Routine maintenance b Guide to troubleshooting c Adjustment and checking d List of relay settings control and alarm contact settings Manufacturer s printed operating and maintenance instructions CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 7823 4 9 List of original Manufacturer s spare parts Manufacturer s current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage C Maintenance Summary 1 Compile individual Maintenance Summary for each applicable equipment item respective unit or system and for components or sub units 2 Format Use only 8 1 2 x 11 size paper 3 Include detailed lubrication instructions and diagrams showing points to be greased or oiled recommend type grade and temperature range of lubricants and frequency of lubrication 4 Recommended Spare Parts a Data to be consistent with Manufacturer s Bill of Materials Parts List furnished
508. th the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions schedules guarantees bonds certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection annotated record documents as provided in Paragraph 7 11 and other documents Contractor may make application for final payment The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied except as previously delivered by a all documentation called for in the Contract Documents b consent of the surety if any to final payment c satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work materials and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens or other title defects or will so pass upon final payment d alist of all disputes that Contractor believes are unsettled and e complete and legally effective releases or waivers satisfactory to Owner of all Lien rights arising out of the Work and of Liens filed in connection with the Work In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 15 06 A 2 and as approved by Owner Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that a the releases and receipts include all labor services material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed and b all payrolls material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible or which might in any way result in lie
509. the General Conditions Commercial General Liability Each Occurrence 300 000 Fire Damage 100 000 Personal and Advertising Injury 600 000 General Aggregate 600 000 Products Completed Operations 300 000 Explosion Collapse Underground 300 000 Note For contracts that do not require Excess or Umbrella Insurance the aggregate limits under Commercial General Liability shall be maintained fully available for this Contract by obtaining and maintaining a Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit endorsement or equivalent Vii CITY OF KILGORE Contractor s Liability Insurance shall also include completed operations and product liability coverage and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care custody and control of Contractor In lieu of elimination of the exclusion Contractor may provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care custody or control of Contractor The Installation Floater insurance shall be a broad form or All Peril policy providing coverage for all materials supplies machinery fixture and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work Coverage under the Contractors Installation Floater will include Faulty or defective workmanship materials maintenance or construction Cost to remove defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage Cost to cleanup and remove polluta
510. ther matters at issue neither Owner nor Engineer nor any of their officers directors members partners employees agents consultants or subcontractors shall be liable to Contractor for any claims costs losses or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project No Waiver A Aparty s non enforcement of any provision shall not constitute a waiver of that provision nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract Survival of Obligations A All representations indemnifications warranties and guarantees made in required by or given in accordance with the Contract as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract will survive final payment completion and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor Controlling Law A This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located Headings A Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 58 of 58 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary C
511. tifications as appropriate May reflect recent or previous test results on material or product if acceptable to Engineer MANUFACTURER S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION When so specified a Manufacturer s Certificate of Proper Installation form a copy of which is attached to this Section shall be completed and signed by the equipment Manufacturer s representative Such form shall certify that the signing party is a duly authorized representative of the Manufacturer is empowered by the Manufacturer to inspect approve and operate their equipment and is authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment is complete and operational TRAINING General 1 Furnish Manufacturer s representatives for detailed classroom and hands on training to Owner s personnel on operation and maintenance of specified product system subsystem component and as may be required in applicable Specifications CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 79 00 4 2 Furnish trained articulate personnel to coordinate and expedite training to be present during training coordination meetings with Owner and familiar with operation and maintenance manual information specified in Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 3 Manufacturer s representative shall be familiar with facility operation and maintenance requirements as well as with specified equipment 4 Furnish complete training materials to include operation and maintenanc
512. timated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor s overhead and profit for each separately identified item EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 45 of 58 Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise Engineer s written decision thereon will be final and binding except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data upon Owner and Contractor subject to the provisions of the following paragraph Within 30 days of Engineer s written decision under the preceding paragraph Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may file a Claim seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price if 1 the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work perfor
513. tion of such an item is intended to establish the type function appearance and quality required Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like equivalent or or equal item is permitted Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below 1 If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required Engineer shall deem it an or equal item For the purposes of this paragraph a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if a inthe exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that 1 it is at least equal in materials of construction quality durability appearance strength and design characteristics 2 it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole 3 it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service and 4 itis not objectionable to Owner b Contractor certifies that if approved and incorporated into the Work 1 there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times and
514. tions on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work Engineer s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents On the basis of such visits and observations Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work Engineer s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10 08 Particularly but without limitation during or as a result of Engineer s visits or observations of Contractor s Work Engineer will not supervise direct control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor s means methods techniques sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work 10 03 Project Representative 10 04 10 05 10 06 A If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work then the authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in
515. to the performance of the Work Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor any Supplier or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work Engineer s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions schedules guarantees bonds certificates of inspection tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 15 06 A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of and in the case of certificates of inspections tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10 08 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative if any 10 09 Compliance with Safety Program A While at the Site Engineer s employees and representatives will comply with the specific applicable requirements of Owner s and Contractor s safety programs if any of which Engineer has been informed ARTICLE 11 AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CHANGES IN THE WORK 11 01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order a Work Cha
516. tor s failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner s other work In response to such damage delay disruption or interference Owner may impose a set off against payments due to Contractor D If Contractor damages delays disrupts or interferes with the work of any other contractor or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site through Contractor s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts or if any claim arising out of Contractor s actions inactions or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor Owner or Engineer then Contractor shall 1 promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law and 2 indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and the officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims and against all costs losses and damages including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers architects attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs arising out of or relating to such damage delay disruption or interference ARTICLE 9
517. tors or Suppliers or for labor u n failure to submit up to date record documents 0 failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the Owner or Engineer u p failure to provide project photographs required by the Specifications C Amend Paragraph 15 01 E 2 by adding to Owner s satisfaction to the end of the second sentence D Amend Paragraph 14 01 E 3 by deleting and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement E Add a new Paragraph 14 01 E 4 as follows 4 Owner may permanently withhold payment from Contract Price for a Liquidated damages incurred by Contractor or b Compensation for Engineer for overtime charges of Resident Project Representative third review of submittals review of substitutions re inspection fees inspections or designs related to correction of defective Work or other CITY OF KILGORE WW 15 004 00 73 00 14 Services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor c Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be defective has been corrected Verification testing is to be provided at the Contractor s expense to verify products or constructed works are in compliance after corrections have been made ARTICLE 16 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION SC 16 02 OWNER MAY TERMINATE FOR CAUSE A Delete Paragraphs 16 02A through 16 02 D and insert the following in lie
518. tractor in writing of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution 2 00 PRODUCTS NOT USED 3 00 EXECUTION NOT USED CITY OF KILGORE END OF SECTION WW15 004 016000 3 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1 00 GENERAL 1 01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting fitting and patching including attendant excavation and backfill required to complete the Work or to A WIDER Make its several parts fit together properly Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation and ill timed work Remove and replace defective work Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing Provide routine penetrations of nonstructural surfaces for installation of piping and electrical conduit 1 02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work 1 03 SUBMITTALS A Submit a written request to Engineer well in advance of executing any cutting or alteration that affects 1 2 3 4 5 Work ofthe Owner or any separate contractor Structural value or integrity of any element of the Project Integrity or effectiveness of weather exposed or moisture resistant elements or systems Efficiency operational life maintenance or safety of operational elements Visual qualities of sight exposed elements B Request shall include 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 Identification of the Pr
519. tractor and subcontractor the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor 18 Modifications to this Bond are as follows EJCDC C 615 Payment Bond Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved 3 of 3 00 72 00 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by EJCDC ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE Issued and Published Jointly by ACEC AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANTES ASCE AMENICAN SDOLTY UI CIVIL LNGINELRE National Society of Professional Engineers EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street Alexandria VA 22314 2794 703 684 2882 www nspe org American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N W Washington DC 20005 202 347 7474 WWW acec org American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive Reston VA 20191 4400 800 548 2723 www asce org The copyright for this document is owned jointly by the three sponsoring organizations listed above The Nat
520. trol center Dimensioned layout of electrical room drawn to scale with equipment location shown therein Clearances shall be in accordance with NEC and local codes 10 Dimensioned layout of all below grade conduit installations 11 Grounding system and layout 12 Emergency power system 13 Lightning protection system layout 14 Traffic control system layout and schematics 15 Seismic protection materials and methods for all electrical equipment 16 Mounting brackets supports and assembly for walkway mounted equipment including instruments lighting and control panels 5010 SE OGTR 0 0 E 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Any electrical equipment provided under this Division shall be turned over to the Owner in operating condition Instruction on further operation and maintenance shall be included in the operating and maintenance instructions CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 00 3 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 PRODUCT LISTING Prepare listing of major electrical equipment and materials for the project Provide all information requested Submit this listing as a part of the submittal requirements When two or more items of same material or equipment are required they shall be of the same manufacturer when available Product manufacturer uniformity does not apply to raw materials bulk materials wire conduit fittings sheet metal steel bar stock welding rods solder fasteners motors for dissimilar equipment kits and similar items
521. tstanding Claims by Owner or from Contractor s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have been duly submitted or appealed under the provisions of Article 17 15 08 Correction Period A If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents any Work is found to be defective or if the repair of any damages to the Site adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by Laws and Regulations is found to be defective then Contractor shall promptly without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner s written instructions 1 correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas 2 correct such defective Work 3 if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective and 4 satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work to the work of others or to other land or areas resulting therefrom If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Ow
522. two copies which will be retained by the Engineer DISTRIBUTION A Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to 1 Job site files 2 Subcontractors 3 Other concerned parties Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor in writing any problems the schedules Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor in writing any problems the schedules PRODUCTS NOT USED EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 0132 16 2 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1 00 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 04 2 00 2 01 3 00 3 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Provide a competent photographer to adequately photograph preconstruction conditions construction progress activities and post construction conditions B Construction activity will not commence prior to preconstruction photographic documentation C Failure to submit required photographs will delay processing of progress payments RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work B Section 01 78 39 Project Record Documents SUBMITTALS A Submit photographic documentation on electronic media CD DVD Flash Drive etc as record data USAGE RIGHTS A All photographs become the property of Owner B Photographs are not to be used by Contractor without express written consent PRODUCTS PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA A Provide images in digital format JPG is preferred produced by a digital camera with a mi
523. ty 1 02 SPECIFICATION SENTENCE STRUCTURE A Specifications are written in modified brief style Requirements apply to all work of the same kind class and type even though the work all is not stated B Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first work in the sentence It is understood that the words furnish install provide or similar words include the meaning of the phrase The Contractor shall before these words C It is understood that the words directed designated requested authorized approved selected or other similar words include the meaning of the phrase by the Engineer after these words unless otherwise stated Use of these words does not extend the Engineer s responsibility for construction supervision or responsibilities beyond those defines in the General Conditions D At no additional cost to Owner With no extra compensation to Contractor At Contractor s own expense or similar words mean that the Contractor will perform or provide specified operation of work without any increase in the Contract Amount It is understood that the cost for performing all work is included in the amount bid and will be performed at no additional cost to the owner unless specifically stated otherwise 1 03 DOCUMENT ORGANIZATION A The contract requirements described in the General Conditions Supplementary Conditions
524. ty automobile liability umbrella or excess and pollution liability policies shall include and list as additional insureds Owner and Engineer and any individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions include EJCDC C 700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 19 of 58 coverage for the respective officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations on a non contributory basis Contractor shall obtain all necessary endorsements to support these requirements Contractor s professional liability insurance If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance This insurance shall provide protection against claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services and caused by a negligent error omission or act for which the insured part
525. ty of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies Page 4 of 8 and American Society of Civil Engineers All rights reserved 10 FINANCIAL INFORMATION Financial Institution Address Account Manager Phone INCLUDE AS AN ATTACHMENT AN AUDITED BALANCE SHEET FOR EACH OF THE LAST 3 YEARS 11 CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE Current Experience List on Schedule A all uncompleted projects currently under contract If Joint Venture list each participant s projects separately Previous Experience List on Schedule B all similar projects completed within the last 5 Years If Joint Venture list each participant s projects separately Has firm listed in Section 1 ever failed to complete a construction contract awarded to it ves _ NO If YES attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner s contact information Has any Corporate Officer Partner Joint Venture participant or Proprietor ever failed to complete a construction contract awarded to them in their name or when acting as a principal of another entity yves _ No If YES attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner s contact information Are there any judgments claims disputes or litigation pending or outstanding involving the firm listed in Section 1 or any of its officers or any of its partners if a partnership or any of the individual entities if a joint venture lyes _ No If YES attach as an Attachment details i
526. u thereof A If Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the Work or any separable part thereof with such diligence as will ensure the completion of the Work within the Contract Times or any extension thereof or fails or refuses to complete such Work within such extension or if Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt or if Contractor should make assignment for the benefit of Contractor s creditors or if Contractor files a petition to take advantage of any debtor s act or if a receiver should be appointed on account of Contractor s insolvency or if Contractor or any Subcontractor should violate any provision of the Contract or if Contractor should persistently refuse or should fail to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials to complete the Work in the time specified or if Contractor should fail to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor or if Contractor should disregard laws ordinances or instructions given by Owner Engineer or Owner s Operating Agent or disregard in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents Owner may without prejudice to any other right or remedy serve written notice upon Contractor and Contractor s surety of Owner s intention to terminate the Contract Such notice will contain the reasons for Owner s intention to terminate the Contract and unless such violations shall cease and satisfactory arrangements for the corrections thereof have been accep
527. uch company a is domiciled in the state in which the project is located b is certified or authorized as a worker s compensation insurance provider by the appropriate state agency and c has been accepted to provide worker s compensation insurance for similar projects by the state within the last 12 months B Delete Paragraph 6 02 D entirely C Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6 02 4 K Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor Subcontractors or others in the Work The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only Contractor shall determine the limits that are adequate These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits In any event Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of resulting from or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not said losses are covered by insurance The acceptance of certificates or other evidence of insurance by the Owner Engineer and or others listed as additional insured that in any respect do not comply with the Contract requirements does not release the Contractor from compliance herewith SC 6 03 CONTRACTOR S INSURANCE A Add the following subparagraphs to Paragraph 6 03 1 a 6 Contain a cross liability or severability of interest clause or endorsement Insurance covering the specified additional
528. uch information observations and documents on 1 the cost progress and performance of the Work 2 the means methods techniques sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder and 3 Bidder s safety precautions and programs Bidder agrees based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph that no further examinations investigations explorations tests studies or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times required and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts errors ambiguities or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and confirms that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work The submission of this Bid constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article and that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by t
529. uded in the Claim and 5 1 2 have sent a Claim to the Surety at the address described in Paragraph 13 5 2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to the Surety at the address described in Paragraph 13 If a notice of non payment required by Paragraph 5 1 1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor that is sufficient to 10 11 12 satisfy a Claimant s obligation to furnish a written notice of non payment under Paragraph 5 1 1 When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 5 1 or 5 2 whichever is applicable the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety s expense take the following actions 7 1 Send an answer to the Claimant with a copy to the Owner within sixty 60 days after receipt of the Claim stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed and 7 2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts 7 3 The Surety s failure to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7 1 or 7 2 shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement If however the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7 1 or 7 2 the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney s fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any sum
530. udes the words no substitution is permitted no like no equivalent or no or equal item is permitted then no substitution of like items or like manufacturers is allowed as part of this Contract If the words or equal is permitted or equal or like items are permitted Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below To the extent possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the Site 1 Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor 2 The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7 05 B as supplemented by the Specifications and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances 3 Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use The application a shall certify that the proposed substitute item will 1 perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design 2 be similar in substance t
531. ugs Bearings shall be regreasable and have provisions for purging old grease Vertical motors over 2 horsepower shall be provided with relubricatable ball spherical roller or plate type trust bearings Lubrication shall be per manufacturers recommendation for smooth operation and long life of the bearing Drains shall be provided to prevent over lubrication MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION All single phase motors shall have integral thermal overload protection or shall be current limited CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 15 3 B 2 4 A Winding thermostats shall be provided in accordance with NEMA MG 1 Thermostats shall be snap action bi metallic temperature actuated type switches and shall be provided with a normally closed contact Thermostats shall be precalibrated by the manufacturer and shall be series connected ACCESSORIES All vertical motors and horizontal motors 3 horsepower and larger shall have split type conduit boxes with a gasketed moisture seal between the conduit box and motor frame Motors less than 3 horsepower shall have the manufacturer s standard conduit boxes Motors other than open drip proof shall be gasketed All motors weighing 250 pounds or greater shall have suitable lifting eyes for installation and removal Motor grounding lugs shall be provided and shall be suitable for terminating ground wires All motors shall be fitted with permanent stainless steel nameplates indelibly stamped or engraved wit
532. uiring approval and Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer s charges to Owner for such time Owner may impose a set off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer s charges to Owner for its review time and Owner may impose a set off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor 7 17 Contractor s General Warranty and Guarantee A Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective Engineer and its officers directors members partners employees agents consultants and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on Contractor s warranty and guarantee Contractor s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by 1 2 abuse modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor Subcontractors Suppliers or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible or normal wear and tear under normal usage Contractor s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract
533. uments Those portions that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 6 of 6 00 43 13 BID BOND Any singular reference to Bidder Surety Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable BIDDER Name and Address SURETY Name and Address of Principal Place of Business OWNER Name and Address City of Kilgore 815 N Kilgore St Kilgore TX 75662 BID Bid Due Date Description Project Name Include Location BOND Bond Number Date Penal sum Words Figures Surety and Bidder intending to be legally bound hereby subject to the terms set forth below do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer agent or representative BIDDER SURETY Seal Seal Bidder s Name and Corporate Seal Surety s Name and Corporate Seal By By Signature Signature Attach Power of Attorney Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest Attest Signature Signature Title Title Note Addresses are to be used for giving any required notice Provide execution by any additional parties such as joint venturers if necessary EJCDC C 430 Bid Bond Penal Sum Form Published 2013 Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee Page 1 of 2 1 Bidder and Surety jointly and severally bind themselves their heirs executors administrators successors and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the pe
534. unless otherwise indicated Hinged Cover Enclosures NEMA 250 Type 4 Stainless steel with continuous hinge cover with latches for outdoor process buildings above and below grade structures and damp locations unless otherwise indicated SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS Steel Pipe Sleeves ASTM A 53 A 53M Type E Grade B Schedule 40 galvanized steel plain ends Cast Iron Pipe Sleeves Cast or fabricated wall pipe equivalent to ductile iron pressure pipe with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated Sleeves for Rectangular Openings Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0 052 or 0 138 inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application Coordinate sleeve selection and application with Engineer CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 33 3 2 5 SLEEVE SEALS A Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following 1 2 3 4 Advance Products amp systems Inc Calpico Inc Metraflex Co Pipeline Seal and Insulator Inc B Description Modular sealing device designed for field assembly to fill annular space between sleeve and cable 1 Sealing Elements EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable Pressure Plates Stainless steel Include two for each sealing elem
535. ural steel surfaces as specified herein Exterior concrete surfaces will not be protective painted except as specified herein Interior concrete surfaces will be protective painted as specified herein 1 2 REFERENCES A The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section American National Standards Institute ANSI T DN A a b Standard Colors for Color Identification and Coding A13 1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems American Water Works Association AWWA a C C203 Coal Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines Enamel and Tape Hot Applied C210 Liquid Epoxy Coating System for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines C214 Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines NSF International NSF 61 Drinking Water System Components Health Effects National Association of Corrosion Engineers NACE Manual for Painter Safety Occupational Safety and Health Act OSHA Steel Structures Painting Council SSPC a b Sur arm hw an QP1 Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Painting Contractors QP2 Standard Procedure for Evaluating the Qualifications of Painting Contractors to Remove Hazardous Paint SP 1 Surface Preparation Specification No 1 Solvent Cleaning SP 2 Hand Tool Cleaning SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning SP 5 White Metal Blast Cleaning SP 6 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP 7 Brush O
536. urface preparation parameters such as size and hardness of abrasive nozzle size air pressure and nozzle distance from surface such that surface is cleaned without pitting chipping or other damage Verify parameter selection by blast cleaning a trial area that will not be exposed to view Engineer will approve acceptable trial blast cleaned area and will use area as a representative sample of surface preparation Repair or replace surfaces damaged by blast cleaning B Acid Etching 1 After pre cleaning spread the following solution by brush or plastic sprinkling can 1 part commercial Muriatic acid reduced by 2 parts water by volume Adding acid to water in these proportions gives an approximate 10 solution of HCI Application CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 8 3 4 a Application Rate Approximately 2 gallons per 100 square feet b Work acid solution into surface by hard bristled brushes or brooms until complete wetting and coverage is obtained c Acid will react vigorously for a few minutes during which time brushing is continued d After bubbling subsides 10 minutes hose down the remaining slurry with high pressure clean water e Rinse immediately to avoid formation on the surface of salts that are difficult to remove f Thoroughly rinse to remove any residual acid surface condition which can impair adhesion Ensure surface is completely dry before application of coating Apply acid etching to obtain
537. ven days after the Effective Date of the Contract or 61 days after the Bid opening whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be released 8 04 Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be released within seven days after the Bid opening ARTICLE 9 CONTRACT TIMES 9 01 The number of days within which the Work is to be substantially completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement ARTICLE 10 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10 01 Provisions for liquidated damages if any for failure to timely attain a Milestone Substantial Completion or completion of the Work in readiness for final payment are set forth in the Agreement ARTICLE 11 SUBSTITUTE AND OR EQUAL ITEMS 11 01 The Contract for the Work as awarded will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents and those or equal or substitute or materials and equipment subsequently approved by Engineer prior to the submittal of Bids and identified by Addendum No item of material or equipment will be considered by Engineer as an or equal or substitute unless written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has been received by Engineer at least 15 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids Each such request shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 7 04 and 7 05 of the General Conditions The burden of proof of the
538. ver relative humidity exceeds 85 or whenever surface temperature is less than 5 F above dew point of ambient air SPECIAL GUARANTEE Furnish Manufacturer s extended guarantee or warranty with OWNER named as beneficiary in writing as special guarantee Special guarantee shall provide for correction or at the option of the OWNER removal and replacement of work specified in this Specification section found defective during a period of 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 09 90 00 3 B Contractor and paint Manufacturer shall jointly and severally furnish guarantee PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 PAINT AND COATINGS MANUFACTURERS A Nationally recognized Manufacturers of paints and protective coatings who are regularly engaged in the production of such materials for essentially identical service conditions B Manufacturers Tnemec Coatings Sherwin Williams Quadex Inc Devoe Coatings an Akzo Nobel Corporate brand Carboline Coatings Company Or Approved Equal Dee Dover 2 2 ABRASIVE MATERIALS A Select abrasive type and size to produce surface profile that meets coating Manufacturer s recommendations for specific primer and coating system to be applied 2 3 PAINT MATERIALS A General 1 Manufacturer s highest quality products suitable for intended service 2 Compatibility Only compatible materials from a single Manufacturer shall be used in the work Particular attention shall be
539. vise Request for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of Work and to record the adjusted Contract Sum Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time Upon completion of work under a Change Order enter pertinent changes in Record Documents CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 012600 3 2 00 PRODUCTS NOT USED 3 00 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 012600 4 01 29 00 1 00 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 04 1 05 PAYMENT PROCEDURES GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Submit Application for Payment to Engineer in accord with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement Between Owner and Contractor RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Agreement Between Owner and Contractor B Conditions of the Contract Progress Payments Retainages and Final Payment C Section 01 29 73 Schedule of Values D Section 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A Submit applications typed on EJCDC Document C 620 Contractor s Application for Payment with itemized data typed on 8 1 2 x 11 white paper continuation sheets B Provide itemized data on continuation sheet 1 Format schedules line items and values Those of the Schedule of Values accepted by Engineer PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A Application Form 1 2 3 Fill in required information including that for Change Orders executed pri
540. vity of equipment Examples of typical maintenance operations are lubrication belt tensioning adjustment of pump packing glands and routine adjustments SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Equipment and System Data 1 Preliminary Data a Do not submit until Shop Drawing for equipment or system has been reviewed and approved by Engineer b Submit prior to shipment date 2 Final Data a Submit Instructional Manual Formatted data not less than 30 days prior to equipment or system field functional testing Materials and Finishes Data 1 Preliminary Data Submit at least 15 days prior to request for final inspection 2 Final Data Submit within 10 days after final inspection DATA FORMAT Prepare preliminary data in the form of an instructional manual Prepare final data in the form of an instructional manual and in electronic media format Instructional Manual Format 1 Binder Commercial quality permanent three ring or three post binders with durable plastic cover 2 Size 8 1 2 x 11 minimum 3 Cover Identify manual with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA and list CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 7823 1 Project title Designate applicable system equipment material or finish Identity of separate structure as applicable Identity of general subject matter covered in manual Identity of equipment number and Specification section 4 Title Page a Contractor name address and telephone number
541. ways platforms railings hoist cranes chutes and other such facilities and equipment 3 00 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A Consult with Engineer and review site conditions and factors that affect construction procedures and construction aids including adjacent properties and public facilities that may be affected by execution of the Work 3 02 GENERAL A Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Divisions 2 through 44 B Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction by storage or work requirements and to accommodate legitimate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site 3 03 REMOVAL A Completely remove temporary materials equipment and services in the following circumstances 1 When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction 2 At completion of Project B Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities 1 Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids 2 Grade areas of site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes and clean the area C Restore existing facilities used for temporary purposes to specified or original condition D Restore permanent facilities if any used for temporary purposes to specified condition END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 015400 1 01 55 26 TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 00 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 04 1 05 1 06 1 07 GEN
542. ween Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract Stipulated Price Copyright 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers American Council of Engineering Companies and American Society of Civil Engineers or is based in part on excerpts from EJCDC documents Those portions of the text that originated in published EJCDC documents remain subject to the copyright Page 5 of 7 10 04 Severability A Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision 10 05 Contractor s Certifications A Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt fraudulent collusive or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract For the purposes of this Paragraph 10 05 1 corrupt practice means the offering giving receiving or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the Contract execution fraudulent practice means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made a to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract t
543. weight aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick 6 To Steel Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1 1 D1 1M with lock washers and nuts 7 To Light Steel Stainless steel sheet metal screws 8 Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces Mount cabinets panelboards disconnect switches control enclosures pull and junction boxes transformers and other devices on slotted channel racks attached to substrate E Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars 3 3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A Cut fit and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location alignment and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment 3 4 CONCRETE BASES A Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base B Use 3000 psi 28 day compressive strength concrete C Anchor equipment to concrete base 1 Place and secure anchorage devices Use supported equipment manufacturer s setting drawings templates diagrams instructions and directions furnished with items to be embedded CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 26 05 29 4 2 Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment 3 Install anchor bolts according to anchor bolt manufactu
544. wever if the achieved substantial completion date falls after the specified final completion date liquidated damages as specified in Completion of Remaining Work will immediately begin accruing from the date of substantial completion until final completion is achieved 4 04 Special Damages A In addition to the amount provided for liquidated damages Contractor shall reimburse Owner 1 for any fines or penalties imposed on Owner as a direct result of the Contractor s failure to attain Substantial Completion according to the Contract Times and 2 for the actual costs reasonably incurred by Owner for engineering construction observation inspection and administrative services needed after the time specified in Paragraph 4 02 for Substantial Completion as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract until the Work is substantially complete After Contractor achieves Substantial Completion if Contractor shall neglect refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Times Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the actual costs reasonably incurred by Owner for engineering construction observation inspection and administrative services needed after the time specified in Paragraph 4 02 for Work to be completed and ready for final payment as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract until the Work is completed and ready for final payment If the achieved substantial completion date falls after the specified final completion date
545. xcept as otherwise specified grade fine aggregate from coarse to fine in accordance with ASTM C33 C Water ASTM C94 and potable not recycled water 2 2 MIXES A Grout mixture 1 One part portland cement and 4 1 2 parts sand by weight 2 Water content a Sufficient to allow workability for spreading grout with screeds attached to arms of equipment mechanism b Not excessive to prevent formation of surface water laitance segregation and to allow grout to stay in place after screeding 3 Do not use admixtures PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PREPARATION A Surface preparation 1 Basin bottom slab surface preparation a Concrete slab surfaces shall have rough texture suitable for bonding grout CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 03 60 01 2 Roughen top of slab surface to a ICRI 310 2 surface profile of CSP 5 or rougher using one of the following methods 1 Abrasive blasting 2 Steel shotblasting 3 High ultra high pressure water jetting Clean entire slab surface as required to remove dirt oil curing compound laitance dust and other matter that may prevent proper grout bonding Saturate concrete slabs with water for minimum of 3 days just before placing grout At time grout is placed concrete shall be saturated and surface dry SSD with no standing water during application Apply scrub in a bond coat slurry of portland cement and water paste to the saturated surface dry prepared substrate before application of the grout D
546. xcept where a Required for electrical insulation between dissimilar metals b Aluminum and stainless steel are embedded in concrete or masonry or aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry c Color coding of equipment and piping is required 3 Nonmetallic materials such as glass PVC wood porcelain and plastic FRP except as required for exposed to view PVC and CPVC as required for FRP without integral UV resistant gel coat and as required for architectural painting or color coding 4 Pre finished electrical items such as motor control centers switchboards switchgear panelboards transformers disconnect switches if pre finished in OSHA yellow except color coding of equipment is required 5 Non submerged electrical conduits attached to unpainted concrete surfaces 6 Cathodic protection anodes COLORS General Provide manufacturer s full range of color charts to Owner Owner s Representative for selection and or approval Provide colors as indicated in Door and Hardware Schedule Interior Finish Schedule Exterior Finish Schedule as shown on the drawings as selected by Owner and as designated herein Pipe Identification Painting 1 Color code non submerged metal piping except electrical conduit Paint fittings and valves the same color as pipe except equipment isolation valves 2 Piping Color Coding In accordance with Piping Schedule 3 On exposed stainless steel piping apply color 24 in
547. y automatic operation Contractor Date 20 Engineer Date 20 CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 017900 3 1 DIVISION 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION 02 41 00 DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 A B SUMMARY Section includes 1 Portions of buildings and other areas materials selective demolition and partial demolition work are as shown on Drawings and specified herein 2 Materials to be removed for construction and reinstalled for reuse or continued operation are as shown on the drawings and specified herein SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings Plans showing all materials to be removed and or reinstalled for reuse on continued operation including interim storage plans for each item Quality Control Submittals 1 Schedule of demolition as part of and consistent with the progress schedule specified in Section 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 2 Methods of demolition and equipment proposed to demolish each structure 3 Copies of any authorizations and permits required to perform Work PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A B 3 2 A B PREPARATION Utilities 1 Notify Owner and appropriate utilities 72 hours prior to turning off affected services before starting demolition or alterations 2 Remove utility lines exposed by demolition excavation Removal and Storage of Equipment for Reuse 1 Do not remove equipment and materials without approval of Engine
548. y Conditions Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any Technical Data or any other data interpretations opinions or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings 3 If the Supplementary Conditions do not identify Technical Data the default definition of Technical Data set forth in Article 1 of the General Conditions will apply Underground Facilities Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site are set forth in the Contract Documents and are based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities including Owner or others Adequacy of Data Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions other physical conditions and Underground Facilities and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated subsurface or physical conditions appear in Paragraphs 5 03 5 04 and 5 05 of the General Conditions Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site if any and possible changes in the Contract This document is a MODIFIED version of EJCDC C 200 Suggested Instructions to Bidders for Construction Contracts Co
549. y is legally liable It shall be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion If such professional design services are performed by a Subcontractor and not by Contractor itself then the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such Subcontractor General provisions The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 6 03 shall 1 include at least the specific coverages provided in this Article 2 be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations whichever is greater 3 contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor Within three days of receipt of any such written notice Contractor shall provide a copy of the notice to Owner Engineer and each other insured under the policy 4 remain in effect at least until final payment and longer if expressly required in this Article and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting removing or replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation or otherwise or returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents 5 be appropriate for the Work being performed and provi
550. y of Civil Engineers All rights reserved Page 21 of 58 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder Within three days of receipt of any such written notice the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured Deductibles The purchaser of any required builder s risk or property insurance shall pay for costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15 04 then Owner directly if it is the purchaser of the builder s risk policy or through Contractor will provide notice of such occupancy or use to the builder s risk insurer The builder s risk insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy rather those portions of the Work that are occupied or used by Owner may come off the builder s risk policy while those portions of the Work not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder s risk insurance Additional Insurance If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in or supplement the builder s risk or property insurance policies provided under t
551. y to assure structural value or integrity of affected portion of Work B Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage C Provide protection from elements for that portion of the Project that may be exposed by cutting and patching work and maintain excavations free from water PERFORMANCE A Execute cutting and demolition by methods that will prevent damage to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs B Execute excavating and backfilling by methods that will prevent settlement or damage to other work C Employ original Installer or Fabricator to perform cutting and patching for 1 Weather exposed or moisture resistant elements 2 Sight exposed finished surfaces D Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products functions tolerances and finishes E Restore work that has been cut or removed install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents F Fit Work airtight to pipes sleeves ducts conduit and other penetrations through the surfaces G Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes H For continuous surfaces refinish to nearest intersection For an assembly refinish entire unit END OF SECTION CITY OF KILGORE WW15 004 01 73 29 2 01 74 00 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 1 00 GENERAL 1 01

Primary Clarifier No.1 Rehabilitation (WW15-004)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents